Home

Instruction Manual

1. instantaneous Reset Trip x42 41 t ___ t multiplier s t 9 1 _ tmultiplier s IG IG IGno iGno 1x10 100 1 t s i t multiplier 10 1 5 i 2 0 1 0 5 0 05 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x IGnom Multiples of the Nominal Current 404 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 2 Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 2 2 B P 5 1 t NR t multiplier s t KV t multiplier s IG 0 IG IGno 1x10 100 N t s t multiplier 1 10 NN 5 0 1 HN XIX 2 VAAL 1 0 a 0 05 05 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x IGnom Multiples of the Nominal Current www eaton com 405 02602004 ETR 4000 I4T Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and
2. GL NI m b eowep eu q aq nc Ilim jasau pue sewn Bulddin uo peseg ee __ ee dnypig owen b Puma z 1 dupewen 0 b o lt O eseud ZHI 1 ZHI ureiBelq 0 yewen N j a OI 8 olgzHl ZHI wesBeIg 0 19jey 9 g NH g du p eueN V olg zHI ZHI ureJBelg VI du L euieN eAnoeu CN VL Sad dnyoiq euieN egz _ 9 dmptq eueN egz dnyo1qeweNn epz VI dnyoid Old sjeuBis Bunioolq ou pue jou si uawa N 1411908 u I dos www eaton com 326 E T N Device Planning Parameters of the 50P Module ETR 4000 1 0260
3. 1x10 100 10 t s t multiplier l 0 1 N 1 5 1 0 0 05 u 0 2 0 01 0 01 0 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 368 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 ANSI MINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 0 0515 t multiplier s t iC Ara t multiplier 5 ickup 1x10 100 7114 tls j tmultiplier 10 n 2 1 1 0 5 0 1 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 369 02602004 ETR 4000 ANSI VINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 21 6 NT t multiplier s t S 0 491 t multiplier s Sickup 1 Pickup 1x10 100 X
4. d L d o 100 10 t s t multiplier 1 0 1 1 5 1 0 0 5 0 05 0 1 0 2 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 399 1 02602004 ETR 4000 ANSI MINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 051 m t 488 Pemaipierts err 01140 t multiplier s 7 7 1x10 100 O 15 1 5 t multiplier 10 5 2 0 5 0 1 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 400 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 ANSI VINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t 215 tmuttipier fs t 0491 t multiplier s Pickup 1 ickup 1x10 100 N 10 15 t s 40 tmultiplier
5. instantaneous Reset Trip 29 1 4 u t 1 2 t multiplier s t 0 1217 t multiplier 5 xc 1 M Picku 1 1x10 A 100 x X t s 10 t multiplier SE 1 10 H 2 1 0 1 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 0 5 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 341 02602004 ETR 4000 E Therm Flat Notice A Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 2 32 multiplier s t 21 tmultiplier s T T t 45 t multiplier s t s t multiplier x In Multiples of the Nominal Current 342 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 9 t t multiplier sS t ma t multiplier s T t s t multiplier
6. x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 336 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 IEC LINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t 20 t 5 tmultiplier s Pickup iku 1x10 100 10 t s t multiplier 1 5 J 1 0 0 5 0 2 0 1 0 05 0 1 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 337 1 02602004 ETR 4000 E IEC Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t EM s ED t multiplier s t t multiplier s 2 2 cup sl 1 1 107 100 10 t s t multiplier 1 0 1 1 5 1 0 0 05 24 0 2 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 338 www eaton com TON ETR 400
7. instantaneous Reset Trip 42 x44 t HN t multiplier s 1 NM t multiplier s IG IG IGno 1x10 100 1 t s t multiplier i 10 5 VAM 0 1 X 1 0 VI AAA 0 5 0 05 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x IGnom Multiples of the Nominal Current 406 www eaton com 1 02602004 4000 407 10 jou uddu 1 sBurpojg esee d q y Ww CX pue seul Y Buddig suajawered anoge uo paseg Pel GL 2 1 eee 9 a ee paene dnyoiQq eueN SH owen ve puny ANI UOLOIUD eueN poNW jesey yesal yaweN www eaton com adeys 91 Clg ZHI ZHI ureiBeig Jajay 8 annoy a npeu olg D Old Bunpoojq ou pue jou si jueue 3 Jajay se q Y j lias
8. ETR 4000 14T Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 2 4 t t multiplier s t t multiplier s 1x10 100 t s t multiplier 1 10 5 VAN 2 0 1 V 10 Vi AAA 0 5 0 05 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x IGnom Multiples of the Nominal Current www eaton com 375 4000 1 02602004 86 6 V 1o jou Buddy N duj eueN soap eui Aq aq m pue sawn Sudd sieyeuieed uo paseg ANI dii wesBeig 1984 se q N o deemeeee24 woo Lboul2cococnunuo pemseew XI dnyoiq aueN jasay owen adeys puny 9I gt ZHI wesBeig asea d 8 LLorem Old 2 ic annoy eAnoeul Old sjeuBis ou pue payeanoeap jou
9. 1x10 X 10 10 t s t multiplier 1 10 5 0 1 2 1 0 m 0 05 09 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x In Multiples of the Nominal Current www eaton com 461 02602004 ETR 4000 Teh 14T Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip at t L A t multiplier s t multiplier s 3 1x10 10 10 t 5 t multiplier 1 MO 0 1 55 1 0 0 5 0 05 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 In Multiples of the Nominal Current 462 www eaton com 1 02602004 pexoolq 10 jou Burddu du wesbeig 0 Jajay eseald eui q s pue saun f Buddy d GL div siejourered uo poseg VUL m Jbetetaecece stave ose E du j eueN p NI 195
10. 1 o 18494 Z einejeduie GLY SL T pugdurais annoy aaqoeul uonounj du ais sieubis ene ou pue ou siiueue 3 7 wesBeig ajay N exny exny 2 Lawy 5 ZM 8 2M O LM V LM GLY jeuueu uoe3 www eaton com 184 E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Device Planning Parameters of the RTD Module Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use Global Protection Parameters of the RTD Temperature Protection Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated oa otra allowed within a Temp Prot parameter set and if the state of the IRTD assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated pepe Donna allowed within a Temp Prot parameter set and if the state of the IRTD assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the Trip Command of the module the Global Prot Para element if blocking is Temp Prot activated a
11. 573 uuu MA 573 High Voltage Tests IEC 60255206 l lu l oen Perte e tei Pon ne dud 573 Immunity CET 574 EMG Emission esfSuuu a a a aska wasa 575 Environmental Tests naasia uum ua q a ah sa a aa a aR e S 576 Mechanical BSc 577 Iul 578 Tolerances of the Real Time 578 Tolerances of the Measured Value enne nnne 578 Phase and Coroungl Current Exe M stp testor cdam ess o dom ep Ea td OK Y eO 578 Protection Elements 579 This manual applies to devices version Version 1 0 h Build 8463 8526 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Comments the Manual This manual gives a general explanation of the tasks of device planning parameter setting installation commissioning operation and maintenance of the Eaton devices The manual serves as reference document for Engineers in the protection field Commissioning engineers Personnel dealing with the setting testing and m
12. e 377 Global Protection Parameters of the 51X Ground 2 377 Setting Group Parameters of the 51X Ground Fault 379 51X Ground Fault Protection Input 382 51X Ground Fault Protection Signals Output 382 Commissioning Ground Fault Protection Non directional ANSI 51 2 2 1 384 50R DEFT Catcutatep Grounp Protection MopuLE PN EIE qM 385 Device Planning Parameters of the Ground Fault 388 Global Protection Parameters of the Ground Fault 388 Setting Group Parameters of the 50R Ground 390 Ground Fault Protection Input 777 7 392 Ground Fault Protection Signals Output 0201 00010 393 Commissioning Ground Fault Protection Non directional ANSI 5 2222 394 51R INV Grounp Protection MopuLE PAINS SVR a S u saus 395 Device Planning Parameters of the 51R Ground Fault
13. 518 Commissioning Circuit Breaker Failure Protection ANSI 522 TCM Supervision Circuit MonItorRInG 741 C ccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 523 One Breaker Application 524 Two Breaker Application 526 Device Planning Parameters of the Trip Circuit Monitoring 527 Global Protection Parameters of the Trip Circuit Monitoring Module ee 528 Setting Group Parameters of the Trip Circuit Monitoring 530 Trip Circuit Monitoring Module Input enne 531 Trip Circuit Monitoring Module Signals Output 531 Commissioning Trip Circuit Monitoring for Breakers 4 532 CTS Supervision CURRENT TRANSFORMER SUPERVISION 533 Device Planning Parameters of the Current Transformer Supervision sssss e 535 Global Protection Parameter of the Current Transformer 535 Setting Group Parameters of the Current Transformer 536 Curre
14. 2 5 x Gh 0000 123 4 5 6 pe ee E Shield at bus device side connected to earth termination resistors used c 2 2nF om F m lt FE Ow S S 0 23456 L Shield at bus device side connected to earth termination resistors used D 22 8 Z D gt m lt 0 1 lt Shield at bus master side connected to earth termination resistors not used 22nF internal Common 29 o TR P B A S 91 1 Shield at bus master side connected to earth termination resistors not used www eaton com IM02602004E 5 2 5 neni F ad x U Y Shield at bus device side connected to earth termination resistors not used D 22F 5 Z E D E m lt O w m S S 0 Shield at bus device side connected to earth termination resistors not used 43 02602004 ETR 4000 TOM Current Measuring Inputs and Ground Current Measuring Input A Current Measuring Card
15. dni N X x edeus enn ewe a x US ZHI ZHI ZHI wesbeig 0 asea q N QNV N 122 T Z sjeuBls ou pue pejeAnoeep jou N r 0 0 19j93 se d 101019 u iors 463 www eaton com 02602004 ETR 4000 Device Planning Parameters of the 510 Module Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Non directional Non directional Device Planning Global Protection Parameters of the 51Q Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side W1 51Q 1 W1 Protection Para W2 51Q 2 W2 Global Prot Para Prot 51Q 1 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Prot parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Fara allowed within parameter set and if the state of the 51091 assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assig
16. 318 Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module Signals Output 319 Set GROUND FAULT PROTECTION 87GDH l 320 Device Planning Parameters of the High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module 321 Global Protection Parameters of the High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module 321 Setting Group Parameters of the High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection 322 High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module Input 011 323 High Set Restricted Ground Fault Signals Output 323 50P DEFT Overcurrent Protection ANSI 5 4 11 324 Device Planning Parameters of the 327 Global Protection Parameters of the 327 Setting Group Parameters of the 50 Module U u 329 Module Input 331 6 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Module Signals Output 332 Commissioning Overcurrent Protection Non directional ANSI
17. Zone 2 Terminals Terminals X2 x5 Shield 13 Shield 13 Out 14 14 Com 15 Com 15 Shield 16 Shield 16 In 17 In 17 18 Com 18 Zone 3 DT 3000 N 13 Ground In 14 Out 15 Phase In 16 Com 18 www eaton com 431 02602004 ETR 4000 Hardware Terminals for Zone Interlocking By means of the zone interlocking terminals the device can be connected to other Eaton protective devices such as an FP5000 DT3000 etc As an upstream device the terminals Phase Ground IN should be connected to the OUT terminals of up to ten downstream device s by means of a dedicated cable wired in parallel As a downstream device the terminals Phase Ground OUT should be connected to the IN terminals of an upstream device by means of a dedicated cable The zone interlocking connection between relays is done by means of a twisted shielded cable Downstream zone interlock outputs may be paralleled from up to ten devices FP 5000 or DT 3000 or a combination of both for connection Terminal Marking X2 X5 for Device ETR 4000 Shield OUT COM Shield ZONE INTERLOCKING 432 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 49 Thermal Replica Protection Module 49 49 One thermal overload protection function is provid
18. ajay 1 AJ dns 1x3 u u 1x3 www eaton com 496 E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Device Planning Parameters of the External Temperature Supervision Module Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use Global Protection Parameters of the External Temperature Supervision Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated allowed within a Temp Prot arameter set and if the state of the Ext Temp 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated allowed within a Temp Prot arameter set and if the state of the Ext Temp 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para E eor of Global Prot Para element if blocking is Temp Prot activated allowed within a Ext Temp 1 set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Alarm Assignment for 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Alam Global Prot Para Temp Prot
19. ene Eu eu ae edes ed aaa ca 214 Read Out the Event Recorder via PewerPorkE sius eerte rre terret b ek nue rd E OR HR PRA Rn 214 Direct Commands of the Event Recorder enne 215 Event Recorder Module Signals oon tha Let na R ARE 215 MopBus l u CU EVA ERE E GRE DUE Ru ad dap o ER ORE RE ET GRUT RR ud PER 216 Modbus Protocol nennen E 216 Device Planning Parameters of the Modbus a eem 216 Modb s qae ERE 217 ped PH usia bey 218 Direct Commands of the 219 Global Protection Parameters of the 219 Modbus Module Signals Output States l 222 Modbus Module Values ETE 223 PARAMETERS 224 Parameter nnns 224 Device 2 22 0 2202 0 20 0002020200220000 02222 02202 e e a d se i e ne kr ees rne ne nennen 224 SAIS IS IMS ERE EE E D LT D UU 224 Protectio
20. 182 RID PROTECTION MODULE 183 General Principle 05 1 183 Device Planning Parameters of the RTD 185 Global Protection Parameters of the RTD Temperature Protection 185 Setting Group Parameters of the RTD Temperature Protection 186 RTD Temperature Protection Module Input 195 RTD Temperature Protection Module Signals Output 196 OPERATING PANEL iens nin l ana Fi bla aie Rd RR 198 Special Parameters of the 198 Direct Commands of the 198 Global Protection Parameters of the 198 MODULE DISTURBANCE REcoRpEeR U nara aO cca ka Rana u u 199 Read Out Disturbance Records eterne cote _________ _ ______ __ 201 Disturbance Recorder to be Read Out by 295 201 Deleting Dist rbance Records ull l u RC UD ERE enu 202 Deleting Disturbance Records Via PowerPortE 2 2 2 2 000 0 020202 025 5 202 Direct
21. Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side W1 87GDH 1 W1 Protection Para W2 87GDH 2 W2 Global Prot Para Tdiff Prot 87GDH 1 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Prot Para allowed within a Tdiff Prot parameter set and if the state of the e GDH I assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Tdiff Prot parameter set and if the state of the 87GDH 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the Trip Command of the module the Global Prot Para element if blocking is Tdiff Prot activated allowed within a parameter 87GDH 1 set and if the state of the assigned signal is true www eaton com 321 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of Acti joe module element ids n Tdiff Prot 87GDH 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Active ish module eleme
22. uo Buipuedep 3A A OI 4 e jo dnyoid eAnoejes eseud uoe3 dnyaid eAnoejoo dnxoid jesauab eAnoejos e oj ed ay uo 3A A SI 1 e jo dnyoid eAnoejes eseud uoe3 a eo QU dnyoid eAnoejoo dnxoid jez u f eAnoejes eseud e ed ay uo A SI I e jo dnyoid eseud uoe3 PLZ dnyoid dnyoid e oj pea adA y uo Burpuedep A SI 1 dnyoid eAnoejes eseud uoe3 dnyoiq awey dnyoid dnyoid eAnoejes e peaj ed eui uo 1 e jo dnyoid eseud uoe3 dnyo1q eure dnyoid Ano lloo dnxyoid eAnoejes oseud e peaj ed uo Buipuedep A 91 1 e jo dnyoid eAnoejes eseud u e3 owen dnyoid dnyoid eAnoejes oseud e eui uo A 1 e jo dnyoid eAnoejes eseud uoe3 OY dnyoid
23. 240 Comparing Setting Groups Via Powell OPE 240 Comparing Parameter Files Via PowerPort E sse 241 Converting Parameter Files Via 241 SYSTEM PARAMETERS i525 vieni anne xara Pre ena SR aa aa EEANN eaae NR e SR e wa 242 Statistics of the System Parameters orte ERA REESE baba 246 tc oiak 247 2 l asas una a aaa 247 Temporary sies 247 To Activate or Deactivate the Tripping Command of a Protection 250 Activate Deactivate Respectively to Block Temporary Protection 251 MODULE PROTECTION PR0OT 2 uu u none Mu daa aiaa Mai 253 How to Block the Entire 253 Direct Commands of the Protection 260 www eaton com 5 02602004 4000 Teh Global Protecti
24. 7 eene 78 Printing of Device Data When Using PowerPortE Setting 18 2 2 2 2 2 200 222 79 Exporting Data as a txt File Via PowetPottl iier 79 Off line Device Planning Via PowerPort E 1 80 AUCTI ICR ZTED cc 81 Read Out Measured Vallles II IL suse epe demande case Gale 81 Read Qut of Measured Values Via PowerlorE sse serere rennen rb rr Re E E n uan 81 Standard Measured ATIUC o 82 STATISTICS GM MEC URS 85 Read uias 85 Statistics to Be Read Out Via 2222 2 02 22 202 220000 85 Statistics uu uu l 86 Statistics Configurotion Via PewetPartE et erra eia Re ta en Raro 86 IBI ze S OMAN T __ ____ 87 www eaton com 3 02602004 4000 Te Standard Statistic 87 Global Protection Parameters of the Statistics 91 States of the Inputs of the Statistics 92 signals of the Statistics 92 Counters of the Module
25. jo e1mnj y pesi eoJ eq seumeej uondo annoy lt gt 3014 lt gt lt gt sjueule 3 0 51 ay pue si z jndjno y 9NI9E 01195 SI 0 3A Je 39olg 9 j eAgoeui si z jndjno pue sl eAnoeui 0 38S SI 0 3A 18 39018791 ONLA Bunjes eu j uonduosep Ieuonouna peunseow jeubis Bujuuejd Buas www eaton com 16 1 02602004 4000 3ndui au juepuedepul 0 seuiooeq s Y J ub jndjno lt gt 5 Ag yndul o pee sI popes gt 1 4g esind eu es nd eBejs josey Jeyunoo euin OWES OU ye 0 49S eq 3ndjno y sny L 0 Aq 950 Iim eBejs euim eu 00 eu SI lt gt euin y 9 J Ju uu l u spe s ndu __ eun
26. x In Multiples of the Nominal Current www eaton com 343 02602004 ETR 4000 2 Notice A Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 5 3 5 3 t t multiplier s t t multiplier s r A 1x10 X N 10 X 10 t s t multiplier 1 10 0 1 T 1 0 0 05 95 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x In Multiples of the Nominal Current 344 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 14T Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip at t 5 _ t multiplier s t t multiplier s t s t multiplier 0 01 In Multiples of the Nominal Current www eaton com 345 4000 1 02602004 LX D ow p yoolq 10 N duj owen 4 4 OI duj eueN g eowep eui q eq pue sown Guidi uo paseg ANI sB
27. x 10 100 10 t s 10 T 20 0 1 T 50 TS 20 T 1000 t 0 01 1 10 100 www eaton com 435 4000 1 02602004 1o pejeAnoeep jou Burddiu d diy 0 5 N GL anv V puodurer anv durer 9 N 7 UuMelv er N d 001 1 I nuo 21 21 I ie esed 1 l I T p en emm 1 1 8 00 2 __ _____ swe _____ 2 xw 1 r Er 1 o c 1 2 me lol SNO _ ____ 8 vl sss s z sjeuBis Bupioolq ou pue jou s zuawag N s6upioolg ueJBerg o 19jes 436 TON ETR 4000 02602004 Direct Commands of the Thermal Overload Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Reset Reset the Thermal Inactive Inactive Operation Replica Active Reset Device Planning Parameters of the Thermal Overload Module Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use www eaton com 437 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Global Prot
28. XI SW 91 olg dnyolqawen Old ZHI ueJBelq 0 Jejes eseeld annoy sjeuBis ou pue jou s zuawajg ueiBerq ejes r u Hos 387 www eaton com IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Device Planning Parameters of the 50R Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Non directional Non directional Device Planning Global Protection Parameters of the 50R Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side W1 5OR 1 W1 Protection Para W2 5OR 2 W2 Global Prot Para Prot 50R 1 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Prot parameter set and if the state of the 50R 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated allowed within parameter set and if the state of the 50R 1 assigned sig
29. 408 Global Protection Parameters of the 51R Ground Fault 408 Setting Group Parameters of the 51R Ground 410 51R Ground Fault Protection Input 8 88 413 51R Ground Fault Protection Signals Output States 414 Commissioning Ground Fault Protection Non directional ANSI 51 414 ZONE INTERLOCKING os us det aa aaa aaa E a a 415 056 2 P mm 415 Description of the Functions and 415 Device Planning Parameters of the Zone 416 Global Protection Parameters of the Zone 417 Setting Group Parameters of the Zone 418 Zone se OQuiput logie X2 PTT kasqanqa 42 Zone Intercom logie XS 423 odes uses HR 427 Zone Interlocking Input 429 Zone Interlocking Signals
30. 0 306 Phase Current Differential Protection Module Signals Output States 307 Phase Current Differential Protection Module 308 Phase Current Differential Protection Module 308 Unrestrained High set Differential Current Protection 87 1 310 Device Planning Parameters of the Unrestrained High set Differential Current Protection Module 311 Global Protection Parameters of the Unrestrained High set Differential Current Protection Module 311 Setting Group Parameters of the Unrestrained High set Differential Current Protection Module 312 Unrestrained High set Differential Current Protection Module Input 313 Signals of the Unrestrained High set Differential Current Protection Signals Output States 313 GROUND PROTECTION 87 40 314 Device Planning Parameters of the Restricted Ground Fault Protection a a 315 Global Protection Parameters of the Restricted Ground Fault 2 315 Setting Group Parameters of the Restricted Ground Fault 316 Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module Input 5
31. Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 13 t 135 t multiplier s t ES t multiplier s IG e IG 4 t s SN 15 t multiplier 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 366 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 IEC LINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t t multiplier 5 t p t multiplier s IG IG V Pickup 5 blo Y 100 10 t s t multiplier N 1 5 1 0 0 5 0 2 0 1 0 05 0 1 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 367 02602004 ETR 4000 IEC EINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 80 u 80 ___99 _ multiplier s t _ __ IG Y idis IG Y icku icku t multiplier s
32. 92 RIT ESPERTI TERT TTD DI NOTER 93 Manual Acknowledgments IILI aa dpa Tu baee ga ru eb Re mE RR MERDA 95 Manual Acknowledgment Via PowerPortE ve 95 External Acknowledgrmients iicet er tte nente e ens tenue cep dente a ecu paese ea 96 External Acknowledge Via PowerPorFE It 96 External LED Acknowledgement Signols ete Corm bn 97 MANUAL RESET 2 n 98 Manual Resets Via 98 ASSIGNMENT aniraa a paaa ara eaaa aa Ee anaa Eaa anaa Aa aaa Ea a Aaea 99 STATUS DISPLAY e T t 125 Status Display via PowerPort E u enne nnne 125 Mop re Dicitak INPUTS Dis U 126 Digital Inputs 127 Global Protection Parameters of the Digital Inputs 127 Digital Inputs Signals Outputs 130 RELAY OUTPUT 8 uuu au us 131 SYVS
33. Depending on the type of device www eaton com 258 1 02602004 4000 XI dnyoid1o1d dnyoig u 3A 4 durs lt dnyoid 9 2 dnypiq u Leos 5 zz 492 sseug AMPA Id uo 90 egz 1406 u A 62 dmpiq 1014 V eseug dmypiq io1d dnyoid dnxoid Ano l s eseud e oj peg d uo Buipuedep 3A 91 1 e jo dnyoid eAnoejes eseud uoe3 dnyold10Jd Depending on the type of device 259 www eaton com 02602004 ETR 4000 Direct Commands of the Protection Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Res Fault a Mains No Resetting of fault Inactive Inactive Operation number and number Active Reset of grid faults Global Protection Parameters of the Protection Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo Fc Activate allow the external blocking of the global protection functionality of the device Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot ExBlo1 If external blocking of this module is activated allowed the global protection functionali
34. 112 05 dnyotg 121815 121809 21 19 21 09 1 1212 olg 291212 2 12138 a puodurtela s y puodurvlaos 409 5 991 100 eseud 212 94 11012 yog edf qne4 61415 7909 dnd 405 sieu6is aape ou pue sI jueuiej sBuryoojg 0 ajay eseeld N INO 910712 9 www eaton com 424 TON ETR 4000 02602004 Zone Interlocking Trip Logic X2 The following overcurrent protection elements trigger Phase Zone Interlock trip functions 1 5 51P 1 5OP 1 and 50P 2 The following overcurrent protection elements trigger Ground Zone Interlock trip functions 51 1 50X 1 51R 1 and 5OR 1 Zone Interlocking TRIP Logic Timing 51P 1 Pickup ZI IN Trip Delay Timer 3 Cycles 21 21 STANDBY STARTED TRIPPED STANDBY INTERLOCKED STANDBY TRANSFER www eaton com 425 IN ETR 4000 1 02602004 U
35. ZI 1 DUT Signal Zone Interlocking OUT ZI 1 IN Signal Zone Interlocking IN ZI 1 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 ZI 1 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 ZI 1 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command ZI 1 Bkr Signal Blocked by Breaker Failure ZI 2 Active Signal Active ZI 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking ZI 2 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ZI 2 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command ZI 2 Bkr Blo Signal Blocked by Breaker Failure ZI 2 Phase Pickup Signal Zone Interlocking Phase Pickup ZI 2 Phase Trip Signal Zone Interlocking Phase Trip ZI 2 Ground Pickup Signal Zone Interlocking Ground Pickup ZI 2 Ground Trip Signal Zone Interlocking Ground Trip ZI 2 Pickup Signal Pickup Zone Interlocking ZI 2 Trip Signal Zone Interlocking Trip ZI 2 TripCmd Signal Zone Interlocking Trip Command ZI 2 Phase OUT Signal Zone Interlocking Phase OUT ZI 2 Ground OUT Signal Zone Interlocking Ground OUT ZI 2 BUT Signal Zone Interlocking OUT ZI 2 N Signal Zone Interlocking IN ZI 2 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 ZI 2 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 ZI 2 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command ZI 2 Bkr Signal Blocked by Breake
36. painseay 195 Jaweed si 3y 1014 www eaton com 254 TON ETR 4000 02602004 Each protection element generates its own pickup and trip signals which are automatically passed onto the Prot module where the phase based and general collective pickup and trip signals are generated The Prot module serves as a top level and a common place to group all pickups and trips from each individual protection element For instance Prot Pickup PHase A lt is the phase A pickup signal OR ed from all protection elements Prot Trip Puase A lt is the phase A trip signal OR ed from all protection elements Pnor Pickue is the collective pickup signal OR ed from all protection elements Prot Trip is the collective Trip signal OR ed from all protection elements and etc The Tripping commands of the protection elements have to be fed to the Bkr Manager module for further trip request processing The tripping commands are executed by the Bkr Manager module Tripping commands have to be assigned to a breaker The Breaker Manager will issue the trip command to the breaker If a protection element is activated and respectively decides to trip two pickup signals will be created 1 module or the protection element issues an pickup alarm e g 50P 1 Pickue or 50P 1 TRie
37. 4000 1 02602004 TLS 408 TLIXLS 01 05 Labs 409 dng TLXLS 11 09 4no 112 oig 12 1no THz du a Td LS a 21409 11909 1no 112 2891 3 punog eseud SV 2410012 www eaton com C dng Habs AA dmptar zlaos Bunipolq eroe ou pue jou si sBunpojg wes6eiq Jajay a 910212 lt 422 TON ETR 4000 02602004 Zone Interlocking Output Logic X5 The following current protective function elements serve as the Phase Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions 51P 3 50P 3 and 50P 4 The following current protective function serves as the Ground Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions 51X 2 50X 2 51R 2 50R 2 www eaton com 423 4000 1 02602004 21415 12405 NN L eIx ts 5 991
38. dnyoid eAnoejes e eui uo A 91 1 e jo dnyoid eAnoejes eseud uoe3 eseug dnyoiq euieN dnyoiq eueN N dnyaid eAgoejoo dnyoid jesauab aseud e oj 3A A 9l l 5 pea ed y uo e dnxoid eseud yeg 4 N e 0 A OI 1 oid dnyoid pea ed ay uo e jo dnxoid eseud oojos amp e A oid eAnoejoo dnyoid Ano l s pea IM ed eu uo e jo dnxoid eseud puedep N c N LO QU i E L e 3A A dnyoid dnyoid o AA A oseud e o A SI I e jo seyd e o 3A A SI I e jo dnyoid jo dnxoid peaj adA y e jo dnyoid oid peal
39. Xa Y XY Y PE e Eae Rana EUR HY 31 MATS GW me 31 Installation Diagrami ms 33 Assembly D ERAEN 34 Erene EE 45 Power Supply and Digital 7 36 38 Interface for the Module seyra E egre arte ie et nee d 40 reiner Te zonae 41 uve A MNT 4 Current Measuring Inputs and Ground Current Measuring 44 IRL n 46 System Contact and 47 eX aka 48 PSS or ihe Null Modem Ode cssc seo pu danza Maec ets st rto 48 CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAN coa ruo Fk ERR Ra E Fea rea cac icc o 49 Wiring Digary u u u Desk and ba rede da ka tu aat 50 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS MOT S 51 NAVIGATION OPERATION TR 54 Basic Menu 59 PowerPort E Keyboard
40. u DT S IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Device Planning Parameters of the 51R Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Non directional Non directional Device Planning Global Protection Parameters of the 51R Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side W1 51R 1 W1 Protection Para W2 51R 2 W2 Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Prot parameter set and if the state of the 51R 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated allowed within parameter set and if the state of the 51R 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Global Prot element if blocking is l Prot activated allowed within a parameter 51R 1 set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking if 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Reverse Blocking is activated allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Globa
41. Those trips can exclusively start the breaker failures that are assigned within the breaker manager to the breaker that is to be supervised Select the winding side from which the measured currents should be taken in case this protective device is a transformer differential protection www eaton com 513 4000 1 02602004 Q wo anv r 8l L od d E E EE lt T Bnr 48 7 1 2196611 59 gebu ag I 1486611138 M96611 47 jgieueN dnyoid 4g sdu jeu19 X3 sdu uang sdu Ily eje jexeeig 10 19661 ay 1 q seus S Bunyoojq ou pue si 0 0 aseaid www eaton com 514 E T N Device Planning Parameters of the BF Module ETR 4000 1 02602004 Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Use Use Device Planning Global Protection Parameters of the BF Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side BF 1 W1 BF 1 W1 Protection Para BF 2 W2 BF 2 W2 Global Prot Para S
42. www eaton com 229 02602004 4000 screen shot above shows the adaptive setting configurations following applications based on only simple overcurrent protection element 1 Standard Set Default settings 2 Adaptive Set 1 SOTF application Switch OnTo Fault 3 Adaptive Set 2 CLPU application Cold Load Pickup Application Examples The output signal of the Switch OnTo Fault module can be used to activate an Adaptive Parameter Set that sensitizes the overcurrent protection e The output signal of the Cold Load Pickup module can be used to activate an Adaptive Parameter Set that desensitizes the overcurrent protection means of Adaptive Parameter Sets an Adaptive Auto Reclosure can be realized After a reclosure attempt the tripping thresholds or tripping curves of the overcurrent protection can be adapted Depending on undervoltage the overcurrent protection can be modified voltage controlled This applies to devices that offer voltage protection only The ground overcurrent protection can be modified by the residual voltage This applies to devices that offer voltage protection only e Dynamically and automatically adaption of the ground current settings in order to adapt the settings to different loads single phase load diversity Adaptive Parameter Sets are only available for devices with current N O TI 6 protection modules 230 www eaton com
43. Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode 51P 1 Non Non directional Device Planning directional 51P 2 Do not use Non directional 51P 3 Non directional 51P 4 Do not use Non directional Global Protection Parameters of the 51 Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side W1 51P 1 W1 Protection Para W2 51P 2 W1 Global Prot Para 51P 3 W2 Prot 51P 4 W2 51P 1 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Prot parameter set and if the state of the 51P 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Prot parameter set and if the state of the 51P 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the Trip Command of the module the Global Prot Para element if blocking is Prot activated allowed within a parameter 51P 1 set and if the state of the assigned signal is true www eaton com 347 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking if 1 n Assignment List Protection Para eine Global Prot Para within a parameter l Prot ie 21
44. Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 42 x41 t A S t multiplier s t MEN t multiplier s IG IG IGno ion 1x10 100 1 t s t multiplier 10 1 1 2 0 1 X L 0 5 0 05 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x IGnom Multiples of the Nominal Current www eaton com 373 02602004 4000 2 Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 42 2 t NM o NE t multiplier s t 21 t multiplier s IG 0 IG IGno 1x10 100 1 t s t multiplier 1 10 NN 5 0 1 NP 2 X oos 09 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x IGnom Multiples of the Nominal Current 374 www eaton com 1 02602004
45. sr quaWUBissy duj eueN isr quewuBissy ae v L wely ueppns Uuue v eueN lt ueppng seus Buppojq ou pue jou s o 1949Y e ueppns ueppng www eaton com 508 E T N Device Planning Parameters of the Sudden Pressure Protection Module ETR 4000 IM02602004E Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use Global Protection Parameters of the Sudden Pressure Protection Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Sudden Press parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Sudden Press parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the Trip Command of the module the Global Prot Para element if
46. z juowubissy Juawubissy pare age www eaton com 154 TON ETR 4000 02602004 System OK LED This LED flashes green while the device is booting After booting is complete the LED for System OK lights up in green signaling that the protection function is activated If however in spite of successful booting or after the third unsuccessful reboot caused by the self supervision module the System OK LED flashes in red or is solidly illuminated in red please contact your Eaton Corporation Customer Service Representative also see the Self Supervision section The System OK LED cannot be configured www eaton com 155 02602004 ETR 4000 Global Protection Parameters of the LED Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Latched Defines whether the Inactive Inactive Device Para LED will be latched when it picks up Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 Ack signal Acknowledgment 1 n Assignment List Device Para signal for the LED If latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present Dependency Only available if Latched Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 LED Active Color The LED lights up Green LEDs group A Red Device Para this color if the state Red flash LEDs oie ae LEDs group B Red assignment of the Red fla
47. ud e zHI ud oig ud epoy xolg zHI LHI ZHI CHI LO zH9I pee 1 Soe CON gt p AA ZHI yo i en I 21 b 4 YS lt ZHI LHI 1 l 1 al pee 8 lt a c 9 n YL LHI o vl s gt lt o J 02602004 4000 Te Device Planning Parameters of the IH2 Module Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use Global Protection Parameters of the IH2 module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side IH2 1 W1 IH2 1 W1 Protection Para IH2 2 W2 IH2 2 W2 Global Prot Para Prot 1 2 1 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Prot parameter set and if the state of the 18211 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Goa mard allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the 18211 assigned s
48. 5 222 24 4 nescis teta dde Van te Rue ne RE xa Eon Ed cu 60 POWERPORISE 61 Installation of 61 Unsiristalling PowerPOrEE 1 9 t taa a ve EXER ERREUR LR E 61 Setting up the Serial Connection PC 2 62 Set Up a Connection Serial Interface Under Windows 2000 222 62 Set Up a Serial Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows 2 2 2 22 2 64 Set Up a Serial Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows 2 66 Calling Up Web Site While Connected to a Device erre Dh a a Ya dU ERR UAE Ud 68 Establishing the Serial Connection Via a 058 5232 me 68 Setup Connection via Ethernet TCP IP MM 69 Setup a Connection via Modbus Tunnel onerat E 71 Troubleshooting ecu qu atio Ad iun Cub lon C Eq ee 73 PowerPort E Persistent Connection Problems eei D Ga CER e 75 Loading of Device Data When Using PowerPort E u nnne 76 Restoring Device Data When Using 77 Backup and Documentation When Using
49. 0 0 1 0 021 001 1 O 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 T 0 0 1 Bc 1 0 i 0 0 1 1 0 001 0 1 T 1 0 0 re p 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 f 1 0 T 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 l 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 T 4 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 www eaton com 295 02602004 ETR 4000 3 Zero sequence removal elimination of the ground current if this can only flow through one winding at the external asymmetrical faults and will not be transformed to the other winding Zero sequence removal will be calculated for the primary winding system if the W1con value is set to YN or ZN A zero sequence current can only flow 1 If the neutral is connected to ground 2 The grid on the primary side is grounded as well E Tog For the secondary winding system Zero sequence removal will be calculated for the secondary winding system if the W2con value is set to yn or zn A zero sequence current can only flow 1 If the vector group is odd 2 If the neutral is connected to ground and 3 The grid on the secondary side is grounded as well c A B C 296 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 After setting the values for the percentage restrained characteristic curve the settings for harmonic and transient restraining have to be defined Both the harmonic and transient restraining settings
50. 265 synduy 6iq ut lenue itg I N3dO enuey ig e Big u 35010 ienuew ig 35070 Ienuew l 3SO 9 enuew yg Big ut Apesy Apeay yg sod 78 330 Ch 929 t qzs guto INV A www eaton com N j 34O 4d T 4 o 9 uuejepu sog g 4 q ezs Z T ZG pIgu O q ezs Np NO 9 0 1 sindul Big us p MT _ any qzs guio g E qns sodig azs N D peuBisse si1ndul e a ezo L e 44018 03 5 N 35010 soq 8 NO 2 9 ANE sindul Big NO q ecs ezG hIgult I EZG fgulo 14g si ynduy J I qz 13gu O 14g 02602004 4000 Direct Commands of the Breaker Manager Parameter Descrip
51. 50P 1 AdaptSet1 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 50 1 2 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 50P 1 AdaptSet3 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 50P 1 AdaptSet4 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 50P 2 Active Signal Active 50P 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 50P 2 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 50P 2 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 50P 2 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 50P 2 IH2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 50P 2 Pickup IA Signal Pickup IA 50P 2 Pickup IB Signal Pickup IB 50P 2 Pickup IC Signal Pickup IC 50P 2 Pickup Signal Pickup 50P 2 Trip IA Signal Trip IA 50P 2 Trip IB Signal Trip IB 50P 2 Trip IC Signal Trip IC 50P 2 Trip Signal Trip www eaton com 103 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Name Description 50P 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50P 2 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 50P 2 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 50P 2 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 50P 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 50P 2 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 50P 2 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 50P 2 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 50P 2 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 50P 2 Rv
52. max RMS IA maximum value RMS Operation Statistics Currents W1 IA avg RMS IA average value RMS Operation Statistics Currents W1 min RMS IA minimum value RMS Operation Statistics Currents W 1 IB max RMS IB maximum value RMS Operation Statistics Currents W1 IB avg RMS IB average value RMS Operation Statistics Currents W1 88 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 IB min RMS IB minimum value RMS Operation Statistics Currents W1 IC max RMS IC maximum value RMS Operation Statistics Currents W 1 IC avg RMS IC average value RMS Operation Statistics Currents W 1 IC min RMS IC minimum value RMS Operation Statistics Currents W1 THD max IATotal Harmonic Distortion Operation maximum value fundamental nae Statistics Currents W 1 B THD max IBTotal Harmonic Distortion Operation maximum value fundamental Statistics Currents W 1 IC THD max IC Total Harmonic Distortion Operation maximum value fundamental Statistics Currents W 1 IA THD max IA Total Harmonic Current maximum Operation Statistics Currents W 1 IB THD max IB Total Harmonic Current maximum Operation valle Statistics Currents W 1 IC THD max Total Harmonic Current maximum Operation vae Statistics Currents W 1 Value Description Menu Path IrA Measured Value Calculated Operation R
53. Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use Global Protection Parameters of the Breaker Wear Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side BWear 1 W1 BWear 1 W1 Protection Para BWear 2 W2 BWear 2 W2 Global Prot Para Bkr Manager BWear 1 Bkr Selection of the BWear 1 Bkr 1 BWear 1 Bkr 1 Protection Para BWear 2 Bkr 2 BWear 2 Bkr 2 IGlobal Prot P monitored ear 2 Bkr 2 ear 2 Bkr 2 obal Prot Para Bkr Manager BWear 1 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Bkr Manager parameter set and if the state of the BWear 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Bkr Manager parameter set and if the state of the BWear 1 assigned signal is true 274 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of module element Active Global Prot Para Bkr Manager BWear 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow
54. 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Inverting 6 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Assignment 7 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Inverting 7 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 t Off Delay To clearly identify the 0 00 300 00s 0 03s Device Para state transition of a IRelay Output Relay Output the ay pes new state is being RO Slot X2 held at least for the duration of the Off IRO 4 delay time Latched Defines whether the Inactive Inactive Device Para Relay Output will be latched when it picks Active Relay Outputs up RO Slot X2 RO 4 Acknowledgment Acknowledgment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Signal An acknowledgment Relay signal that RO Slot X2 acknowledges the corresponding Relay IRO 4 Output can be assigned to each Relay Output The acknowledgement signal is only effective if the parameter Latched is set to active Only available if Latched Active Inverting Inverting of the Relay Inactive Inactive Device Para Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 4 www eaton com 143 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Me
55. 2 The master Prot module collects summarizes the signals and issues an pickup alarm or a trip signal PRor PickuP PRor TRIP www eaton com 255 4000 1 02602004 I du 9 L 2 dy Lod f duj eueN N dip awen 6 V diy e oj pea uonoeyoud pezuoujne eAnoe ue di uoe3 eueN du www eaton com 256 1 02602004 4000 ETN dnyotd eueN 7 L Z N dnyord eueN L N 7 2 dnyoid eAnoejoo dnxoid e peg 4g uolsiAjodns e uoe3 dmjoiq 104d 257 www eaton com 4000 1 02602004 PUOduLTUSA 2 Jo 29 arg 6 V d 261 dur 710 q6L Tul Dus NU 6 Tul 1 05 S lo UL TIA 2 eseug l dulu bs 981 aos V L 8I du UA du oid al duru Taos vi du 02 V eset duT Told a el svi du Tul latc VS 591 di jeeue6 Ano j s
56. 548 Direct Commands of the System nnns 549 Global Protection Parameters of the 549 System Module Input 553 System Module Signals csini 554 Special Values of the System 555 COMMISSIONING s2 0c0cccdeecccecceieescucdcvensccuacdn 556 Commissioning Protection Test teenie ene nennen 557 Decommissioning Removing the Plug from the 2 558 SERVICE sss 559 X 559 Maintenance Mode 560 General USC T 560 Before 5 uuu ni Qasa ka ua 561 Howto Use the Maintenance Mode iisas pa aras sena En haa dare da aia ee 561 Forcing the Relay Output Comac screenie aaa exiens eed Pel eias eMe a on soap Dads 563 Eres eue uid TENET 563 Disarming the Relay Output 564 Principle General 564 SELF SUPERVISION 565 Error Messa
57. 87GDH 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 87GDH 1 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 87GDH 1 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 87GDH 1 Pickup Signal Pickup 87GDH 1 Trip Signal Trip 87GDH 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87GDH 1 ExBlo1 Module Input State External Blocking 87GDH 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Blocking2 87GDH 1 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 87GD 2 Active Signal Active 87GD 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 87GD 2 Blo Tripcmd Signal Trip Command blocked 87GD 2 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 87GD 2 Pickup Signal Pickup 87GD 2 Trip Signal Trip 87GD 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87GD 2 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 87GD 2 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 87GD 2 ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 87GDH 2 Active Signal Active 87GDH 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 87GDH 2 Blo Tripcmd Signal Trip Command blocked 87GDH 2 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 87GDH 2 Pickup Signal Pickup 87GDH 2 Trip Signal Trip 87GDH 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87GDH 2 ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking1 87GDH 2 E
58. All Modbus Diagnosis Counters will be reset Inactive Active Inactive Operation Reset Global Protection Parameters of the Modbus Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Slave ID Device address Slave ID within the bus system Each device address has to be unique within a bus system Only available if Device Planning RTU 1 247 1 Device Para Modbus Unit ID The Unit Identifier is used for routing This parameter is to be set if a Modbus RTU and a Modbus TCP network should be coupled Only available if Device Planning TCP 1 255 255 Device Para Modbus TCP Port Config TCP Port Configuration This parameter is to be set only if the default Modubs TCP Port should not be used Only available if Device Planning TCP Default Private Default Device Para Modbus Port Port number Only available if Device Planning TCP And Only available if TCP Port Config Private 502 65535 502 Device Para Modbus www eaton com 219 1 02602004 4000 E T N Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path t timeout Within this time the answer has to be received by the Communication System otherwise the request will be disregarded In that case the Communication system detects a communication failure and the C
59. E T N CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION STYLE NUMBER ETR 4000A0BA0 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Ground Current 5A 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU RS 485 No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Standard Mount 66D2225G01 ETR 4000A0HAO 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Ground Current 5A 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac IEC 61850 No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Standard Mount 66D2225G02 ETR 4000A0IA0 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Ground Current 5A 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU Modbus TCP No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Standard Mount 66D2225G03 ETR 4000A1BA0 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Sensitive Ground Current 0 5A 0 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU RS 485 No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Standard Mount 66D2225G04 ETR 4000A1HAO 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Sensitive Ground Current 0 5A 0 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac IEC 61850 No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Standard Moun
60. E T N operational method like frequency primary and secondary values and the star point treatment ground according to the winding connection the zero current symmetrical components will be removed Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Phase Sequence Phase Sequence ABC ABC System Para General Settings f Nominal frequency 50Hz 60Hz System Para 60Hz General Settings SN Maximum Apparent 1 800000kVA 5250kVA System Para Power of the Transformer Transformer This eae has to be entered in kVA Trv W1 Transformer rated 60 500000V 13200V System Para voltage at side W1 Transformer Primary Side Nominal Mele Voltage TrV W2 Transformer rated 60 500000V 4160V System Para voltage at side W2 Transformer Secondary Side Nominal Voltage W1 Note The zero Y D System Para Connection Groundin current will be D Transformer g removed in order to prevent faulty tripping 2 of the differential protection If a star YN point is connected to ZN 242 www eaton com E T N W2 Connection Groundin g Note The zero current will be removed in order to prevent faulty tripping of the differential protection If a star point is connected to ground according to the winding connection the zero current symmetrical components will be removed ETR 4000 yn 1 02602004 System Para Transformer Phase Shift
61. Function The following IRIG B parameters can be set within the Device Parameters menu Set the IRIG B type choose B000 through 007 Set the time synchronization via IRIG B to Active or Inactive Set the time zone parameter choose one of the 36 UTC Time Zones Activate or deactivate the Daylight Savings Time function Parameter for Daylight Savings Time summer winter time has to be set N O TICE manually Check the wiring wiring error if no IRIG signal be detected A signal will be issued if no IRIG B time code is received for longer than 60 s IRIG B Control Commands In addition to the date and time information the IRIB B code offers the option to transmit up to 18 control commands that can be processed by the protective device They have to be set and issued by the Time Code Generator The protective devices offer up to 18 IRIG B assignment options for those control commands in order to carry out the assigned action That means if the IRIG B time code is fed with the corresponding state of those control commands than they can be used for further processing within the devices e g in order to start statistics switch on or off street lighting Device Planning Parameters of the 00 Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use Direct Commands of the 00 Parameter Description Setting
62. In order to show all multiple assignments select an LED by means of the SOFTKEYs up and down Via the Softkey right call up a sub menu of this LED that gives the User detailed information on the state of all signals assigned to this LED An arrow symbol points to the LED whose assignments are currently displayed Via the SOFTKEYs up and down the User can call up the next previous LED In order to leave the LED menu press the SOFTKEY left multiple times www eaton com 1 02602004 57 1 02602004 4000 Item Graphic Name Description 7 ACK RST Key To abort changes and to ac knowledge messages as well as resetting counters In order to reset press the Softkey Wrench and enter the password The User can exit the reset menu by pressing the Softkey Arrow left RS232 Interface PowerPort E Connection Connection to the software PowerPort E is done via the RS232 interface OK Key When using the OK key parameter changes are temporarily stored If the OK key is pressed again those changes are stored indefinitely 10 CTRL Key Currently not supported 58 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Basic Menu Control The graphic user interface is equivalent to a hierarchical structured menu tree For access to the individual sub me
63. N O Only for Zone Interlock Tripping Outputs Zone Interlock semiconductor output 5 Vdc lt 2mA for connection to electronic inputs only Zone Out Output voltage High 4 75 to 5 25 Output voltage Low 0 0 to 0 5 Zone In Nominal input voltage 5 Max input voltage 5 5 Switching threshold ON min 4 0 Switching threshold OFF max 1 5 Galvanic isolation 2 5 kV ac to ground and other 10 Connection Screw type terminals twisted pair Boot Phase After switching on the power supply the protection will be available in approximately 46 seconds After approximately 97 seconds the boot phase is completed HMI and Communication initialized 572 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Standards Approvals UL listed file e217753 Design Standards Generic Standard EN 61000 6 2 EN 61000 6 3 Product Standard IEC 60255 6 EN 50178 UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment CSA C22 2 No 14 95 Industrial Control Equipment ANSI C37 90 High Voltage Tests IEC 60255 6 High Frequency Interference Test IEC 60255 22 1 Within one circuit 1kV 2s Class 3 Circuit to ground 2 5 kV 2 s Circuit to circuit 2 5 2 s Insulation Voltage Test IEC 60255 5 All circuits to other circuits and exposed 2 5 kV eff 50Hz 1 min EN 50178 conductive parts Except interfaces 1 5 kV DC 1 min Voltage measuring input 3 kV eff 50 Hz 1 min Impulse Voltage Test IEC 60
64. Start 3 Start recording if the 1 n Assignment List Device Para Recorders Disturb rec Start 4 Start recording if the 1 n Assignment List Device Para Recorders Disturb rec Start 5 Start recording if the 1 n Assignment List Device Para signals Recorders Disturb rec Start 6 Start recording if the 1 n Assignment List Device Para Recorders Disturb rec Start 7 Start recording if the 1 n Assignment List Device Para Recorders Disturb rec www eaton com 203 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Start 8 Start recording if the 1 n Assignment List Device Para assigned signal is inia Recorders Disturb rec Auto overwriting If there is no more Inactive Active Device Para free memory capacity left the oldest file will Active Recorders be overwritten Disturb rec Follow up time Follow up time 0 50 20 Device Para Recorders Disturb rec Pre trigger time Pre trigger time 0 50 20 Device Para Recorders Disturb rec Max file size Maximum duration of 0 1 10 0s 2s Device Para the record Recorders Disturb rec 204 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Disturbance Recorder Module Input States Name Description Assignm
65. TON ETR 4000 02602004 TCM Supervision Module Trip Circuit Monitoring 74TC TCM 1 TCMI 2 The trip circuit monitoring is used for monitoring if the trip circuit is ready for opening operations The monitoring can be fulfilled by two ways The one way assumes only 52a is used in the trip circuit and other assumes besides 52a 52b is also used for the circuit monitoring Two options either 52a only or breaker closed or both 52a and 52b are provided for the User to select based on use of the breaker status in the trip circuit With 52a only in the trip circuit the monitoring is only effective when the breaker is closed while if both 52a and 52b are used the trip circuit will be monitored all time as long as the control power is on The trip circuit continuity is monitored through the digital inputs DI1 and DI2 and the breaker status 52a or 52b or both must be monitored through the other digital inputs For transformer protection if the User wants to monitor both breakers it is recommended to use the breaker closed option 52a because the Either breaker open or closed will consume at least four digital inputs for this application only Plus 52a and 52b on both breakers there would be nothing left for other protection function use Note that the digital inputs used for this purpose must be configured properly based on the trip circuit control voltage and also that the de bouncing times must be set to minimum If the trip circuit is d
66. www eaton com 417 02602004 ETR 4000 Setting Group Parameters of the Zone Interlocking The zone interlocking Setting Group Parameters consists of three groups of setting to configure the zone interlocking module to adapt to various application philosophies accordingly General This group comprises the settings used to control the general usage of the zone interlocking module OUTPUT What should be assigned to the Zone Out Phase Ground or Both The OUTPUT group comprises the settings to configure the zone interlocking output logic If the zone interlocking application is used to a downstream device the settings in OUTPUT group should be programmed accordingly If the zone interlocking application is only used for an upstream device main breaker or Zone 1 the setting ZonelnterlockOut within the OUTPUT group should be disabled TRIP Activate the Zone Trip The TRIP group comprises the settings used to configure the zone interlocking TRIP logic If the zone interlocking application is applied to an upstream device main breaker or Zone 1 the settings in the TRIP group should be programmed accordingly If the zone interlocking application is only used for a downstream device feeder breaker or Zone 2 the setting ZonelnterlockTript in TRIP group should be disabled Setting the above mentioned setting groups accordingly the zone interlocking module can be configured as Downstream device application u
67. 1 2 1 0 5 04 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 401 02602004 ETR 4000 ANSI EINV Notice A Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip PETN multiplier 5 222 0 1217 t muttiplier s 1 IG Pickup icku 1x10 100 X X t s 10 N t multiplier N 15 1 10 1 n 2 1 0 1 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 0 5 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 402 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Therm Flat Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 2 5 2 T t 21 st multiplier 5 t _ t muttiplier s IG 9 IG iGno IGno t 5 t multiplier s t s t multiplier x IGnom Multiples of the Nominal Current www eaton com 403 02602004 ETR 4000 IT Notice A Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and
68. 333 51 INV OvercurRENT PROTECTION ANSI 4 44442 334 Device Planning Parameters of the 51 347 Global Protection Parameters of the 51 347 Setting Group Parameters of the 51 349 STP lu 352 51 Module Signals Output 353 Commissioning Overcurrent Protection Non directional ANSI 354 50X DEFT Measurep Grounp Protection ANSI 50X 355 Device Planning Parameters of the 50X Ground Fault 358 Global Protection Parameters of the 50X Ground Fault Protection 358 Setting Group Parameters of the 50X Ground Fault 360 50X Ground Fault Protection Input 362 Ground Fault Protection Signals Output 363 Commissioning Ground Fault Protection Non directional ANSI 50 363 51X INV Measurep GnouNp Protection ANSI 5 44420 2 364 Device Planning Parameters of the 51X Ground Fault
69. E T N ETR 4000 IM02602004E Adaptive Parameter Set Activation Signals Name Description No assignment IH2 1 Blo Phase A Signal Blocked Phase A IH2 1 Blo Phase B Signal Blocked Phase B IH2 1 Blo Phase C Signal Blocked Phase C IH2 1 Blo IG Signal Blocking of the Earth Protection Module IH2 2 Blo Phase A Signal Blocked Phase A IH2 2 Blo Phase B Signal Blocked Phase B IH2 2 Blo Phase C Signal Blocked Phase C IH2 2 Blo IG Signal Blocking of the Earth Protection Module SOTF enabled Signal Switch Onto Fault enabled This Signal can be used to modify Overcurrent Protection Settings CLPU enabled Signal Cold Load enabled ExP 1 Alarm Signal Alarm ExP 2 Alarm Signal Alarm ExP 3 Alarm Signal Alarm ExP 4 Alarm Signal Alarm Sudden Press Alarm Signal Alarm Ext Oil Temp Alarm Signal Alarm Ext Temp Superv 1 Alarm Signal Alarm Ext Temp Superv 2 Alarm Signal Alarm Ext Temp Superv 3 Alarm Signal Alarm DI Slot X1 DI 1 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 2 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 3 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 4 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 5 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 6 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 7 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 8 Signal Digital Input Sys Maint Mode Active Signal Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Active Sys Maint Mode Inacti
70. Ext Temp Superv 1 Trip External trip of the 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Bkr if the state of the assigned signal is Global Prot Para true Temp Prot Ext Temp Superv 1 www eaton com 497 1 02602004 4000 Setting Group Parameters of the External Temperature Supervision Module parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of Acti dans module element Cuve Temp Prot Ext Temp Superv 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti gt blocking of the module element This Temp Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is Ext Temp 1 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking Inactive Inactive Protection Para of the Trip Command Acti jen of the ctive n module element Temp Prot Ext Temp Superv 1 ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti fons
71. IX meas RMS Measured value measured IX Operation Usb Measured Values Currents W 1 IR calc RMS Measured value calculated IR Operation RMS Measured Values Currents W 1 THD Measured Value Calculated IA Operation Total Harmonic Distortion Measured Values Currents W 1 THD Measured Value Calculated IB Operation Total Harmonic Distortion Measured Values Currents W 1 IC THD Measured Value Calculated IC Operation Total Harmonic Distortion Measured Values Currents W 1 www eaton com 83 02602004 ETR 4000 IA THD Measured Value Calculated IA Operation Total Harmonic Current Measured Values Currents W 1 IB THD Measured Value Calculated IB Operation Total Harmonic Current Measured Values Currents W 1 IC THD Measured Value Calculated IC Operation Total Harmonic Current Measured Values Currents W 1 84 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Statistics Statistics In the Operation Statistics menu the minimum maximum and mean values of the measured and calculated quantities can be found The statistics are ordered by Standard values and Special values depending on the type of device and the device planning In the Device Parameter Statistics menu the User can either set a fixed synchronization time and a calculation interval or start and stop the statistics via a function e g digital input
72. LiFe Its installation location depends on the housing type Please refer to the wiring diagram of the device WDC contact The System OK contact SC relay cannot be configured The system contact is a Form C contact that picks up when the device is free from internal faults While the device is booting up the System OK relay SC remains dropped off unenergized As soon as the system is properly started the System Contact picks up and the assigned LED is activated accordingly please refer to the Self Supervision section 134 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 1 02602004 Direct Commands of the Relay Output Contacts Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path DISARMED This is the second Inactive step after the Acti DISARM Ctrl has been activated that is required to DISARM the relay outputs This will DISARM those relay outputs that are currently not latched and that are not on hold by a pending minimum hold time CAUTION RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off line Note Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed YOU MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance Only available if DISARMED Ctrl Active Inactive Service Test DISARMED RO Slot X2 Force all Outs By means of this Normal function the normal Relay Output State ca
73. V eBejs L Lae I I EMEN en eA Bojeuy ECCE sen eA Bojeuy Bojeuy juenonp ZHI ssed pueg A LHI ssed pueg yndjno BunieAu lt 17 www eaton com IN ETR 4000 amp 1 02602004 x jejeue e uogoejoud pezuoujne ue jo uoe3 o 2 e peaj IIIA uono loid eAgoe ue din uoe3 e pea uonoejoud pezuoujne din eAnoe ue jo din uoe3 o Beda jejeue e oj peaj IIIA uono loid pezuoujne din ue jo di uoe3 je eue e o uonoejoud pezuoujne ue jo din uoe3 dij e peaj uonoejoud p zuounne dij ue jo din uoe3 c e oj peaj uonoejoJd pezuoujne din ue jo uoe3 eeue e pea uonoejoud pezuoujne ue jo dij uoe3 du e uonoejoud diy ue jo din uoe3
74. e peaj jw uono loid p zuoyyne din sanoe ue jo di uoe3 rs e pea ji uonoejoud pezuoujne dij eAnoe ue din uoe3 m w e pezuoujne din ue jo du uoe3 8 e oj peal uonoejoJd pezuoujne din eAnoe ue jo uoe3 pes jejeue e pea uonoejoud pezuoujne ue jo din uoe3 Ol dup owen OI dup owen OI dup awen gi 411 owen gi dui owen VI dup awen VI dup ewen VI du p eueN je1eue e peaj pezuouyne di IM uonoejoud ue uoe3 owen SLA dnxyoid 2 dnyoid jesauab e pea IM Buipnjour sajnpow lt jdeoxe e jo dnyoid uoe3 ujeJ8elg 1343Y E 1943Y esee d uoisioeq uogoeuig esee g uoisioeq 8 ujeJ8elg 1343Y se qg
75. www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Thermal Overload Module Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 49 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 49 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command Global Prot Para Prot 49 Signals of the Thermal Overload Module Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Alarm Signal Alarm Thermal Overload Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command Reset Thermal Cap Signal Resetting Thermal Replica www eaton com 441 02602004 ETR 4000 Thermal Overload Module Values Value Description Menu Path Thermal Cap Used Measured value Thermal Capacity Operation Used Measured Values 49 Time To Trip Measured value Operation calculated measured Remaining Measured Values time until the thermal overload module will trip 49 Thermal Overload Module Statistics Value Description Menu Path Thermal Cap max Thermal Capacity maximum value Operation Statistics 49 Thermal Cap avg Thermal Capacity average value Operation Stati
76. 1 x or 2 x 2 5 mm 2 x AWG 14 with wire end ferrule 1 x or 2 x 4 0 mm 2 x AWG 12 with ring cable sleeve or cable sleeve 1 x or 2 x 6 mm 2 x AWG 10 with ring cable sleeve or cable sleeve The current measuring board s terminal blocks may be used as with 2 double conductors AWG 10 12 14 otherwise with single conductors only Relay Outputs 5Aac dc 25 Aac 25 Adc up to 30 V for4s 30 230 Vac according to ANSI IEEE Std C37 90 2005 30 A 250 Vdc according to ANSI IEEE Std C37 90 2005 5 up to 125 Vac 5 A dc up to 30 V resistive 0 3 A dc at 300 V 250 Vac 250 Vdc 1 250 VA Form C or normally open contact Screw type terminals Supervision Contact SC 5 A at 120 240 Vac or 30 Vdc 15 A at 120 240 Vac or 30 Vdc max 4s 5 A at 120 240 Vac or 30 Vdc 0 4 A at 125 Vdc 1 Form C contact Screw type terminals www eaton com 571 02602004 4000 Time Synchronization IRIG Nominal Input Voltage 5V Connection Screw type terminals twisted pair Front Interface RS232 Baud Rates 115 200 Baud Handshake RTS and CTS Connection 9 pole D Sub plug RS485 Master Slave Slave Connection 6 screw clamping terminals RM 138 MIL 3 5 mm terminating resistors internal The RS485 interface is realized via terminals The communication cable has to be shielded The shielding has to be fixed at the screw that is marked with the ground symbol rear side of the device Zone Interlocking
77. 2 0 0 1943Y esee d 1343Y esee d 0 eseald 5 ujeJ8elg 1343Y eseald s6unoolg du 0 5 6 0 eseeld 0 dnyoiq eueN dnxoid S LA Ag uonoauig uonoeuig eueN eseug oig zHI g oig HI V eseud ano eweN enjoy 7 ieubig jndino jeuBis 1ndu www eaton com 18 1 02602004 4000 15 qunisig soq ig JaBeuew ig Jg 0 19494 eseeld xg wesbeiq oj Jajoy se q 9 uuejepu sod N3dO sod big 1943Y sE q ASO19 504438 J B5eueN sq xg wesbeiq 1943Y se q aes ig N 107 dnxyoiq euieN dnxoid eAnoejoo dnyoid jesauab eAnoejos eseud e oj IM ed eui uo 3A A DI 1 e jo dnyoid eAnoejes eseud uoe3 dnyaid eAnoejoo dnyoid jesauab 5 e pea
78. 50X 2 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 50X 2 AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 50X 2 AdaptSet3 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 50X 2 AdaptSet4 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 51X 1 Active Signal Active 51X 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 51X 1 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 51X 1 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 51X 1 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 51X 1 Pickup Signal Pickup IX or IR 51X 1 Trip Signal Trip 51X 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51X 1 1GH2 Blo Signal Blocked by IH2 51X 1 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 51X 1 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 51X 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 51X 1 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 51X 1 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 51X 1 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 51X 1 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 51X 1 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 51X 1 Rvs Module Input State Reverse Blocking 51X 1 AdaptSet1 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 51X 1 AdaptSet2 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 www eaton com 109 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh
79. 54 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 Item Graphic Name Description W1 Pickup W2 Pickup W1 Trip W2 Trip Diff Trip W1 Gnd Diff Trip W2 Gnd Diff Trip Group A Programmable LEDs Basically there are 14 7 on the left 7 on the right side programmable LEDs provided for user to configure the choice for each programmable LED can be any signal from the global assignment list which includes all internal operation states of each function activated Based on the application need up to 14 but not necessary programmable LEDs can be activated By properly configuring some or all 14 LEDs user will be able to view the relay overall operation and some critical information immediately and intuitively without digging into any menu Operational LED System OK Should the LED System OK flash red during operation contact customer support immediately Display Via the display the User can view operational data and edit the parameters W1 Bkr W2 Bkr 87R Blocked H2 Diff Alarm H5 Diff Alarm RTD Alarm SPR Trip Group B Programmable LEDs Basically there are 14 7 on the left 7 on the right side programmable LEDs provided for user to configure the choice for each programmable LED can be any signal from the global assignment list which includes all internal operation states of each function activated Based on the application need up to 14 but not nec
80. Adaptive Parameter 4 51P 3 ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking1 51P 3 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 51P 3 ExBlo TripCmdq l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 51P 3 Rvs Module Input State Reverse Blocking 51P 3 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 51P 3 AdaptSet2 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 51P 3 AdaptSet3 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 51P 3 AdaptSet4 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 51P 4 Active Signal Active 51P 4 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 51P 4 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 51P 4 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 51P 4 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 51P 4 IH2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 51P 4 Pickup IA Signal Pickup IA 51P 4 Pickup IB Signal Pickup IB 51P 4 Pickup IC Signal Pickup IC 51P 4 Pickup Signal Pickup www eaton com 107 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E Description 51P 4 Trip IA Signal Trip IA 51P 4 Trip IB Signal Trip IB 51P 4 Trip IC Signal Trip IC 51P 4 Trip Signal Trip 51P 4 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51P 4 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 51P 4 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 51P 4 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 51
81. Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Prada allowed within a Tdiff Prot parameter set and if the state of the 87H assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated FOODS allowed within a Tdiff Prot parameter set and if the state of the 87H assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para cue or Global Prot Para element if blocking is Tdiff Prot activated allowed within a parameter 87H set and if the state of the assigned signal is true www eaton com IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the Unrestrained High set Differential Current Protection Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Active Protection Para or deactivation of Acti fona module element Tdiff Prot 87H ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Active ish module element This Tdiff Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is 87H assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking Inactive Inact
82. Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command IH2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 Pickup IA Signal Pickup IA Pickup IB Signal Pickup IB Pickup IC Signal Pickup IC Pickup Signal Pickup Trip IA Signal Trip IA Trip IB Signal Trip IB Trip IC Signal Trip IC Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 332 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Commissioning Overcurrent Protection Non directional ANSI 50P Object to be tested Signals to be measured for each current protection element the threshold values total tripping time recommended or alternatively tripping delays and the dropout ratios each time 3 x single phase and 1 x three phase N O C Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping delay The tripping delay should be specified by the customer The total tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker not at the relay output contacts Total tripping time tripping delay please refer to the tolerances of the protection elements breaker operating time about 50 ms Please take the breaker operating t
83. By means of the mode Cross Block the User can specify if an harmonic signal or CT saturation within one phase temporarily causes restraining within this phase only or a cross block 3 phases Temporarily Restraining by monitoring of the harmonics The protective device also offers the temporary restraining feature for further securing phase restrained percentage differential protection against harmonics and other transients such as CT saturation Separating the temporary restraining from the fundamental restraining can make the differential protection more sensitive to internal faults and more secure when harmonics or other transients occur The temporary restraining whenever effective will essentially add constant m the fundamental restraining Graphically the static tripping curve is temporarily raised by d m The amount of the temporary restraining is configured as multiple of the base current J The 2nd 4th and 5th harmonics percentage relative to fundamental and CT saturation can trigger the temporary restraining For each harmonic trigger function to be effective it must be enabled and the percentage of the harmonic over fundamental must exceed its threshold Moreover for the 2nd and 5th harmonics trigger functions they can be independently configured as having different trigger levels for transient and stationary harmonics The transient restraining will be effective for a specified t Trans b
84. Choose whether only the current or all disturbance records should be deleted and Confirm by pressing SOFTKEY OK Deleting Disturbance Records Via PowerPort E If PowerPort E is not running please start the application e Ifthe device data have not been loaded click Receive Data From The Device in the Device menu Double click the Operation icon in the navigation tree Double click the Recorders icon in the navigation tree Double click the Disturb rec icon the window the disturbance records are shown in tabular form e order to delete a disturbance record double click on x the red x in front of the disturbance record and confirm 202 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Direct Commands of the Disturbance Recorder Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Man Trigger Manual Trigger False False Operation True Recorders Man Trigger Reset all rec Reset all records Inactive Inactive Operation Active Reset Global Protection Parameters of the Disturbance Recorder Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Start 1 Start recording if the 1 Assignment List Prot Pickup Device Para RUD signalis Recorders Disturb rec Start 2 Start recording if the 1 Assignment List 87 H2 H4 H5 Blo Device Para signalis Recorders Disturb rec
85. Click the Configure button Ensure that the Hardware Flowing Control is activated Ensure that a baud rate 115200 is selected www eaton com 63 02602004 4000 Te Set Up a Serial Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows XP After installation of the software the Connection PC Notebook to the Device has to be initially configured so that the User is able to read device data or re write them into the device by means of the PowerPort E application N O TI C E To connect the device to the User s PC notebook a special null modem cable is needed no serial cable please refer to the section Null Modem Cable N O TI C If the PC notebook does not have a serial interface the User will need special USB to serial adapter If the USB to serial adapter is correctly installed communication with the device can be established using the CD provided see the next section Setting Up Configuring the Connection Connect your PC notebook with the device via a null modem cable Start the PowerPort E application Select the menu point Device Connection in the Settings menu Click on Serial Connection Click the Settings button Wheninitially setting up the connection a dialog window appears with the information that so far a direct connection with your protection device has not been established Click on Yes e f to this point a location has not
86. DI Slot X1 DI 2 2 Supervision DI Slot X1 DI 3 TCM 1 DI Slot X1 DI 4 DI Slot X1 DI 5 DI Slot X1 DI 6 DI Slot X1 DI 7 DI Slot X1 DI 8 Input 2 Select the input Protection Para PAUL UI 1 DI Slot X1 DI 1 IGlobal Prot Para breaker is open Only DI Slot X1 DI 2 Supervision 1 Mode set 51 Slot x1 DI 3 ITCMT 1 DI Slot X1 DI 4 Only available if Mode Either DI Slot X1 DI 5 DI Slot X1 DI 6 DI Slot X1 DI 7 DI Slot X1 DI 8 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Global Prot Para Supervision TCM 1 528 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Global Prot Para Supervision TCM 1 www eaton com 529 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the Trip Circuit Monitoring Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of Acti dans module element CHIVE Supervision TCM 1 ExBl
87. DI Threshold TCM Pickup Bkr Pos CLOSE www eaton com 525 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E Two Breaker Application Example Trip Circuit Monitoring for Two Breakers Auxiliary Contacts 52a Only in Trip Circuits Relay Control Voltage 526 Breaker 1 Bkr 1 Control Voltage DC E re eee nti DC qu 52a only in Trip Circuit DI Threshold TCM 1 Pickup Bkr 1 Pos ON 52a only in Trip Circuit DI Threshold TCM 2 Pickup Bkr 2 Pos ON www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Device Planning Parameters of the Trip Circuit Monitoring Module Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use www eaton com 527 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Global Protection Parameters of the Trip Circuit Monitoring Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Bkr Pos Detect Criterion by which the Breaker Switch Position is to be TCM 1 Bkr 1 State TCM 2 Bkr 2 State TCM 1 Bkr 1 State TCM 2 Bkr 2 State Protection Para Global Prot Para detected Supervision TCM 1 Mode Mode Closed Closed Protection Para Either Global Prot Para Supervision TCM 1 Input 1 Select the input DI Slot X1 DI Protection help Col to montor DI Slot X1 DI 1 o eio py PP Prot Para breaker is closed
88. Device Set Up a Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows 2000 After installation of the software the Connection PC Notebook to the Device has to be initially configured so that the User is able to read device data or re write them into the device by means of the PowerPort E application N e C To connect the device to the User s PC notebook a special null modem cable is needed no serial cable please refer to the section Null Modem Cable N O E If the PC notebook does not have a serial interface the User will need a special USB to serial adapter If the USB to serial adapter is correctly installed communication with the device can be established using the CD provided see the next section The connection of the PC notebook to the device MUST NOT be N O TI 6 protected encrypted via a smartcard If the network connection wizard asks to encrypt the connection via a smartcard or not please choose Do not use the smartcard Setting Up Configuring the Connection Connect the PC notebook with the device via a null modem cable Start the PowerPort E application Select the menu point Device Connection in the Settings menu Click on Serial Connection Click the Settings button When initially setting up the connection a dialog window appears with the information that so far a direct connection with your protection device has not been established Click on Yes e f t
89. Disturb rec Trigger Blo Error code Error code OK OK Operation Write err Status display Clear fail Disturb rec Calculation err File not found Auto overwriting off 206 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Module Fault Recorder Fault rec The fault recorder can be started by one of eight start events selection from the Assignment list OR Logic It can register up to 20 faults The last of the recorded faults is stored in a fail safe manner If one of the assigned trigger events becomes true the fault recorder will be started When a trigger event happens each fault is saved including the module and name fault number number of grid faults and record number at that time For each of the faults the measuring values at the time when the trigger event became true can be viewed Up to eight signals to trigger the fault recorder can be selected from the Assignment list The trigger events are OR linked The parameter Auto Delete defines how the device will react if there is no saving place available In case Auto Delete is Active the first recorded fault will be overwritten according to the FIFO principle If the parameter is set to nactive recording of the fault events will be stopped until the storage location is released manually Start 1 Trigger Start 2 Trigger Start 3 Trigger Start 4 Trigger EE Start 5 Trigger Recording Start 6 Tr
90. N O TI higher will support transmit the year information If you are using an IRIG time code that does not support the year information IRIG B000 IRIG B001 IRIG B002 IRIG B003 you have to set the year manually within the device In these cases the correct year information is a precondition for a properly working IRIG B Principle General Use This standard is the most used standard to synchronize the time of protection devices in medium voltage applications GPS Satellite Signal optional 2 GPS Conncection optional IRIG B Time Code Generator Protective Relay Twisted Pair Cable To Other Devices Based on the IRIG STANDARD 200 04 the device interface and software provides all time synchronization formats IRIG BOOX 000 B001 B002 004 B005 B006 007 as described the standard IRIG BO04 and higher will support transmit the year information Time code B has a time frame of 1 second with an index count of 10 milliseconds and contains time of year and year information in a binary code decimal BCD format and seconds of day in straight binary seconds SBS format Time accuracy of 1ms is a requirement to synchronize the different protection devices The location of the IRIG B interface depends to the device type Please see the wiring diagram supplied with the protective device 540 www eaton com 1 02602004 ETR 4000
91. Name Description 51X 1 AdaptSet3 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 51X 1 AdaptSet4 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 51X 2 Active Signal Active 51X 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 51X 2 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 51X 2 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 51X 2 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 51X 2 Pickup Signal Pickup IX or IR 51X 2 Trip Signal Trip 51X 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51X 2 IGH2 Blo Signal Blocked by IH2 51X 2 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 51X 2 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 51X 2 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 51X 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 51X 2 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 51X 2 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 51X 2 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 51X 2 ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 51X 2 Rvs Blo Module Input State Reverse Blocking 51X 2 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 51X 2 AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 51X 2 AdaptSet3 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 51X 2 AdaptSet4 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 5OR 1 Active Signal Active 50R 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 5OR 1 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 5OR 1 Blo S
92. On the other hand the overcurrent protection could trip on load inrush if it is set based on the fault current studies The CLPU module is provided to generate a temporary blocking desensitizing signal to prevent overcurrent protections from unwanted tripping The load off condition is recognized according to the User s criterion which can be based on The breaker status No current flowing Breaker and no current flowing and or Breaker status or no current flowing This applies to transformer applications only NOTICE d Note that only one CLPU unit is offered Therefore the breaker status and the currents must be used from one winding side The cold load pickup condition is recognized after the load is off trigger event fulfilled for a period specified by the User t LoadOff While in the cold load pickup condition when the load is re energized the cold load pickup condition will be maintained for a period specified as t MaxBlock The following countermeasures against unwanted tripping are available Blocking of the overcurrent protection Increasing the tripping thresholds respective of the tripping times by means of adaptive parameters This module issues a signal only it is not armed In order to influence the tripping settings of the overcurrent protection the User has to assign the signal CLPU enas_eo onto an adaptive parameter set Please refer to the Parameter Adaptive Parameter Sets section
93. Output 430 Zone INCEMOCKING WANING LLL LLL uu 431 Hardware Terminals for Zone lnterlocking la 432 49 THERMAL REPLICA PROTECTION MODULE 49 4444444 433 Direct Commands of the Thermal Overload 437 Device Planning Parameters of the Thermal Overload Module e 437 Global Protection Parameters of the Thermal Overload ne 438 Setting Group Parameters of the Thermal Overload 439 Thermal Overload Module Input 441 Signals of the Thermal Overload Module Output 441 Thermal Overload Module Values 442 Thermal Overload Module 442 www eaton com 7 02602004 ETR 4000 LTN Commissioning Thermal Replica 401 443 PA Dnjsc 444 ilie General hash 444 Device Planning Parameters of the IH2 446 Global Protection Parameters of the IH2 446 Setting Group Pa
94. Protection Para pickup current dens differential current Tdiff Prot 87 302 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Id Ir0 Measured Value 0 0 1 016 0 216 Protection Para Calculated Phase jens Differential Current Starting point Tdiff Prot of the static tripping characteristic when Ir 187 0 Id Ir1 Measured Value 0 2 2 016 0 716 Protection Para Calculated Phase Differential Current Breaking Tdiff Prot point of the static tripping characteristic 187 when Ir 2 x Ib Id Ir2 Measured Value 2 0 8 016 516 Protection Calculated Phase gt Differential Current Value of the Tdiff Prot static tripping characteristic when Ir 187 10 x Ib d H m Restraining factor for 0 0 30 016 8lb Protection Para rising the static jens tripping characteristic in case of stationary Tdiff Prot or transient harmonic components which 187 are ascertained by Fourier analysis H or transients monitor m H2 Restrain Restraining of Inactive Active Protection Para differential protection function against Active iia stationary or transient Tdiff Prot components of the 2nd harmonic at the 187 phase current 9 rush effect H2 H1 Stat Threshold 2nd 10 5096 2596 Protection Para harmonic basic Jens wave ratio for restraining the Tdiff Prot differential protection function against 187 stationar
95. Signals are assessments of the state of the grid and the equipment System OK Transformer failure detected Signals represent decisions that are taken by the device e g Trip command based on the user parameter settings www eaton com 225 4000 Adaptive Parameter Sets 1 02602004 16770 ui u7so ol 15770 ui luno anqoeul ameu Se a 0 L 0 0 L 70 Jensen pe 7195 ns T he ds npeul eAnoeuljeAnov eAnoeuljeNnov sol ui 07800 16770 ui 1 70 Jehjov JONIN 195 eAnoeuj oAno eAnoeul eAno 18701 ui 109070 sol ui 0 20 ad p pu s moeul eAnov 0 L 9070 0 L 0 Woeul eAnov NOS 2195 m E so ui ugo o sol lui 01 pe pem pe 195 1ejeurejeg 0 A
96. Successful test results The signal 1H2 Atarm is generated and the event recorder indicates the blocking of the current protection element www eaton com 449 02602004 ETR 4000 51Q Negative Sequence Overcurrent Protection 510 Elements 51Q 1 51Q 2 The negative sequence overcurrent element 510 is to be seen as an equivalent to the phase overcurrent protection 51P with the exception that it uses negative sequence current 12 as measured quantities instead of the three phase currents used by phase overcurrent elements The negative sequence current used by 510 is derived from the following well known symmetrical component transformation 1 L U tal tale The pickup set value of a 570 element should be set in accordance of the negative sequence current occurrence in the protected object Besides that the negative sequence overcurrent element 51Q uses the same setting parameters as the phase overcurrent elements 51P like trip and reset characteristics from both IEC ANSI standards time multiplier etc The negative sequence overcurrent element 51Q can be used by line generator transformer and motor protection to protect the system from unbalanced faults Because the 510 element operates on the negative sequence current component which is normally absent during load conditions the 510 can therefore be set more sensitive than the phase overcurrent elements 51P On the other hand coordination of negative
97. active the LED can LEDs group A only be 3 acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present Only available if Latched Active LED Active Color The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR assignment of the signals is true Green Red Red flash Green flash LEDs group A Red LEDs group B Red flash Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 www eaton com 159 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path LED Inactive Color The LED lights up Green Device Para this color if the state of the OR Red LEDs assignment of the Red flash LEDs group A Green flash LED 3 Assignment 1 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group Device Para 50P 1 Trip ILEDs LEDs group B 87 H2 H4 H5 Blo LEDs group A LED 3 Inverting 1 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 Assignment 2 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A Device Para 51P 1 Trip LEDs LEDs group B 87 Blo H2 LEDs group A LED 3 Inverting 2 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 Assignment 3 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A Device Para 5OR 1 Trip LEDs LEDs group B 87 Blo H4
98. blocking of the eive module element This Temp Prot Ext Temp Superv 1 498 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 External Temperature Supervision Module Input States 1 02602004 Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Temp Prot Ext Temp Superv 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Temp Prot Ext Temp Superv 1 ExBlo Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command Global Prot Para Temp Prot Ext Temp Superv 1 Alarm Module Input State Alarm Protection Para Global Prot Para Temp Prot Ext Temp Superv 1 Module Input State Trip Protection Para Global Prot Para Temp Prot Ext Temp Superv 1 External Temperature Supervision Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Alarm Signal Alarm Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command www eaton com 499 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Commissioning External Temperature Supervision Object to be tested Test of the External Temperature Supervision module Necessary means Dependent on the application Procedure Simulate the functionality of
99. d me Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 1 Assignment 6 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 Inverting 6 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 1 Assignment 7 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 1 138 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Inverting 7 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 t Off Delay To clearly identify the 0 00 300 00s RO Slot X2 0 2s Device Para state transition of a Relay Output the RO Slot X5 0 03s Relay Outputs new state is being RO Slot X2 held at least for the duration of the Off IRO 2 delay time Latched Defines whether the Inactive Inactive Device Para Relay Output will be latched when it picks Active Relay Outputs up RO Slot X2 RO 2 Acknowledgment Acknowledgment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Signal An acknowledgment IRelay Outputs signal that RO Slot X2 acknowledges the corresponding Relay IRO 2 Output can be assigned to each Relay Output The acknowledgement signal is only effective if the parameter Latched is set to active Only available if Latched Active Inverting Inverting of the Relay Inact
100. du Vv L jueuiufissy ul uue y eue sjeubis ou pue pejeAnoeep jou s jueuis 3 ueJBeig eseald N u www eaton com 490 E T N ETR 4000 IM02602004E Device Planning Parameters of the External Protection Module Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use Global Protection Parameters of the External Protection Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Pata allowed within a ExP parameter set and if the state of the IExP 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a ExP parameter set and if the state of the IExP 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the Trip Command of the module the Global Prot Para element if blocking is ExP activated allowed within a parameter IExP 1 set and if the
101. lt 2 2 gt 8 H lt c 8 8 The General Protection module is not deactivated or blocked Prot Active Name All Modules That Are Blockable Blockings www eaton com 251 02602004 4000 E Teh Current protective functions cannot only be blocked permanently Function Inactive or temporarily by any blocking signal from the Assignment list but also by Reverse Interlocking All other protection functions can be activated deactivated or blocked in the same manner 9 zs a m x S S P t u E qm z c o E u 2 9 E i 5 5 5 5 c lt i z 3 a 4 2 s i 8 gt o i 8 i a I E 3 z 3 H 5 P ILI E id 3 75 9o 2 5 9 5 2 a 5 15 Sal S BE e 2 s E E a 5 8 s 5 2 8 5 2 e 2120 E 2 55 2 lt 53 ees s 5 8 5 lt 5 lt E S lt Cis 2215 2 E EM 5 lt ki cc vs 8 lt 1 H SE o S Ble Ox male L i o CK o 9i x Z m z 252 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Module Protection Prot Prot The Protection module serves as the outer frame for all other pr
102. relay works according to the assigned signals to force energized or force de energized state Permanent Timeout Permanent Service Test Force RO RO Slot X2 t Timeout Force The Output State will be set by force for the duration of this time That means for the duration of this time the Relay Output does not show the state of the signals that are assigned on it Only available if Mode Timeout DISARM 0 00 300 00s 0 03s Service Test Force RO RO Slot X2 146 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Input States of the Relay Output Contacts Name Description Assignment Via RO1 1 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 RO1 2 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 RO1 3 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 RO1 4 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 RO1 5 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 RO1 6 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 RO1 7 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 Ack signal RO 3 Module Input State Acknowledgment signal for the Relay Output If latching is set
103. 01 40 00In 1 00In Protection Para exceeded the jens module element starts to time out to Prot trip 51Q 1 Curve Shape Characteristic IEC NINV ANSI MINV Protection Para IEC VINV lt n gt IEC EINV Prot IEC LINV 51Q 1 ANSI MINV ANSI VINV ANSI EINV Therm Flat IT I2T 14T t multiplier Time 0 05 20 00 1 0 Protection Para multiplier tripping jens characteristic factor l Prot 51Q 1 Reset Mode Reset Mode Instantaneous Calculated Protection Para t delay lt n gt Calculated Prot 51Q 1 www eaton com 467 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path t reset Reset time for 0 00 60 00s Os Protection Para intermittent phase jens failures INV characteristics only l Prot Available if Reset 5191 Mode t delay IH2 Blo Blocking the trip Inactive Inactive Protection Para command if an Activ fens inrush is detected 51Q 1 Nondir Trip at V 0 Only relevant for Inactive Inactive Protection Para current protection modules elements Active ae with directional Prot feature The devi eature The device 15100 will trip non directional if this parameter is set to active and no direction could be determined because no reference voltage V 0 could be measured any more e g if there is a three phase short circuit close to the device If this parameter is set to inac
104. 10 15 5 10 t multiplier il 1 2 1 0 5 0 1 0 01 0 1 1 0 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 370 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 ANSI EINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t t multiplier s t 5 0 1217 t multiplier s ickup 71 1x10 100 X t s 10 t multiplier 15 10 1 n 2 1 0 1 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 0 5 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 371 02602004 ETR 4000 E Therm Flat Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 5 1 5 m t t multiplier s t multiplier s IG 0 IG Gnom IGno t 5 t multiplier s bio 100 10 1 5 2 10 1 0 t s og tmultiplier 1 0 05 0 1 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x IGnom Multiples of the Nominal Current 372 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004
105. 120 V ac 230 240 V ac Inverting 3 Inverting the input Inactive Inactive Device Para signals Active Digital Inputs DI Slot X1 Group 3 Debouncing Time A change of the state No Debouncing 20 ms Device Para of a digital input will Time IDiqital Inputs only be recognized 20m 9 after the debouncing 5 DI Slot X1 time has expired 50 ms IG 3 become effective roup 3 Thus wipers will not 100 ms be misinterpreted Inverting 4 Inverting the input Inactive Inactive Device Para signals Active Digital Inputs Slot X1 Group 3 Debouncing Time 4 A change of the state No Debouncing 20 ms Device Para of a digital input will Time IDiqital Inputs only be recognized 20 9 after the debouncing ms DI Slot X1 time has expired 50 ms IG 3 become effective roup 3 Thus wipers will not 100 ms be misinterpreted Inverting 5 Inverting the input Inactive Inactive Device Para signals Active Digital Inputs Slot X1 Group 3 128 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Debouncing Time 5 A change of the state No Debouncing 20 ms Device Para of a digital input will Time IDioital Inputs only be recognized 20 ms 9 P after the debouncing DI Slot X1 time has expired 50 ms IG 3 become effective roup 3 Thus wipers will not 100 ms be misinterpreted Inverting 6 Inverting the input Inactive Inactive Device Para si
106. 2 Avoid the build up of static electricity on your body by not wearing clothing made of synthetic materials Wear cotton or cotton blend materials as much as possible because these do not store static electric charges as much as synthetics 3 Keep plastic vinyl and Styrofoam materials such as plastic or Styrofoam cups cup holders cigarette packages cellophane wrappers vinyl books or folders plastic bottles and plastic ash trays away from the device the modules and the work area as much as possible 4 Do remove any printed circuit board PCB from the device cabinet unless absolutely necessary If you must remove the PCB from the device cabinet follow these precautions Do not touch part of the PCB except the edges Do not touch the electrical conductors the connectors or the components with conductive devices or with your hands When replacing keep the new in the plastic anti static protective bag it comes in until you are ready to install the PCB Immediately after removing the old PCB from the device cabinet place it in the anti static protective bag Eaton Corporation reserves the right to update any portion of this publication at any time Information provided by Eaton Corporation is believed to be correct and reliable However no responsibility is assumed by Eaton Corporation unless otherwise expressly undertaken Eaton Corporation 2009 All Rights Reserved 14 www eat
107. 3 0 00s Prot DEFT 50P 4 0 25s 50P 1 IH2 Blo Blocking the trip Inactive Inactive Protection Para command if an Acti dens inrush is detected 50P 1 330 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 50P Module Input States 1 02602004 Parameter4 Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para penne Global Prot Para Prot 50P 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 50P 1 ExBlo Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command IGlobal Prot Prot 50P 1 Rvs Blo Module Input State Reverse Protection Para Bioeng Global Prot Para Prot 50P 1 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Parameter Global Prot Para Prot 50P 1 AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 50P 1 AdaptSet3 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Paramotor Global Prot Para Prot 50P 1 AdaptSet4 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para l Prot 50P 1 www eaton com 331 02602004 4000 Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking
108. 384 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 50R DEFT Calculated Ground Fault Protection Module ANSI 50R Elements 5O0R 1 50R 2 If you are using inrush blockings the tripping delay of the ground current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings All ground current elements are identically structured 8 4 For each element the following characteristics are available e DEFT definite time Explanation t Tripping delay IG Fault current Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded the module element starts to time out to trip The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents but this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye connected www eaton com 385 IM02602004E ETR 4000 DEFT 100 0 1 0 01 IR calc _ Pickup 386 www eaton com 1 02602004 4000 NA purpduj euewN pexpo q Jo jou Buiddu N duj eueN eovop eui fq aq asa pue seu Guldduy 5 uo peseg 41430 T y wey eureN suog du oj Jajay se g
109. 40 250 Vac IEC 61850 Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Projection Panel Mount 66D2225G20 ETR 4000A0IB1 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Ground Current 5A 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU Modbus TCP Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Projection Panel Mount 66D2225G21 ETR 4000A1BB1 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Sensitive Ground Current 0 5A 0 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Modbus RTU RS 485 Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Projection Panel Mount 66D2225G22 ETR 4000A1HB1 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Sensitive Ground Current 0 5A 0 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 IEC 61850 Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Projection Panel Mount 66D2225G23 www eaton com 29 1 02602004 4000 E T N CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION STYLE NUMBER 4000 1 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Sensitive Ground Current 0 5A 0 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU Modbus TCP Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Projection Panel Mount 66D2225G24 Con
110. 538 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Commissioning Current Transformer Failure Supervision Precondition N O TI C 1 Measurement of all three phase currents are applied to the measuring inputs of the device 2 The ground current is detected via a zero sequence transformer not in residual connection Object to Be Tested Check of the CT Supervision by comparing the calculated with the measured ground current Necessary Means Three phase current source Procedure Part 1 Set the limiting value of the CTs to delta I 0 1 In Feed a three phase symmetrical current system approx nominal current to the secondary side Disconnect the current of one phase from one of the measuring inputs the symmetrical feeding at secondary side has to be maintained sure that the CTS Atarm signal is generated Successful Test Result Part 1 The CTS Atarm signal is generated Procedure Part 2 Feed a three phase symmetrical current system approx nominal current to the secondary side Feed a current that is higher than the threshold value for the measuring circuit supervision to the ground current measuring input Make sure that the CTS Atarm signal is generated Successful Test Result Part 2 The CTS Atarm signal is generated www eaton com 539 02602004 ETR 4000 LTN IRIG B00X IRIG B Requirement A IRIG B00X time code receiver is needed IRIG B004 and
111. 7 dnysoid i iZ 10 payennoeep you Bujddu dnydtd 1 12 sBulyoojg du o Jajay dng 45 1405 lt 7 ar E o 17 IN NI IZ eseud 112 5 06 dnwoid aseud LIZ N IN e TLIXLS drxoid 1 xos dui aseud ed yne4 D a ON 1 16 61 L dmyiiqr zlaos 4 aanse ou pue payenjoeep jou SI 5 8 wes6e1q se lq c 9107 127 zx www eaton com 426 TON ETR 4000 02602004 Zone Interlocking Trip Logic X5 The following protection elements trigger Phase Zone Interlock trip functions 1 5 51 3 50P 3 and 50P 4 The following overcurrent protection elements trigger Ground Zone Interlock trip functions 51 2 50 2 51R 2 and 50 2 www eaton com 427 ETR 4000 1 02602004 dnyatd 1212 10
112. Alarm Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD9 Trip Function Trip Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD9 Aux1 Alarm Auxiliary Threshold 0 200 C 105 C Protection Para for Temperature jen Alarm Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning IRTD Alarm Function RTD9 Use 192 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Aux1 t Delay Auxiliary If this time is 1 2160005 10s Protection Para expired a jens Temperature Alarm will be generated Temp Prot Only available if RTD Device Planning IRTD9 Alarm Function Use Aux1 Trip Auxiliary Threshold 0 200 C 110 C Protection Para for Temperature Trip jens Only available if Temp Prot Device Planning Trip Function Use RTD RTD9 Alarm Function Alarm Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD10 Trip Function Trip Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD10 Aux2 Alarm Auxiliary Threshold 0 200 C 105 C Protection Para for Temperature Alarm Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning RTD Alarm Function RTD10 Use Aux2 t Delay Auxiliary If this time is 1 2160005 10s Protection Para expired a lens Temperature Alarm will be generated Temp Prot Only available if IRTD D
113. Angle that the secondary winding lags or leads the primary winding depending on winding connection and system rotation The phase shift angle is factor 1 2 3 11 multiplied with 30 degrees 0 11 System Transformer Tap changer Tap changer the tapchanger refers to the primary side W1 15 15 0 System Para Transformer Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path CT pri Nominal current of the primary side of the current transformers 1 50000A W1 400A W2 1200A System Para IW1 CT sec Nominal current of the secondary side of the current transformers 5A 5A System Para IW1 www eaton com 243 1 02602004 Protection functions with directional feature can only work properly if the connection of the current transformers is free of wiring errors If all current transformers are connected to the device with a wrong polarity the wiring error can be compensated by this parameter This parameter turns the current vectors by 180 degrees ETR 4000 180 0 E T N System Para IW1 XCT pri This parameter defines the primary nominal current of the connected ground current transformer If the ground current is measured via the Residual connection the primary value of the phase current transformer must be entered here 1 50000A 50A Syst
114. Commands of the Disturbance Recorder 0 203 Global Protection Parameters of the Disturbance Recorder 203 Disturbance Recorder Module Input r 205 Disturbance Recorder Module Signals nennen 205 Special Parameters of the Disturbance 206 MODULE FAULT REcoRnpER U U U nana 207 4 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Read Out the Fault Recorder 2 u 208 Read Out the Fault Recorder Via 2 2222 222 2 2 2 2222 22220 02 208 Direct Commands of the Fault Recorder 210 Global Protection Parameters of the Fault Recorder 2 210 Fault Recorder Module Input 000000000000000000000 212 Fault Recorder Module Signals eee eee EREE EEA 212 MobUkE EVENT RECORDER aa i Sa aaae 213 Read Out the Event Recorder
115. ETR 4000 T eM Modbus TCP NOTICE Establishing a connection via TCP IP to the device is only possible if your device is equipped with an Ethernet Interface RJ45 Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection Part 1 Setting the TCP IP Parameters Call up gt Device parameter TCP IP lt at the HMI panel and set the following parameters e TCP IP address e Subnetmask and e Gateway Part 2 Configuration of the Devices Call up Device parameter Modbus and set the following communication parameters Setting a Unit Identifier is only necessary if a TCP network should be coupled to RTU network different port than the default port 502 should be used please proceed as follows Choose Private within the TCP Port Configuration Set the port number Set the maximum acceptable time out for no communication If this time has expired without any communication the device concludes a failure has occurred within the master system Allow or disallow the blocking of SCADA commands Part 3 Hardware Connection There is a RJ45 interface at the rear side of the device for the hardware connection to the control system Establish the connection to the device by means of a proper Ethernet cable 218 www eaton com E T N Direct Commands of the Modbus ETR 4000 1 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Reset Diagn Cr
116. Event Recorder via PowerPort E If PowerPort E is not running please start the application If the device data have not been loaded click Receive Data From The Device in the Device menu Double click the Operation icon in the navigation tree Double click the Event Rec icon within the Operation Recorders menu In the window the events are shown in tabular form To have the event recorder up dated in a cyclic manner select Automatic N O TI C E Up Date in the View menu 214 PowerPort E is able to record more events than the device itself if the window of the event recorder is opened and Automatic Up Date is set to active www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 yeh piini menu the User can export the data into a file Please proceed Call up the data as described above Call up the File Print menu Choose Print Actual Working Window within the pop up Press the Print button Press the Export to File button Enter a file name Choose a location where to save the file Confirm the Save button Direct Commands of the Event Recorder Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Reset all rec Reset all records Inactive Inactive Operation Active Reset Event Recorder Module Signals Name Description Reset all rec Signal All records deleted www eaton com 215 02602004 ETR 4000 LTN Module Mod
117. ExBlo TripCmdq l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 50P 4 Rvs Blo Module Input State Reverse Blocking 50P 4 AdaptSet1 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 5OP 4 AdaptSet2 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 5OP 4 AdaptSet3 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 50P 4 AdaptSet4 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 51P 1 Active Signal Active 51P 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 51P 1 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 51P 1 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 51P 1 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 51P 1 IH2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 51P 1 Pickup IA Signal Pickup IA 51P 1 Pickup IB Signal Pickup IB 51P 1 Pickup IC Signal Pickup IC 51P 1 Pickup Signal Pickup 51P 1 Trip IA Signal Trip 1 51P 1 Trip IB Signal Trip IB www eaton com 105 1 02602004 ETR 4000 Name Description 51P 1 Trip IC Signal Trip IC 51P 1 Trip Signal Trip 51P 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51P 1 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 51P 1 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 51P 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 51P 1 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 51P 1 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 51P 1 ExBlot l Module Input State External Blocking1 51
118. Green Device Para this color if the state of the OR Red LEDs assignment of the Red flash LEDs group A Sanpete Green flash 4 Assignment 1 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A 51P 3 Trip LEDs group B 87 Blo H2 Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal Inactive Active Inactive Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 www eaton com 161 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Assignment 2 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group Device Para 51X 2 Trip ILEDs LEDs group B LEDs group A LED 4 Inverting 2 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 Assignment 3 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A Device Para 51R 2 Trip LEDs LEDs group B LEDs group A LED 4 Inverting 3 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para ooo Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 Assignment 4 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 Inverting 4 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para 27 Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 Assignment 5 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 Inverting 5 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device
119. Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 4 RO4 6 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 4 RO4 7 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 4 Ack signal RO 6 Module Input State Acknowledgment Device Para ssh Outputs Output can only be acknowledged if RO Slot X2 those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time RO 4 expired 150 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Signals of the Relay Output Contacts Name Description 271 OUT Signal Zone Interlocking OUT RO 1 Signal Relay Output RO 2 Signal Relay Output RO Signal Relay Output RO 4 Signal Relay Output DISARMED Signal CAUTION RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off line Note Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed YOU MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance Outs forced Signal The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by force That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced and hence does not show the state of the assined signals www eaton com 151 02602004 ETR 4000 Light Emitting Diodes LEDs LEDs group A LEDs group Attention must be paid to insure that there are no overlapping functions du
120. Invalid Winding1 Phase C Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement W2 A Trip Winding2 Phase A Signal Trip W2 A Alarm Winding2 Phase A Alarm RTD Temperature Protection W2 A Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase A Timeout Alarm W2 A Invalid Winding2 Phase A Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement W2 B Trip Winding2 Phase B Signal Trip W2 B Alarm Winding2 Phase B Alarm RTD Temperature Protection W2 B Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase B Timeout Alarm W2 B Invalid Winding2 Phase B Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement W2 C Trip Winding2 Phase C Signal Trip W2 C Alarm Winding2 Phase C Alarm RTD Temperature Protection W2 C Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase C Timeout Alarm W2 C Invalid Winding2 Phase C Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement Amb 1 Trip Ambient 1 Signal Trip Amb 1 Alarm Ambient 1 Alarm RTD Temperature Protection Amb 1 Timeout Alarm Ambient 1 Timeout Alarm Amb 1 Invalid Ambient 1 Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement 196 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Description Amb 2 Trip Ambient 2 Signal Trip Amb 2 Alarm Ambient 2 Alarm RTD Temperature Protectio
121. LEDs group A Device Para 51P 3 Pickup ILEDs TACO LEDs group A LED 2 Inverting 1 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para oe Active ILEDs LEDs group A LED 2 Assignment 2 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A Device Para 51X 2 Pickup LEDs LEDs group B LEDs group A LED 2 Inverting 2 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para P Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 Assignment 3 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group Device Para 51R 2 Pickup LEDs LEDs group B LEDs group A LED 2 158 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Inverting 3 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para a Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 Assignment 4 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 Inverting 4 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Boa m Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 Assignment 5 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 Inverting 5 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para 0 Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 Latched Defines whether the Inactive LEDs group A Active Device Para ed Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 Ack signal Acknowledgment 1 n Assignment List Device Para signal for the LED If LEDs latching is set to
122. LEDs group A LED 3 Inverting 3 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 Assignment 4 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A Device Para 51R 1 Trip LEDs a group B 87 Blo ILEDs group A LED 3 Inverting 4 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 160 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Assignment 5 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A Device Para 51Q 2 TripCmd LEDs LEDs group B LEDs group A LED 3 Inverting 5 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 Latched Defines whether the Inactive LEDs group A Active Device Para 12 ed Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 Ack signal Acknowledgment 1 n Assignment List Device Para signal for the LED If latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present Only available if Latched Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 LED Active Color The LED lights up Green LEDs group A Red Device Para eek LEDs group Red LEDs of the OR flash assignment of the Red flash ILEDs group A Green flash 4 LED Inactive Color The LED lights up
123. Mode Mode RTU RTU Device Planning TCP 216 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Modbus RTU Part 1 Configuration of the Devices Call up Device parameter Modbus and set the following communication parameters Slave address to allow clear identification of the device and Baudrate Also select the RS485 interface related parameters such as Number of data bits One ofthe following supported communication variants Number of data bits even odd parity or no parity number of stop bits t timeout communication errors are only identified after expiry of a supervision time t timeout and Response time defining the period within which an inquiry from the master has to be answered Part 2 Hardware Connection For hardware connection to the control system there is an RS485 interface at the rear side of the device RS485 fiber optic or terminals Connect the bus and the device wiring Up to 32 devices can be connected to the bus point to point connection spurs e Connect a terminating resistor to the bus Error Handling Hardware Errors Information on physical communication errors such as Baud rate error and e Parity error can be obtained from the event recorder Error Handling Errors on Protocol Level If for example an invalid memory address is inquired error codes will be returned by the device that need to be interpreted www eaton com 217 IM02602004E
124. OK key and Confirm by pressing the Yes soft key 7 Then the device changes into the Display Only mode 232 www eaton com E AT eI ETR 4000 02602004 Password Password Entry at the Panel Passwords can be entered by way of the soft keys 1 2 3 4 Example For password 3244 press successively Soft key 3 Soft key 2 Soft key 4 and Soft key 4 Password Changes Passwords can be changed at the device in the Device Para Password menu or by means of the PowerPort E software A password must be a User defined combination of the numerics 1 2 3 All other characters and keys WILL NOT be accepted The password for the operation mode Parameter setting and planning enables the User to transfer parameters from the PowerPort E software into the device When the User wants to change a password the existing one has to be entered first The new password up to 8 digits is then to be confirmed twice Please proceed as follows In order to change the password please enter the old password followed by pressing the OK key Next enter the new password and press the OK key Finally confirm your new password and press the OK key Password Forgotten All passwords can be reset to the fail safe adjustment 1234 by pressing the Ack Rst key during cold booting For this procedure confirm the inquiry Reset Passwords with Yes www eaton com 233 02602
125. Output Relays at once or Acknowledges all acknowledgeable SCADA signals at once Ack LED Ex Acknowledge Ack LED 1 n Assignment List Ack RO Ex Acknowledge Ack RO 1 n Assignment List Ack Comm Ex Acknowledge Ack Comm 1 n Assignment List Within the Protection Para Global Prot Para TripControl menu the User can assign a signal that acknowledges a pending trip command For details please refer to the Trip Control section External Acknowledge Via PowerPort E If PowerPort E view is not running please start the application If device data have not been downloaded recently select Receive Data From The Device from the Device menu Double click on the Device Parameter icon in the navigation tree Double click on the Ex Acknowledge icon within the operation menu In the working window the User can now assign each signal that resets all acknowledgeable LEDs a signal that resets all Relay Outputs a signal that resets the SCADA signals respectively and a signal that acknowledges a pending trip command 96 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 External LED Acknowledgement Signals The following signals can be used for external acknowledgement of latched LEDs Name Description No assignment DI Slot X1 DI 1 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 2 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 3 Signal Digital Input D
126. Para Blocking of the Trip Command Global Prot Para Tdiff Prot 87GDH 1 High Set Restricted Ground Fault Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Pickup Signal Pickup Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command www eaton com 323 02602004 4000 E 50P DEFT Overcurrent Protection Module ANSI 50P Elements 50P 1 50P 2 50P 3 50 4 If you are using inrush blockings the tripping delay of the current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings All overcurrent protective elements are identically structured For each element the following characteristics are available e DEFT definite time Explanation t Tripping delay Fault current Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded the module element starts to time out to trip 324 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 DEFT 100 Pickup 0 01 lt _ gt 40 10 t s 1 300 s 0 1 0 0s 0 01 Lil L 1 1 1 10 mm Pickup www eaton com 1 02602004 325 4000 1 02602004 10 jou du wes6eiq Jajay
127. Prot Para Temp Prot RTD ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Temp Prot RTD ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Temp Prot RTD www eaton com 195 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Teh RTD Temperature Protection Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Alarm Alarm RTD Temperature Protection Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command W1 A Trip Winding1 Phase A Signal Trip W1 A Alarm Winding1 Phase A Alarm RTD Temperature Protection W1 A Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase A Timeout Alarm W1 A Invalid Winding1 Phase A Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement W1 B Trip Winding1 Phase B Signal Trip W1 B Alarm Winding1 Phase B Alarm RTD Temperature Protection W1 B Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase B Timeout Alarm W1 B Invalid Winding1 Phase B Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement W1 C Trip Winding1 Phase C Signal Trip W1 C Alarm Winding1 Phase C Alarm RTD Temperature Protection W1 C Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase C Timeout Alarm W1 C
128. Range Default Menu Path AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Parameter Global Prot Para 50P 1 AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Bela ere Global Prot Para l Prot 50P 1 AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para dad Global Prot Para l Prot 50P 1 AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Parameter 4 Global Prot Para 50P 1 328 www eaton com E T N Setting Group Parameters of the 50P Module ETR 4000 1 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module element Inactive Active 50P 1 Active 50P 2 Inactive 50P 3 Inactive 50P 4 Inactive Protection Para lt gt Prot 50P 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or inactivate disallow blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt gt Prot 50P 1 Rvs Blo Fc Activate allow or inactivate disallow reverse blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding
129. S poN apoy SAS UIEN sks N amp N gt eN ETR 4000 IM02602004E Forcing the Relay Output Contacts The parameters their defaults and setting ranges have to be taken from N O 6 Relay Output Contacts section Principle General Use A ER The User MUST ENSURE that the relay output contacts operate normally after maintenance is completed If the relay output contacts do not operate normally the protective device WILL NOT provide protection For commissioning purposes or for maintenance relay output contacts can be set by force Within this mode Service Test Force RO relay output contacts can be set by force Permanent or Via timeout If they are set with a timeout they will keep their Force Position only as long as this timer runs If the timer expires the relay will operate normally If they are set as Permanent they will keep the Force Position continuously There are two options available Forcing a single relay Force Rox and Forcing an entire group of relay output contacts Force all Outs Forcing an entire group takes precedence over forcing a single relay output contact A relay output contact will NOT follow a force command as long as it is NOTICE disarmed at the same time relay output contact will follow a force command NOTICE for If itis not disarmed and
130. Therm Flat IT I2T 14T t multiplier Time 0 05 20 00 1 Protection Para multiplier tripping characteristic factor lt gt Prot 51R 1 www eaton com 411 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Reset Mode Reset Mode Instantaneous Calculated Protection Para t delay lt n gt Calculated l Prot 51R 1 t reset Reset time for 0 00 60 00s 0 00s Protection Para intermittent phase fens failures INV characteristics only l Prot Only available 51R 1 if Reset Mode t delay IH2 Blo Blocking the trip Inactive Inactive Protection Para command if an Acti jns inrush is detected n l Prot 51R 1 412 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 51R Ground Fault Protection Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 ExBlo Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 Rvs Blo Module Input State Reverse Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Parameter Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 AdaptSet2 M
131. Threshold 2 OFF Un 110 120 dc Switching Threshold 3 ON Switching Threshold 3 OFF Un 230 240 dc Switching Threshold 4 ON Switching Threshold 4 OFF Terminals 570 ETR 4000 E Digital Inputs 300 Vdc 270 Vac 4 mA 20 ms 30 ms Un 24 Vdc 48 60 Vdc 110 Vac dc 230 dc Min 19 2 Vdc Max 9 6 Vdc Min 42 6 Vdc Max 21 3 Vdc Min 88 0 88 0 Vac Max 44 0 Vdc 44 0 Vac Min 184 Vdc 184 Vac Max 92 Vdc 92 Vac Screw type terminal www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Current and Ground Current Measurement Nominal Currents Max Measuring Range 1A 5A Up to 40 x In phase currents Up to 25 x In ground current standard Up to 2 5 x In ground current sensitive Continuous Loading Capacity 4 x In continuously Overcurrent Proof Power Consumption Frequency Range Terminals Connection Cross Sections Continuous Current Max Make Current Max Breaking Current Max Switching Voltage Switching Capacity Contact Type Terminals Continuous Current Max Switch on Current Max Breaking Current Contact Type Terminals 30 x In 10s 100 x 15 250 x In 10 ms 1 half wave Phase current inputs AtIn 1A S 0 15mVA AtIn 5A S 0 15mVA Ground current input AtIn 1A 5 0 35 mVA AtIn 5A 5 0 35 mVA 50 Hz 60 Hz 10 Screw type terminals with integrated short circuiters contacts
132. Trip ExP 4 Active Signal Active ExP 4 ExBlo Signal External Blocking ExP 4 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExP 4 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command ExP 4 Alarm Signal Alarm 116 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Description ExP 4 Trip Signal Trip ExP 4 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ExP 4 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 ExP 4 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 ExP 4 ExBlo TripCmda l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command ExP 4 Alarm l Module Input State Alarm ExP 4 Trip l Module Input State Trip Sudden Press Active Signal Active Sudden Press ExBlo Signal External Blocking Sudden Press Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked Sudden Press ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Sudden Press Alarm Signal Alarm Sudden Press Trip Signal Trip Sudden Press TripCmd Signal Trip Command Sudden Press ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking1 Sudden Press ExBlo2 l Module Input State External Blocking2 Sudden Press ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command Sudden Press Alarm Module Input State Alarm Sudden Press Trip Module Input State Trip Ext O
133. Within the adaptive parameter set you have to modify the tripping characteristic of the overcurrent protection according to your needs Please be aware of the meaning of the two delay timers 9 y t load Off Pickup Delay After this time expires the load is no longer diversified t Max Block Release Delay After the starting condition is fulfilled e g breaker switched on manually the CLPU enabled signal will be issued for this time That means for the duration of this time the tripping thresholds of the overcurrent protection can be desensitized by means of adaptive parameters please refer to the Parameters section 480 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Example Mode Breaker Position t Load Off 4 t Max Block iz 3 ia 8 Las 1 E Dio amp E s 8 x s ee ee o 2 www eaton com 481 ETR 4000 IM02602004E olg 7 gt 10 anv UM gt ejes ig NS FP Ir in gt x Ir 26 eris NJ Ind1o spw epowndT1o gt N3dO x ntg Steuis Bupipolq ou pue you N ureierq 0
134. a manual breaker close condition the relay switches to Adaptive Set 1 if the signal SOTF enasLep is assigned to Adaptive Set 1 The corresponding Adaptive Set 1 will become active and that t 0 sec Untitled PowerPort E File Device Edit View Settings Tools Window Help Fl s 2 2 9 Shortcuts 51 2 1 51 3 29 Protection Para Global Prot Para l Prot X Sju A soi E Operation s Bl Winding Side 51421 fa 508 2 Bl ExBlo TripCmd System Para m Rvs Blo Fs 51812 Adaptset 1 SOTF enabled CEG f the Adaptset 2 CLPU enabled fa 5100 Adaptset 3 EE Adaptset 4 Protection Para fa 51912 IH2 1 73 IH2 2 kel Ng Device Para soTF fal Sudden Press Device Planning J GQ Temp Prot Protection Para Set 1 I Prot 50P 1 e Supervision fa PSet Switch Name DefaultSet AdaptSet 1 AdaptSet 2 Ga seti E Function E Service Tdiff Prot ExBlo Fc inactive Prot Rvs Blo Fc inactive soP 1 Blo tripcma L inactive sop 2 ExBlo TripCmd Fc inactive fa 5 3 Bm Criterion gl True RMS J sorta pickup EN 1 n t m 100 5 A sum 182 Blo i mactive E inactive 51 4 fa 50x 1 fal sox 2 six 51 02 fa soR 1 75 soR 2 5181 E
135. activation or deactivation of module element Inactive Active 50X 1 Inactive 50X 2 Active Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 50X 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or inactivate disallow blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 50X 1 Rvs Blo Activate allow or inactivate disallow reverse blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules element are blocked that are parameterized Rvs Blo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 50X 1 Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module element Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 50X 1 360 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti oe blocking of the cuve module element This l Prot parameter is only effec
136. and 4 harmonic are monitored Inrush currents depend on the time of energizing the remnant magnetizing compared to phase of sinusoidal curve the voltage low voltage energizing produce less harmonic the core material and the core geometry among others It is generally recommended to set the harmonic restraint as active Stab H2 Default example active Stab H4 Default example active www eaton com 297 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh To operate very stably under stationary circumstances it can be distinguished between a stationary value of harmonic thresholds and a transient harmonic threshold directly after energizing This transient period is always started if the differential as well the restraining current is below 0 05 of the nominal CT current setting The following values are recommended for typical cases 298 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 H2 Sta Default example 25 00 H2 Tra Default example 10 00 H4 Sta Default example 20 00 For CT saturation the 5 harmonic is one typical criteria This feature also should be activated as long as CT saturation is expected due to CT dimensioning and operational current values under external faults It has to be noted that CT saturation can only be monitored as long as there is a critical rest of the current transformed to the secondary side of the CT For severe CT saturation the CT c
137. blocking is Sudden Press activated allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Alarm Assignment for 1 n Assignment List Protection Para External Alat Global Prot Para Sudden Press Trip External trip of the 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Bkr if the state of the assigned signal is Global Prot Para true Sudden Press www eaton com 509 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the Sudden Pressure Protection Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of Acti dans module element Clive Sudden Press ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Active module element This Sudden Press parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking Inactive Inactive Protection Para of the Trip Command 2 of tha Active lt n gt module element Sudden Press ExBlo TripCmd Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Active lt n gt blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corre
138. breaker manually ON and simultaneously start the timer After the the gt t Max Block Release Delay timer has expired the signal CPLU Enabled 0 has to become untrue Write down the measured time Manually switch the breaker OFF and simultaneously start the timer www eaton com 487 02602004 4000 Te After the gt t load Off timer has expired the signal CPLU Enastep 1 has to become true Write down the measured time Successful test result The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays threshold values and drop out ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list Permissible deviations tolerances can be found under Technical Data 488 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 ExP Protection Module External Protection Available elements ExP 1 ExP 2 ExP 3 ExP 4 All four elements of the external protection ExP 1 4 are identically NOTICE structured By using the module External Protection the following can be incorporated into the device function trip commands pickups alarms and blockages of external protection facilities www eaton com 489 4000 1 02602004 S buar 10 jou Buiddu du 1 se g juawubissy u S du j eueN
139. characteristics are available NINV IEC XInv VINV IEC XInv LINV IEC XInv EINV IEC XInv MINV ANSI XInv VINV ANSI XInv EINV ANSI XInv Thermal Flat Therm Flat IT Therm Flat I2T and Therm Flat I4T Explanation t Tripping delay t multiplier Time multiplier tripping characteristic factor Fault current Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded the module element starts to time out to trip 334 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 IEC Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t Le t multiplier s t A t multiplier 5 s 1 a Pickup Pickup 100 10 Ne iH 1 1 0 tis t multiplier 0 5 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 05 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 335 1 02602004 4000 E T N IEC VINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t t multiplier s t t multiplier s Pickup Piku 1 100 co x t s 15 t multiplier 0 1
140. conditions Storage Classification of ambient conditions Transportation Classification of ambient conditions Stationary use at weather protected locations Temperature Test duration Temperature Relative humidity Test duration Test Cab Damp Heat Steady State IEC 60068 2 78 Test Db Damp Heat Cyclic IEC 60068 2 30 576 Temperature Relative humidity Test duration Temperature Relative humidity Cycles 12 12 hour www eaton com E T N 0 055 56 1 5 1 1 1 11 181 1 2 but 25 C 13 F 2 3 2 1 2 1 251 2 2 3K6 3B1 3C1 3S1 3M2 but 0 C 32 F and 3K8H for 2 h 20 C 4 F 16h 55 C 131 F lt 50 72h 40 C 104 F 93 56 d 55 C 131 F 95 2 E T N ETR 4000 Mechanical Tests Test Fc Vibration Response Test IEC 60068 2 6 IEC 60255 21 1 Class 1 Test Fc Vibration Endurance IEC 60068 2 6 IEC 60255 21 1 Class 1 Test Ea Shock Test IEC 60068 2 27 IEC 60255 21 2 Class 1 10 Hz 59 Hz Displacement 59Hz 150Hz Acceleration Number of cycles in each axis Test 10 Hz 150 Hz Acceleration Number of cycles in each axis Shock response test Shock resistance test Test Eb Shock Endurance Test IEC 60068 2 29 IEC 60255 21 2 Class 1 Test Fe Earthquake Test IEC 60068 3 3 KTA 3503 IEC 60255 21 3 Class 2 Shock endurance test Single axis earthquake vibration test www eaton com 1 026
141. connections between the URTD Module and the protective device The protective device supports the optical fiber connection The following table lists the fiber optic order options www eaton com 173 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Fiber Optic Order Options Cutler Hammer Agilent Technologies Length Catalog Number Number 3 3 ft 1 m MPFO 1 HBFR ELSO001 HBFRRLSOO1 16 4 ft 5 m MPFO 5 HBFR ELSO005 or 5005 32 8 ft 10 m MPFO 10 5010 or HBFRRLSO10 82 0 ft 25 m MPFO 25 HBFR ELS025 164 0 ft 50 m MPFO 50 HBFR ELSO050 246 1 ft 75 m MPFO 75 5075 249 3 ft 76 MPFO 76 5076 328 1 ft 100 MPFO 100 HBFR ELS100 393 7 ft 120 m MPFO 120 HBFR ELS120 Uncut Fiber HBFR EUS Length The optical fiber is the only method of transmitting temperature data from the URTD Module to the protective device Preassembled plastic optical fibers with connectors can be ordered from Eaton Cutler Hammer or from any distributor of Agilent Technologies optical fiber products In addition these same distributors offer long rolls of cable with connectors that can be installed in the field Some distributors will make custom lengths to order N O Force is 11 pounds 50 Newtons Surplus length of a pre cut fiber does not cause a problems Simply coil and tie the excess fiber at a convenient point Avoid high tie pressure Bending r
142. depend on many parameters Transformer type Transformer material Operational parameter of the grid and Time of energizing relative to the sinusoidal phase Therefor it is very difficult to give one for all settings in this area and to find a compromise between making a differential relay extremely fast and extremely reliable in its trip decisions Beginning with the static characteristic curve typical slopes of 25 and 50 for both sections are recommended They will be obtained by the following settings Id IrO Default example 0 2 Id Ir1 Default example 0 7 Id Ir2 Default example 5 In case of harmonic or transient restraint the curve will be added by an offset d H m in version 1 0 a static offset To be able to withstand magnetizing inrush currents of typical values the following value of d H m is recommended and given per default d H m Default example 8 In case of any harmonic restraint threshold is reached this value will be added to the characteristic curve It is important to estimate the necessary harmonic threshold to obtain stability against magnetizing inrush CT saturation and over excitation The harmonics seen under different operational conditions like magnetizing inrush and CT saturation depend on many different parameters Magnetizing inrush Basically en harmonics can be observed and monitored Due to this fact the 27
143. device the following parameters must agree Code written on the top of the device type label and Version of the device model can be found in the Device Parameters Version menu www eaton com 547 02602004 4000 Te TCP IP Settings Within menu Device Para the TCP IP settings have to be set The first time setting of the TCP IP Parameters can be done at the panel HMI only nd a connection via TCP IP to the device is only possible if your evice is equipped with an Ethernet Interface RJ45 Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection Set the TCP IP Parameters Call up Device parameter TCP IP at the HMI panel and set the following parameters e TCP IP address Subnetmask Gateway 548 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Direct Commands of the System Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Ack LED All acknowledgeable Inactive Inactive Operation LEDs will be Acti Reset acknowledged Cuye All acknowledgeable Inactive Inactive Operation Relay Outputs will be acknowledged Active fReset Ack Comm Communication will Inactive Inactive Operation be acknowledged Active Reset Ack RO LED Comm Reset the Relay Inactive Inactive Operation TCmd Outputs LEDs Acti Reset Communication and cive eset the Trip Command Rebo
144. device data have not been loaded select Receive Data From The Device from the Device menu Double click on the Operation icon in the navigation tree Double click on the Measured Values icon within the Operation navigation tree Double click the Standard Values or Special values within the Measured values tree The measured and calculated values are now shown in tabular form in the window To have the measuring data read in a cyclic manner select Auto refresh in the View menu The measured values are read out about every two seconds www eaton com 81 02602004 ETR 4000 Standard Measured Values W1 W2 Value Description Menu Path Angle 1 Measured Value Calculated Angle Operation or Pason Measured Values Currents W1 Angle IB Measured Value Calculated Angle Operation ob Phasorphrt IB Measured Values Currents W 1 Angle IC Measured Value Calculated Angle Operation of Phasor phi IC Measured Values Currents W1 Angle IG meas Measured Value Angle of Phasor IG meas Operation Measured Values Currents W 1 Angle IG calc Measured Value Calculated Angle Operation Measured Values Currents W1 IA Fund Measured value Phase current Operation Fundamental Measured Values Currents W1 IB Fund Measured value Phase current Operation Fundamemal Measured Values Currents W1 IC Fund Measured value Pha
145. devices match To compare the parameter files please proceed as follows Click on Compare with a Parameter File within the Device menu Click on the Folder icon in order to select a file on your hard disk The differences will be shown in tabular form Converting Parameter Files Via PowerPort E Parameter files of the same type can be up or downgraded converted As many parameters as possible will be taken over Parameters that are newly added will be set to default Parameters that are not included in the target file version will be deleted In order to convert a parameter file please proceed as follows If PowerPort E is not in operation please start the application Open a parameter file or load the parameters from a device that should be converted Make a backup of this file in a fail safe place Choose Save as from the File menu Enter a new file name in order to prevent overwriting the original file Choose the new file type from drop down menu File Type Confirm the security check by clicking on Yes only if the User is sure that the file conversion should be executed In tabular form the modifications will be shown as follows Added parameter Deleted parameter E www eaton com 241 IM02602004E 87 Within the system parameters the User can set all parameters that are relevant for the primary side and the mains ETR 4000 System Parameters
146. digital input group the related voltage input range has to be configured Wrong switching thresholds can result in malfunctions wrong signal transfer times The digital inputs are provided with different switching thresholds that are configurable two AC and five DC input ranges The following switching levels can be defined 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110 120 Vac dc and 230 240 Vac dc If a voltage gt 80 of the set switching threshold is applied at the digital input the state change is recognized logically 1 If the voltage is below 40 of the set switching threshold the device detects logically 0 When using DC supply the negative potential has to be connected to the common terminal COM1 COM2 COM3 please see terminal marking 36 www eaton com E TON ETR 4000 1 02602004 Terminal Marking gt X1 PE V Power Supply V Do not use Do not use Pin Assignment 0 HTL NT 1 m V Power Supply Do not use Do not use 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 www eaton com 37 02602004 4000 E Teh Relay Outputs The number of the Relay Output contacts is related to the type of the device or type code The Relay Outputs are dry type contacts In the Assignment Relay Outputs section the assignment of the Relay Outputs is
147. executed before calculating differential values and restraining values of the transformer differential protection Rotating the measured values of winding 2 to the reference system independent from the count clockwise rotation number 0 1 11 30 degrees Adjustment of measured values for winding 2 with respect to CT ratio mismatch Adjustment of measured values for winding 2 with respect to winding connection y d z and Adjustment of measured values for winding 1 and winding 2 according to neutral connection and ground treatment zero sequence current elimination 294 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Automatic Calculations Amplitudes Vector Groups and Zero Sequence Removal The calculations performed can be done by matrix calculations Three steps have to be completed 1 Adjust the amplitude according to all transformation ratios power transformer and CTs 2 Adjust the vector group angle by rotating the three phase system accordingly 3 Remove the zero sequence current where necessary this being valid for winding 1 and winding 2 1 Amplitude Adjustment CT 2 TrV y I nw CT wi CT wi TrVy 1 OTap k 2 Vector Group Adjustment The vector group adjustment is calculated using the following formulas and transformation matrices Ig group m ly dol Even Connection Groups Odd Connection Groups 1 0 0 1
148. is provided with four 4 current measuring inputs three for measuring the phase currents and one for measuring of the ground current Each of the current measuring inputs has a measuring input for 1 A and The input for ground current measuring either can be connected to a zero sequence current transformer or alternatively it is possible to connect the summation current path of the phase current transformer to this input residual connection Current transformers have to be earth grounded on their secondary side DANGER 9 Y Interrupting the secondary circuits of current transformers causes A DA N G ER hazardous voltages The secondary side of the current transformers have to be short circuited before the current circuit to the device is opened The current measuring inputs may exclusively be connected to current DA N G R measuring transformers with galvanic separation A WARNING Donot mix the inputs 1 A 5 A Make sure the transformer ratios and the power of the CTs are correctly rated If the rating of the CTs is not correct overrated then the normal operational conditions may not be recognized The pickup value of the measuring unit amounts to approximately 3 of the rated current of the device Also the CTs need a current greater than approximately 3 of the rated current to ensure sufficient accuracy Example For a 600 A CT primary current any currents below 18 A cannot be detected Overloading
149. know the Slave ID of the device that should be connected via Modbus Tunnel it can be read out at the device Call up the menu Device parameter Modbus at the HMI panel and read out the Slave ID Part 2 Setting the IP address of the gateway and the Slave ID of the device that is to be connected via Modbus tunnel using PowerPort E e Call up the menu Settings Device Connection within PowerPort E Set radio button Modbus TCP Gateway Enter the IP Address of the device that should be connected Enter the Slave ID of the device www eaton com 71 02602004 ETR 4000 E TM PowerPort E Power Xpert Gateway 00r 9Xd Modbus RTU 221 LAC Operational LAS eosam S Protective rotective Relay N Relay Device Device Example Example Parameter Setting and Evaluation via Modbus Tunnel Device Example 72 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 PowerPort E Troubleshooting Make sure that the Windows service Telephony is started In Start gt System Control gt Administration gt Services the service Telephony must be visible and must have been started If not the service has to be started Forestablishing the connection the User needs to have sufficient rights administration rights e If a firewall is installed on your computer TCP IP port 52152 must have been released f your computer does not have a serial interface the User needs
150. l Module Input State Reverse Blocking 50P 3 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter 5OP 3 AdaptSet2 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 5OP 3 AdaptSet3 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 104 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Description 50P 3 AdaptSet4 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 50P 4 Active Signal Active 50P 4 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 50P 4 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 50P 4 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 50P 4 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 50P 4 1H2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 50P 4 Pickup IA Signal Pickup IA 50P 4 Pickup IB Signal Pickup IB 50P 4 Pickup IC Signal Pickup IC 50P 4 Pickup Signal Pickup SOP 4 Trip IA Signal Trip IA SOP 4 Trip IB Signal Trip IB SOP 4 Trip IC Signal Trip IC S0P 4 Trip Signal Trip S0P 4 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50P 4 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 50P 4 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 50P 4 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 50P 4 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 50P 4 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 50P 4 ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking 50P 4 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 50P 4
151. module is to be initiated by a start function the statistics will not be updated until the start function becomes true rising edge At the same time a new time interval will be started Statistics Configuration Via PowerPort E If PowerPort E is not running please start the application If device data have not been downloaded recently click Receive Data From The Device in the Device menu Double click on the Device Parameter icon in the navigation tree Double click on the Statistics icon within the Device Parameter navagation tree Configure the Statistics module 86 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Direct Commands Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Reset Reset of statistics Inactive Inactive Operation Active Reset Standard Statistic Values Value Description Menu Path 11 max Fund Maximum value positive phase Operation sequence current Fundamental IStatistics Currents W1 11 avg Fund Average value positive phase Operation sequence current Fundamental Statistics Currents W 1 11 min Fund Minimum value positive phase Operation sequence current Fundamental Statistics Currents W 1 I2 max Fund Maximum value unbalanced load Operation current Fundamental IStatistics Currents W1 12 avg Fund Average value unbalanced load Operation current Fundamental Statistics Currents W 1 I2 m
152. on sold to a third party the manual has to be passed on as well Any repair work carried out on the device requires skilled and competent personnel with verifiable knowledge and experienced with local safety regulations and have the necessary experience with working on electronic protection devices and power installations IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS The symbol word combinations detailed below are designed to call the User s attention to issues that could affect User safety and well being as well as the operating life of the device DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in A DAN G E R death or serious injury WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury CAUTION without the safety alert symbol is used to address practices not related to personal injury CAUTION used with the safety alert symbol indicates a hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in minor or moderate injury www eaton com 11 1 02602004 4000 Te NOTICE is used to address information and practices not related to personal injury FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS Read this entire manual and all other publications pertaining to the work to be performed before installing operating or servicing this equipment Practice all plant and safety instructions and precautions Failure to follow the instructions can cause personal injury and or pr
153. right key 4 Choose the corresponding Adaptive Set 5 Setthe modified parameter for the selected Adaptive Set Application Example The tripping time t for the 50 1 element of Parameter Set 1 should be desensitized reduced in case that Digital Input 2 becomes active 1 Call up the menu Protection Para Global Protection Para I Prot 50 1 Adaptive Para1 and assign Digital Input 2 as activation signal 2 Call up the 50 1 element within the menu Protection Para Set 1 I Port 50 1 3 Go to the tripping time parameter t by means of the softkey arrow down and call up the submenu by means of the softkey arrow right 4 Call up the corresponding parameter set Adaptive Set 1 in this example 5 Setthe reduced tripping time for Adaptive Set 1 Check and confirm via a commissioning test that the functionality is in compliance with your protection plan 228 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Application Example During a Switch OnTo Fault condition the User is usually requested to make the embedded protective function tripping of the faulted line faster instantaneous or sometimes non directional Such a Switch OnTo Fault application can easily be realized using the Adaptive Parameter features mentioned previously The standard time overcurrent protection element e g 51P should trip instantaneously in case of SOTF condition If the SOTF logic function SOTF is detecting
154. sequence overcurrent elements in a radial system does not mean automatically very long fault clearing time for the furthest upstream protection devices because the tripping time of concerned negative sequence overcurrent element needs only be coordinate with the next downstream device with the negative sequence overcurrent element This makes the 51Q in many cases as an advantageous protection concept in addition to the phase overcurrent elements If you are using inrush blockings the tripping delay of the current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings All elements are identically structured Y 450 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 For each element the following characteristics are available NINV IEC XInv VINV IEC XInv LINV IEC XInv EINV IEC XInv MINV ANSI XInv VINV ANSI XInv EINV ANSI XInv Thermal Flat Therm Flat IT Therm Flat I2T Therm Flat 14T Explanation t Tripping delay t multiplier Time multiplier tripping characteristic factor 12 Measured value calculated Unbalanced load current Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded the module element starts to time out to trip At the moment of breaker closure negative sequence current might be the N O TI 6 result of transients www eaton com 451 1 02602004 4000 E T N IEC NINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via charac
155. system and interjecting nuisance trips into the system Zone interlocking devices can communicate across distribution zones to determine whether or not a device sees a fault condition Zone interlocking is a communication scheme used with breakers and protective relays to improve the level of protection in a power distribution system This is achieved through communication between the downstream and upstream devices in a power system The zones are classified by their location downstream of the main circuit protective device which is generally defined as Zone 1 By definition a selectively coordinated system is one where by adjusting the trip unit pickup and time delay settings the breaker closest to the fault trips first The upstream breaker serves two functions 1 back up protection to the downstream breaker and 2 protection of the conductors between the upstream and downstream breakers For faults which occur on the conductors between the upstream and downstream breakers it is ideal for the upstream breaker to trip with no time delay This is the feature provided by Zone Selective Interlocking The zone interlocking information can be transferred to or received from other compatible zone interlocking devices by means of suitable communication cables With its 3 wire scheme this terminal block implies however only a combined connection for phase and ground fault input and output is possible Systems containing multiple sources or where
156. the Overall status i to see all signals at once or call up a specific module to see the states The User can see the state of all corresponding signals on the window To have the status display updated in a cyclic manner select Automatic N E Up Date the View menu State of the Module Input Signal Is Is Shown in PowerPort E as false 0 0 true 1 1 No connection to the device www eaton com 02602004 4000 Te Module Digital Inputs Dis Based on the Assignment list settings the states of the digital inputs are mapped to the application module Set the following parameters for each of the digital inputs Nominal voltage Debouncing time A state change will only be adopted by the digital input after the debouncing time has expired Inverting where necessary Nom Voltage Input Signal The debouncing time will be started each time the state of the input signal alternates Inverting DI Slot X DI x State of the Digital Input Debouncing Time t 0 126 www eaton com E T N DI Slot X1 ETR 4000 Digital Inputs Standard 1 02602004 Global Protection Parameters of the Digital Inputs Standards Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Nom Voltage Nominal voltage of 24 V dc 110 120 V dc Device Para ine 48 V de Digital I
157. the External Temperature Supervision pickup trip blockings by de energizing of the digital inputs Successful test result All external pickups external trips and external blockings are correctly recognized and processed by the device 500 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Ext Oil Temp Protection Module External Oil Temperature Protection Available elements Ext Oil Temp By using the Ext Oil Temp module the following can be incorporated into the device function trip commands alarms pickups and blockages of digital external temperature facilities Since the Ext Oil Temp module is functionally identical to the Ext Protection module it is the User s responsibility to select the proper assignments for the settings Alarm Pickup and Trip for reflecting the purpose of this module www eaton com 501 4000 1 02602004 AN S V suoi IIO 1X3 77 du se lq ST u uuuissv S duj due Io 1 9 EO gt k N v V wey due 10 Pa J uue yrduia HO 1X3 dy dwa sjeuBis ou pue jou s ju
158. the OR flash assignment of the Red flash LEDs group A si US Green flash LED 6 164 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path LED Inactive Color The LED lights up Green Device Para this color if the state of the OR Red LEDs assignment of the Red flash LEDs group A Green flash LED 6 Assignment 1 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A Device Para LEDs group B LEDs RTD Alarm LEDs group A LED 6 Inverting 1 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para lt Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 Assignment 2 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 Inverting 2 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 Assignment 3 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 Inverting 3 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 Assignment 4 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 Inverting 4 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 www eaton com 165 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Assignment 5 Assignment 1 n Assignment L
159. to active the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 RO2 1 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 2 www eaton com 147 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Description Assignment Via RO2 2 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 2 RO2 3 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 2 RO2 4 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 2 RO2 5 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 2 RO2 6 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 2 RO2 7 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 2 Ack signal RO 4 Module Input State Acknowledgment signal for the Relay Output If latching is set to active the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 2 RO3 1 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 RO3 2 Module Input State Assignment Device P
160. via Inp fct Sys Maint Mode Ac tive Sys Maint Mode Inac tive PS2 Activated by This Setting Group will be the active one if The Parameter Setting Group Switch is set to Switch via Input and the other three input functions are inactive at the same time In case there is more than one input function active no Parameter Setting Group Switch will be executed In case all input functions are inactive the device will keep working with the Setting Group that was activated lastly Only available if PSet Switch PSS via Inp fct DI Slot X1 DI 1 DI Slot X1 DI 2 DI Slot X1 DI 3 DI Slot X1 DI 4 DI Slot X1 DI 5 DI Slot X1 DI 6 DI Slot X1 DI 7 DI Slot X1 DI 8 Sys Maint Mode Ac tive Sys Maint Mode Inac tive Protection Para PSet Switch 550 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path PS3 Activated by This Setting Group Protection Para will be the active one if The Parameter DI Slot X1 DI 1 PSet Switch Setting Group Switch DI Slot X1 DI 2 is set to Switch via Input and the other D Slot X1 DI 3 three input functions Slot X1 DI 4 are inactive at the same time In case 0 Slot X1 DI 5 there is more than DI Slot X1 DI 6 one input function active no Parameter DI Slot X1 DI 7 will be executed In case all input functions are inactive the device will keep working
161. with data from a second channel sampled in parallel Monitoring of the auxiliary voltage is done by reset IC s If the voltage of one of the different supply circuits falls below a certain threshold a restart of the device is initiated There are three major supply groups 24 V 3 3 V and 1 6 V each of them being monitored separately and forcing the processor to reset stop of the device until the voltage again reaches nominal value If the voltage staggers around the threshold the device also starts again after five s Independent of these separate monitoring functions the intermediate voltage circuit is buffered for 100 ms until all important and relevant operational and fault data have been saved and the device initiates a restart The device will restart after five 5 seconds www eaton com 565 02602004 4000 Te Error Messages Codes After a reboot of the device the reason for rebooting will be displayed under Operation Status Display Sys Reset For more information about the reboot reason please refer to the information in this section The reboot will also be logged within the event recorder Rebooting causes an event named Sys reboot Numeric Reboot Codes Error Messages Codes 1 Reboot after clean switching off of the device Normal reboot after clean shut down of the device 2 Reboot by User command User initiated reboot through panel command 3
162. with ring cable sleeve or cable sleeve The current measuring board s terminal blocks may be used as with 2 double conductors AWG 10 12 14 otherwise with single conductors only www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Voltage Supply Aux Voltage 24 270 48 230 Vac 20 10 Buffer Time in Case of Supply Failure gt 50 ms at minimal aux voltage Interrupted communication is permitted Max Permissible Making Current 18 A peak value for 0 25 ms 12 A peak value for 1 ms The voltage supply must be protected by a fuse of 2 5 A time lag miniature fuse approx 1 5 x 0 8 in 5 x 20 mm according to IEC 60127 and 3 5 A time lag miniature fuse approx 1 4 x 1 74 6 3 x 32 mm according to UL 248 14 Power Consumption Power Supply Range Power Consumption Max Power Consumption in Idle Mode 19 300 7W 13W 40 250 Vac 7W 13W For Frequencies of 40 70 Hz Real Time Clock Running Reserve of the Real Time 1 year min Clock Display Display Type LCD with LED background illumination Resolution Graphics Display 128 x 64 pixel LED Type Two colored red green Number of LEDs Housing B2 www eaton com 569 1 02602004 Max Input Voltage Input Current Reaction Time Fallback Time Safe State of the Digital Inputs 4 Switching Thresholds Un 24 Switching Threshold 1 ON Switching Threshold 1 OFF Un 48V 60Vdc Switching Threshold 2 ON Switching
163. with the Setting Group that was activated lastly Only available if PSet Switch PSS via Inp fct Sys Maint Mode Ac tive Sys Maint Mode Inac tive PS4 Activated by This Setting Group will be the active one if The Parameter Setting Group Switch is set to Switch via Input and the other three input functions are inactive at the same time In case there is more than one input function active no Parameter Setting Group Switch will be executed In case all input functions are inactive the device will keep working with the Setting Group that was activated lastly Only available if PSet Switch PSS via Inp fct DI Slot X1 DI 1 DI Slot X1 DI 2 DI Slot X1 DI 3 DI Slot X1 DI 4 DI Slot X1 DI 5 DI Slot X1 DI 6 DI Slot X1 DI 7 DI Slot X1 DI 8 Sys Maint Mode Ac tive Sys Maint Mode Inac tive Protection Para PSet Switch Ack LED All acknowledgeable LEDs will be acknowledged if the state of the assigned signal becomes true 1 n Assignment List Device Para Ex Acknowledge www eaton com 551 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Ack RO All acknowledgeable 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs will be acknowledged if the Acknowledge state of the assigned signal becomes true Ack Comm Communication will 1 Assignment List Device Para be acknowl
164. 0 02602004 ANSI Notice IN Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip is tmul plier s t at 0 1140 t multiplier s 1 Sica 1x10 100 15 15 1 t multiplier s 40 5 2 1 1 0 5 0 1 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 339 1 02602004 ETR 4000 ANSI VINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip e Emultipier s t 1281 0 491 tmuttiplier s 7 1x10 100 X N 10 15 t s 4 tmultiplier 1 2 1 0 5 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 340 www eaton com E TON ETR 4000 02602004 ANSI Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and
165. 0 200 C 105 C Protection Para for Temperature Jens Alarm Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning IRTD Alarm Function RTD7 Use Amb t Delay1 Ambient If this time is 1 2160005 10s Protection Para expired a Jeans Temperature Alarm will be generated Temp Prot Only available if RTD Device Planning RTD7 Alarm Function Use Amb1 Trip Ambient Threshold 0 200 C 110 C Protection Para for Temperature Trip laus Only available if Temp Prot Device Planning Trip Function Use RTD RTD7 Alarm Function Alarm Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD8 www eaton com 191 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Alarm Function Trip Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD8 Amb2 Alarm Ambient Threshold 0 200 C 105 C Protection Para for Temperature jens Alarm Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning IRTD Alarm Function RTD8 Use Amb t Delay2 Ambient If this time is 1 2160005 10s Protection Para expired a jens Temperature Alarm will be generated Temp Prot Only available if IRTD Device Planning RTD8 Alarm Function Use Amb2 Trip Ambient Threshold 0 200 C 110 C Protection Para for Temperature Trip Only available if Temp Prot Device Planning Trip Function Use IRTD RTD8 Alarm Function
166. 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 456 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 ANSI VINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t t multiplier s t 0 491 t multiplier s Sickup A 3 1x10 LL 100 N x N 10 15 tls 49 tmultiplier 2 1 0 5 0 1 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 457 02602004 ETR 4000 ANSI EINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 29 1 m t 84 rmutiplerls P 0217 t multiplier s EN _12_ Pickup Sickup 7 1 10 P 100 N X N t s 10 t multiplier SE 15 1 tt 2 1 0 1 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 0 5 Pickup Multiples of Pickup 458 www eaton com Te ETR 4000 02602004 Therm Flat Notice A Various Reset Modes are available Resetti
167. 000 143a yewen paunseay XI SIGCHI 822 PL MZ NX L Old 3 annoy Old weeg 0 eseald sjeuBis ou pue payeanoeap jou si _ w JSBupipolg zweeg 0 eseald r u u 357 www eaton com IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Device Planning Parameters of the 50X Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Non directional Non directional Device Planning Global Protection Parameters of the 50X Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side W1 50X 1 W1 Protection Para W2 50X 2 W2 Global Prot Para Prot 50X 1 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Prot parameter set and if the state of the 50X 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if bloc
168. 000 E Teh Name Description Bkr 2 Manual OPEN Signal Breaker was switched off manually Bkr 2 Manual CLOSE Signal Breaker was switched on manually Bkr 2 Pos OPEN Signal Breaker is in OPEN Position Bkr 2 Pos CLOSE Signal Breaker is in CLOSE Position Bkr 2 Pos Indeterm Signal Breaker is in Indeterminate Position Bkr 2 Pos Disturb Signal Breaker Disturbed Undefined Breaker Position The Position Indicators contradict themselves After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true Bkr 2 Acknow Sig l Module Input State Acknowledgment Signal only for automatic acknowledgment Module input signal Bkr 2 CinBkr 52a I Position indicator check back signal of the Bkr 52a Bkr 2 CinBkr 52b I Module Input State Position indicator check back signal of the Bkr 52b Bkr 2 Manual CLOSE I Module Input State Breaker was switched on manually Bkr 2 Manual OPEN I Module Input State Breaker was switched off OPEN manually Bkr 2 Ready l Module Input State Breaker Ready BWear 1 Active Signal Active BWear 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking BWear 1 Operations Alarm Signal Service Alarm too many Operations BWear 1 Isum Intr trip IA Signal Maximum permissible Summation of the interruppting tripping currents exceeded BWear 1 Isum Intr trip IB Signal Maximum permissible Summa
169. 004 ETR 4000 Changing of Parameters Example Move to the parameter to be change by using the soft keys Press the Wrench soft key Enter the password for parameter setting Edit change the parameter Now the User can Save the change made and have it adopted by the system or Change additional parameters and save all the altered parameters and have them adopted by the system To Save Parameter Changes Immediately Press the OK key to save the changed parameters directly and to have them adopted by the device Confirm the parameter changes by pressing the Yes soft key or dismiss by pressing No soft key To Change Additional Parameters and Save Afterwards Move to other parameters and change them NOTICE A star symbol in front of the changed parameters indicates that the modifications have only temporarily been saved They are not yet stored and adopted by the device In order to make things easier to follow especially where complex parameter changes are involved on every superior higher ranking menu level the intended change of the parameter is indicated by the star symbol star trace This makes it possible to control or follow from the main menu level at any time where parameter changes have been made and have not been saved In addition to the star trace to the temporarily saved parameter changes a general parameter changing symbol is faded in at the left corner of the display and it is possi
170. 02004 0 0014 in 0 035 mm 0 5 gn 1 0 gn 20 5 gn 11 ms 3 impulses in each direction 15 gn 11 ms 3 impulses in each direction 10 gn 16 ms 1 000 impulses in each direction 3 7 Hz Horizontal 0 394 in 10 mm 1 cycle each axis 7 35 Hz Horizontal 2 gn 1 cycle each axis 577 1 02602004 Resolution Tolerance ETR 4000 Tolerances Tolerances of the Real Time Clock ims 1 minute month 20 C 68 F lt 1 ms if synchronized via IRIG B Tolerances of the Measured Value Acquisition Max Measuring Range Please Note Frequency Range Accuracy Amplitude Error if 1 In Amplitude Error if gt In Amplitude Error if gt 2 In Resolution Harmonics Frequency Influence Temperature Influence 578 Phase and Ground Current Measuring Up to 40 x In phase currents Up to 25 x In ground current standard up to 2 5 x In Earth current sensitive The precision does not depend on the nominal value but is referenced to 100 mA with In 21 A respectively 500 mA with In 5 A 50 Hz 60 Hz 10 Class 0 5 0 5 of the rated value 0 5 of the measured value 1 0 of the measured value 0 01A Up to 20 3 harmonic 1 Up to 20 5 harmonic 1 lt 2 Hz in the range of 5 Hz of the configured nominal frequency lt 1 within the range of 0 C to 60 C 32 F to 140 F www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Protection Eleme
171. 19jes eseelg 4 www eaton com 482 E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Device Planning Parameters of the Cold Load Pickup Module Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use Global Protection Parameter of the Cold Load Pickup Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side W1 W1 Protection Para W2 Global Prot Para CLPU Mode Mode Bkr State Bkr State Protection Para I lt Global Prot Para Bkr State Or I lt CLPU Bkr State And I lt ExBlo1 External blocking of the 1 n Assignment List Protection module if blocking is activated allowed within Global Prot Para a parameter set and if the CLPU state of the assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of the 1 n Assignment List Protection module if blocking is activated allowed within Global Prot Para a parameter set and if the CLPU state of the assigned signal is true Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking if 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Reverse Blocking is activated allowed within a parameter set if the CLPU state of the assigned signal is true Bkr Pos Detect Criterion by which the Protection Para Breaker Switch Position is to be detected Bkr 1 State Global Prot Para Bkr 2 State CLPU Only available
172. 1e du ZHI apon 19894 pnw 1 edeug dnxolg 93 olgx3 purodu oig 93 olg SAY 24 09x3 uonounj BIA SSd puepuels prepugs piepuas lt KAA ees eAnoeujeAnoy du a 00 oy PIT 1 vSd Sd E eAmeuljeAiov 1870 ui sod sol ui pow uolws Sd TE 2 ys yuawubissy uL 2 Lesidepy amp 1sr11ueuiu amp issy uL Zesiepy P e asr 1 un iesidepy as uL 9 viesidepy 1esidepy 1o1d I 1014 IeqolO e1ed uono loid www eaton com 226 TON ETR 4000 02602004 Adaptive Parameter Sets part of the Device Parameter Tree By means of Adaptive Parameter Sets the user can temporarily modify single parameters within the Parameter Setting groups N O Adaptive Parameters fall back automatically if the acknowledged signal that has activated them has fallen back Please take into account that Adaptive Set 1 is dominant to Adaptive Set 2 Adaptive Set 2 is dominant to Adaptive Set 3 Adaptive Set 3 is dominant to Adaptive Set 4 N O I C jz In order to increase the usability clarity Adaptive Parameter Sets become visible if a corresponding activation signal has
173. 2 Vales 187 H2 Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase C M d Val Harmonic 2 Eee KAUSS 187 IdA H4 Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase A d Val Harmonic 4 Fera Ep Valles 187 IdB H4 Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase B M d Val Harmonic 4 easureq values 87 H4 Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase C M d Val Harmonic 4 Ca Uredi values 187 IdA H5 Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase A M d Val Harmonic 5 uni 187 IdB H5 Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase B M d Val Harmonic 5 187 H5 Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase C M d Val Harmonic 5 veles 187 Phase Current Differential Protection Module Statistics Value Description Menu Path IdAH2max Maximum Value IdAH2 Operation Statistics 187 IdBH2max Maximum Value IdBH2 Operation Statistics 187 308 www eaton com ETR 4000 02602004 Value Description Menu Path IdCH2max Maximum Value IdCH2 Operation Statistics 187 IdAH4max Maximum Value IdAH4 Operation Statistics 187 IdBH4max Maximum Value IdBH4 Operation Statistics 187 IdCH4max Maximum Value IdCH4 Operation Statistics 187 IdAH5max Maximum Value IdAH5 Operation Statist
174. 2004 Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Non directional Non directional Device Planning Global Protection Parameters of the 50P Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side W1 50P 1 W1 Protection Para W2 50P 2 W1 Global Prot Para 50P 3 W2 Prot W2 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a l Prot parameter set and if the state of the 50P 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Helobal Prol Pata allowed within a I Prot parameter set and if the state of the 50P 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Ms of IGlobal Prot Para element if blocking is activated allowed within a parameter 50P 1 set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking if 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Reverse Blocking is activated allowed within a parameter Prot set and if the state of the assigned signal is 50 1 true www eaton com 327 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting
175. 255 5 5 kV 0 5J 1 2 50 us www eaton com 573 1 02602004 574 4000 Immunity Tests Fast Transient Disturbance Immunity Test Burst IEC 60255 22 4 IEC 61000 4 4 Class 4 ANSI C37 90 1 Surge Immunity Test IEC 61000 4 5 Class 4 Power supply mains inputs Other in and outputs Within one circuit Circuit to ground www eaton com E T N t4 kV 2 5 kHz 2 kV 5 kHz coupling network 4 kV 2 5 kHz coupling clamp 2kV 4 kV E T N Electrical Discharge Immunity Test ETR 4000 1 02602004 60255 22 2 Air discharge 8 kV IEC 61000 4 2 Glass Contact discharge 6 kV Radiated Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field Immunity Test IEC 61000 4 3 26 MHz 80 MHz 10 V m Class X 80 MHz 1 GHz 35 ANSI C37 90 2 1 GHz 3 GHz 10 V m Immunity to Conducted Disturbances Induced by Radio Frequency Fields IEC 61000 4 6 10V Class 3 Power Frequency Magnetic Field Immunity Test IEC 61000 4 8 Continuous 30 A m Class 3 sec 300 A m EMC Emission Tests Radio Interference Suppression Test IEC CISPR11 Radio Interference Radiation Test IEC CISPR11 www eaton com Limit value class B Limit value class B 575 1 02602004 Classification IEC 60068 1 IEC 60721 3 1 IEC 60721 3 2 IEC 60721 3 3 Test Ad Cold IEC 60068 2 1 Test Bd Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 2 ETR 4000 Environmental Tests Climatic Classification Classification of ambient
176. 4000 00 Values E T N Value Description Default Size Menu Path NoOfFramesOK Total number valid 0 0 65535 Operation Pramas Count and RevData IRIG B NoOfFrameErrors Total Number of 0 0 65535 Operation 2 4 Count RevData Frame IRIG B Edges Edges 0 0 65535 Operation Count and RevData IRIG B 546 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Device Parameters Date and Time In the Device parameters Date Time menu the User can set the date and time Synchronize Date and Time Via PowePort E f PowerPort E is not running please start the application f device data have not been downloaded recently click Receive Data From Device in the Device menu Double click the Device parameters icon in the navigation tree e Double click the Date time icon within the operational data Out of the working window the User can now synchronize the date and time of the device with your PC i e That means that the device accepts the date and time from your PC Version Within the Device parameters Version menu the User can obtain information on the soft and hardware versions Version Via PowerPort E Within the File Properties menu the User can obtain detailed information on the currently opened file e g soft and hardware version In order to be able to transmit a parameter file e g created off line into the NOTICE
177. 51N x Tolerance Pickup 1 5 of the setting value Resp 1 In Resetting Ratio 97 or 0 5 x In t DEFT 1 resp 10 ms Operating Time Starting from IE Higher than 1 1 x IE gt lt 35 ms Disengaging Time lt 45 ms t Multiplier 5 IEC IEC VINV IEC EINV IEC LINV ANSI MINV ANSI VINV ANSI EINV Flat It 4 4 Reset Mode 1 resp 10 ms IEC characteristics IEC NINV IEC VINV IEC EINV IEC LINV 5 Reset curves if ANSI characteristics ANSI MINV ANSI VINV ANSI EINV Flat It 4 t www eaton com 581 IM02602004E Thermal Replica ThR Tolerance Ib 2 of the setting value Resp 1 In K Pickup ThR 1 5 of the setting value Unbalanced Load 51Q x Tolerance 12 gt 2 of the setting value resp 1 In 97 or 0 5 x In Resetting Ratio t DEFT 1 resp Tripping Delay Time DEFT 10 ms Operating Time lt 60ms Starting from I2 Higher than 1 3 x 12 gt Release Time lt 40ms k 5 INV T cool 5 INV Inrush Supervision IH2 Tolerance IH2 In 1 In Resetting Ratio 196 x In or 5 x IH2 Inrush supervision is possible if the fundamental Harmonic gt 0 1 x In and 2 Harmonic gt 0 01 x In 582 www eaton com 1 02602004 TON ETR 4000 Breaker Failure Protecti
178. 51P 1 true AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Global Prot l Prot 51P 1 AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para dal Global Prot Para Prot 51P 1 AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Parameters Global Prot Para l Prot 51P 1 AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Parameter 4 Global Prot Para 51 1 348 www eaton com E T N Setting Group Parameters of the 51P Module ETR 4000 1 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module element Inactive Active 51P 1 Active 51P 2 Inactive 51P 3 Active 51P 4 Inactive Protection Para lt gt Prot 51P 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or inactivate disallow blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt gt Prot 51P 1 Rvs Blo Fc Activate allow or inactivate disallow reverse blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global
179. 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Sensitive Ground Current 0 5A 0 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac IEC 61850 Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Standard Mount 66D2225G11 ETR 4000A11B0 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Sensitive Ground Current 0 5A 0 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU Modbus TCP Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Standard Mount 66D2225G12 28 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION STYLE NUMBER ETR 4000A0BA1 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Ground Current 5A 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU RS 485 No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Projection Panel Mount 66D2225G13 ETR 4000A0HA1 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Ground Current 5A 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac IEC 61850 No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Projection Panel Mount 66D2225G14 4000 0 1 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Ground Current 5A 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU Modb
180. Adaptive Parameter 4 51R 2 ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking1 51R 2 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Blocking2 51R 2 ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 51R 2 Rvs Blo l Module Input State Reverse Blocking 51R 2 AdaptSet1 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 51R 2 AdaptSet2 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 51R 2 AdaptSet3 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 51R 2 AdaptSet4 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 ZI 1 Active Signal Active ZI 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking ZI 1 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ZI 1 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command ZI 1 Bkr Blo Signal Blocked by Breaker Failure ZI 1 Phase Pickup Signal Zone Interlocking Phase Pickup ZI 1 Phase Trip Signal Zone Interlocking Phase Trip ZI 1 Ground Pickup Signal Zone Interlocking Ground Pickup ZI 1 Ground Trip Signal Zone Interlocking Ground Trip ZI 1 Pickup Signal Pickup Zone Interlocking ZI 1 Trip Signal Zone Interlocking Trip 112 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Description ZI 1 TripCmd Signal Zone Interlocking Trip Command ZI 1 Phase OUT Signal Zone Interlocking Phase OUT ZI 1 Ground OUT Signal Zone Interlocking Ground OUT
181. B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal8 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal9 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal10 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal11 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal12 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal13 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal14 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal15 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal16 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal17 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal18 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Statistics Reset Signal Reset of Statistics Statistics StartFct l Module input state Start statistics Module input signal Statistics ResetFct l Module Input State Reset Statistics Module input signal www eaton com 123 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Name Description Sys PS 1 Signal Parameter Set 1 Sys PS 2 Signal Parameter Set 2 Sys PS 3 Signal Parameter Set 3 Sys PS 4 Signal Parameter Set 4 Sys PSS manual Signal Manual switch over of a Parameter Set Sys PSS via Comm Signal Parameter Set Switch via Communication Sys PSS via Inp fct Signal Parameter Set Switch via Input Function Sys Min 1 param changed Signal At least one parameter has been changed Sys Maint Mode Active Signal Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Active Sys
182. Cmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 50X 1 Rvs Blo Module Input State Reverse Blocking 50OX 1 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 50X 1 AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 50X 1 AdaptSet3 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 50X 1 AdaptSet4 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 50X 2 Active Signal Active 108 www eaton com ETR 4000 1 02602004 E T N Name Description 50X 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 50X 2 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 50X 2 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 50X 2 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 50X 2 Pickup Signal Pickup IX or IR 50X 2 Trip Signal Trip 50X 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50X 2 1GH2 Blo Signal Blocked by IH2 50X 2 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 50X 2 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 50X 2 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 50X 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 50X 2 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 50X 2 ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking 50X 2 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 50X 2 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 50X 2 Rvs Blo Module Input State Reverse Blocking
183. Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Alarm A Signal Pickup System Phase A Alarm B Signal Pickup System Phase B Alarm C Signal Pickup System C Pickup Signal Pickup Trip A Signal Trip System Phase A Trip B Signal Trip System Phase B Trip C Signal Trip System Phase C Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command www eaton com 313 02602004 4000 Te Restricted Ground Fault Protection 87GD Elements 8 GD 1 87GD 2 This protective element protects the wye side of transformers against ground faults that are close to the neutral Description This protection principle is based on a restricted ground fault scheme that only can be used in systems with an earthed neutral The ground differential current is the vector difference of the measured earth current and the calculated zero sequence current from three measured phase currents Similarly to the phase restrained differential protection the ground restraining current is the vector sum of the measured earth current and the calculated zero sequence current from three measured phase currents The trip characteristic is very much similar to the phase restrained differential protection and it does not have the temporary restraining N O accuracy of the zero current lo determination depends significantly on the tolerances of the phase current CT This correspondingly applies to the Holmgreen Connection for me
184. Device Para assigned signal is true Recorders Fault rec 210 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Auto overwriting If there is no more Inactive Active Device Para free memory capacity left the oldest file will Recorders be overwritten Fault rec www eaton com 211 02602004 4000 Te Fault Recorder Module Input States Name Description Assignment Via Start1 l State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Fault rec Start2 l State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Fault rec Start3 l State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Fault rec Start4 l State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Fault rec Start5 l State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Fault rec Start6 State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Fault rec Start7 l State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Fault rec Start8 l State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Fault rec Fault Recorder Module Signal
185. Device Planning Parameters of the External Temperature Supervision 497 Global Protection Parameters of the External Temperature Supervision 497 Setting Group Parameters of the External Temperature Supervision 498 External Temperature Supervision Module Input 499 External Temperature Supervision Module Signals Output e 499 Commissioning External Temperature 500 Ext Temp Protection MopuLE ExrERNAL OIL TEMPERATURE PROTECTION 501 Device Planning Parameters of the External Oil Temperature Protection 503 Global Protection Parameters of the External Oil Temperature Protection 503 Setting Group Parameters of the External Oil Temperature Protection 504 External Oil Temperature Protection Module Input 505 External Oil Temperature Protection Module Signals Output States see 505 Commissioning External Protection iiec cee venen vane nn Pee eode E e s ee E aaa ve v e 506 Suppe
186. E T N ETR 4000 IM02602004E External Oil Temperature Protection Module Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Temp Prot Ext Oil Temp ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Temp Prot Ext Oil Temp ExBlo Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command Global Prot Para Temp Prot Ext Oil Temp Alarm Module Input State Alarm Protection Para Global Prot Para Temp Prot Ext Oil Temp Trip l Module Input State Trip Protection Para Global Prot Para Temp Prot Ext Oil Temp External Oil Temperature Protection Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Alarm Signal Alarm Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command www eaton com 505 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Commissioning External Protection Object to be tested Test of the External Oil Temperature Protection module Necessary means Dependent on the application Procedure Simulate the functionality of the External Oil Temperature Protection pickup trip blockings by de energizing of the digital inputs Successful test result All external pickup
187. ETR 4000 E Backup and Documentation When Using PowerPort E How to Save Device Data on a PC Click on Save as in the File menu Specify a name choose a folder the hard disk and save the device data accordingly 78 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Printing of Device Data When Using PowerPort E Setting List The Printing menu offers the following options Printer settings Page preview Printing and Exporting the selected print range into a txt file The printing menu of the PowerPort E software offers different types of printing ranges Printing of the complete parameter tree All values and parameters of the present parameter file are printed Printing of the displayed working window Only the data shown on the relevant working window are printed i e this applies if at least one window is opened Printing of all opened working windows The data shown on all windows are printed i e this applies only if more than one window is opened Printing of the device parameter tree as from a shown position on All data and parameters of the device parameter tree are printed as from the position marking in the navigation window Below this selection the complete name of the marking is additionally displayed Exporting Data as a txt File Via PowerPort E Within the print menu File gt Print the User can choose Export into File in order to export the device data
188. ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 51P 2 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 51P 2 Rvs Blo Module Input State Reverse Blocking 51P 2 AdaptSet1 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 106 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Description 51P 2 AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 51P 2 AdaptSet3 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 51P 2 AdaptSet4 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 51P 3 Active Signal Active 51P 3 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 51P 3 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 51P 3 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 51P 3 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 51P 3 IH2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 51P 3 Pickup IA Signal Pickup IA 51P 3 Pickup IB Signal Pickup IB 51P 3 Pickup IC Signal Pickup IC 51P 3 Pickup Signal Pickup 51P 3 Trip IA Signal Trip IA 51P 3 Trip IB Signal Trip IB 51P 3 Trip IC Signal Trip IC 51P 3 Trip Signal Trip 51P 3 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51P 3 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 51P 3 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 51P 3 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 51P 3 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 51P 3 AdaptSet 4 Signal
189. Global Prot Para Supervision CTS 1 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Polos Biot Fala allowed within a Supervision parameter set and if the state of the ICTS 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Supervision parameter set and if the state of the ICTS 1 assigned signal is true www eaton com 535 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the Current Transformer Supervision Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module element Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt Supervision CTS 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or inactivate disallow blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt Supervision CTS 1 Al In order to prevent faulty tripping of phase selective protection functions that use the current as tripping criterion If the difference of the measured ground current and th
190. I Slot X1 DI 4 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 5 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 6 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 7 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 8 Signal Digital Input Modbus Comm Cmd 1 Communication Command Modbus Comm 2 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 3 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 4 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 5 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 6 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 7 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 8 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 9 Communication Command Modbus Comm 10 Communication Command Modbus Comm 11 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 12 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 13 Communication Command Modbus Comm 14 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 15 Communication Command Modbus Comm 16 Communication Command www eaton com 97 02602004 4000 E Manual Resets In the Operation Reset menu the User can Reset counters Delete records e g disturbance records and Reset special things like statistics thermal replica etc The description of the reset commands can be found within the N O TI 6 corresponding modules Manual Resets Via PowerPort E If PowerPort E is not running please start the application If device data have not been
191. If the Direct Command is applied to the relay s Keep in mind that the forcing of all relay output contacts of the same assembly group takes precedence over the force command of a single relay output contact www eaton com 563 02602004 ETR 4000 E LTN Disarming the Relay Output Contacts The parameters their defaults and setting ranges have to be taken from N O TI 6 the Relay Output Contacts section Principle General Use Within this mode Service Test Disarmed entire groups of relay output contacts can be disabled By means of this test mode contact outputs switching actions of the relay output contacts are prevented If the relay output contacts are disarmed maintenance actions can be carried out without the risk of taking entire processes off line A G ER The User MUST ENSURE that the relay output contacts are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance is complete If they are not armed the protective device WILL NOT provide protection Zone Interlocking Output and the Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed NOTICE Within this mode Service Test DISARMED entire groups of relay output contacts can be disarmed Permanent or Via timeout If they are set with a timeout they will keep their Disarm Position only as long as this timer runs If the timer expires the relay output contacts will operate normally If they are set Permanent they will keep the Disarm State continuously A relay ou
192. Inactive Device Para B e Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 5 Assignment 3 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 5 www eaton com 163 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Inverting 3 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active LEDs LEDs group A 5 Assignment 4 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 5 Inverting 4 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 5 Assignment 5 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 5 Inverting 5 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active LEDs LEDs group A 5 Latched Defines whether the Inactive Inactive Device Para LED will be latched when it picks up Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 Ack signal Acknowledgment 1 n Assignment List Device Para signal for the LED If latching is set to active the LED can LEDs group A only be acknowledged if all LED 6 signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present Only available if Latched Active LED Active Color The LED lights up Green LEDs group A Red Device Para cog irine stale Rud LEDs groupB Red LEDs of
193. Interlocking In the global parameter menu for zone interlocking 2 external blocking inputs Ex Block1 Ex Block2 just like the other protection modules can be assigned to two input functions so that the zone interlocking function can be blocked by the assigned functions Via an external input signal the zone interlocking can also be blocked if the parameter ExtBlockTripCMD is assigned NOTICE Breaker Failure Pickup flag BF Pickup is implicitly connected to zone interlocking so that NO zone interlock output signal can be sent to the upstream device if a breaker failure on downstream device is detected Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo1 External blocking of the module if blocking is activated allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Global Prot Para 121 21 1 ExBlo2 External blocking of the module if blocking is activated allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Global Prot Para 121 21 1 ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module the element if blocking is activated allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Global Prot Para 121 21 1
194. LOMUCOMAGCE qS 134 Direct Commands of the Relay Output Contfacts aa a 111 135 Global Protection Parameters of the Relay Output 137 Input States of the Relay Output 9 147 Signals of the Relay Output 151 Licht 1 LEDs hat icon DU UO een E RARE NRI PARLE RR RR ERG RR 152 The OK LED 4 155 Global Protection Parameters of the LED 156 LED Module Input State si aee aa 168 URTD Mo pub INTERFACE i cuiu ini co icm rere xu EXER cn ruo n eec co cue o gaz Ve Ee Hu say Ry Oron URP aa XY ERE E ERE 173 Principle General M Uu 173 Module Fiber Optic Connection to the Protective 173 Wiring RTDs G the URTD Modules 175 Device Planning Parameters of the 178 URTD Signals Output States Ra pdt 178 URTD Module Statistics m 179 Measured
195. Maint Mode Inactive Signal Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Inactive Sys Maint Mode Manually Signal Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Manual Mode Sys Maint Mode Comm Signal Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Comm Mode Sys Maint Mode DI Signal Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Digital Input Mode Sys Ack LED Signal LEDs Acknowledgment Sys Ack RO Signal Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs Sys Ack Comm Signal Acknowledge Communication Sys Ack TripCmd Signal Reset Trip Command Sys Ack LED HMI Signal LEDs Acknowledgment HMI Sys Ack RO HMI Signal Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs HMI Sys Ack Comm HMI Signal Acknowledge Communication HMI Sys Ack TripCmd HMI Signal Reset Trip Command HMI Sys Ack LED Comm Signal LEDs Acknowledgment Communication Sys Ack RO Comm Signal Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs Communication Sys Ack Counter Comm Signal Reset of all Counters Communication Sys Ack Comm Comm Signal Acknowledge Communication Communication Sys Ack TripCmd Comm Signal Reset Trip Command Communication Sys Ack LED I Module Input State LEDs Acknowledgment by Digital Input Sys Ack RO I Module Input State Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs Sys Ack Comm l Module Input State Acknowledge Communication via Digital Input The replica that Communication has received from the device is to be reset
196. Manufacturer internal product designation Phase C minus A current Identification International Electrotechnical Commission Intelligent electronic device Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers www eaton com 21 1 02602004 IG IG Igd IGnom IH1 IH2 IINV in incl Info Interl INV y o IOC IOV IR IRIG ISO IT 12 14T J kA kg kHz kV kVdc or kVDC L1 L2 MAG MAN man MAX max meas MIN min min MINV MK mm MMU MRT ms MTA 22 ETR 4000 Ground current not residual Fault current Differential ground current Nominal ground current Fundamental harmonic 1 harmonic 27 harmonic Inverse Inch Include including Information Interlocking Inverse characteristic The tripping time will be calculated depending on the height of the current Input output Instantaneous overcurrent Instantaneous overvoltage Calculated ground current Input for time synchronization Clock Inter range instrumentation group International Standards Organization Thermal Characteristic Thermal Characteristic Thermal Characteristic Instantaneous undervoltage 4 measuring input of the current measuring assembly group either ground or neutral current Joule Kiloampere Kilogram Kilohertz Kilovolt s Kilovolt s direct current Phase A Phase B Phase C Ratio of current to nominal current Light emitting diode Pound inch Long time inverse tripp
197. Onto Fault Module Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use 474 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Global Protection Parameters of the Switch Onto Fault Module Reverse Blocking is activated allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side W1 W1 Protection Para W2 Global Prot Para ISOTF Mode Mode Bkr State Bkr manual CLOSE Protection Para I lt Global Prot Para Bkr State And I lt ISOTF Bkr manual CLOSE Ext SOTF ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a ISOTF parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Prot Para allowed within a SOTF parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking if 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Global Prot Para 5 Manual CLOSE The breaker was switched on manually if the state of the assigned signal is true This digital input can be used by some protective elements if they are available within the device like Switch Onto Fault SO
198. P 1 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 51P 1 ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 51P 1 Rvs Blo Module Input State Reverse Blocking 51P 1 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 51P 1 AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 51P 1 AdaptSet3 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 51P 1 AdaptSet4 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 51P 2 Active Signal Active 51P 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 51P 2 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 51P 2 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 51P 2 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 51P 2 IH2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 51P 2 Pickup IA Signal Pickup IA 51P 2 Pickup IB Signal Pickup IB 51P 2 Pickup IC Signal Pickup IC 51P 2 Pickup Signal Pickup 51P 2 Trip IA Signal Trip IA 51P 2 Trip IB Signal Trip IB 51P 2 Trip IC Signal Trip IC 51P 2 Trip Signal Trip 51P 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51P 2 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 51P 2 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 51P 2 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 51P 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 51P 2 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 51P 2 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking 51P 2
199. P 4 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 51P 4 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 51P 4 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 51P 4 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 51P 4 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 51P 4 Rvs Blo Module Input State Reverse Blocking 51P 4 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter 51P 4 AdaptSet2 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 51P 4 AdaptSet3 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 51P 4 AdaptSet4 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 50X 1 Active Signal Active 50X 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 50X 1 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 50X 1 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 50X 1 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 50X 1 Pickup Signal Pickup IX or IR 50X 1 Trip Signal Trip 50X 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50X 1 1GH2 Blo Signal Blocked by IH2 50X 1 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 50X 1 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 50X 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 50X 1 AdaptSet Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 50X 1 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 50X 1 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 50X 1 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 50X 1 ExBlo Trip
200. Para Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 Latched Defines whether the Inactive LEDs group A Active Device Para dae s DD 84 Active posta roup B LEDs LEDs group A 5 162 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Ack signal Acknowledgment 1 n Assignment List Device Para signal for the LED If latching is set to LEDS active the LED can LEDs group A ne ILED 5 acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present Only available if Latched Active LED Active Color The LED lights up Green LEDs group A Red Device Para this colar ithe states saq LEDs group Red LEDs of the OR flash assignment of the Red flash LEDs group A Green flash LED 5 LED Inactive Color The LED lights up Green Device Para this color if the state of the OR Red LEDs assignment of the Red flash LEDs group A ee Green flash LED 5 Assignment 1 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A Device Para 87 Trip LEDs via group B 87 Blo LEDs group A LED 5 Inverting 1 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 5 Assignment 2 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A Device Para 87H Trip LEDs LEDs group B LEDs group A LED 5 Inverting 2 Inverting of the state Inactive
201. Range Default Menu Path Res IRIG B Cr Resetting of the Inactive Inactive Operation IReset www eaton com 02602004 ETR 4000 E Te Global Protection Parameters of the 00 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation or Inactive Inactive Device Para deactivation of module element Active IRIG B IRIG B00X Determination of the Type IRIB 000 IRIB 000 Device Para IRIG B00X IRIG B types differ in types of included 8 007 RIGHE Coded Expressions year IRIB 002 control functions straight binary seconds IRIB 003 IRIB 004 IRIB 005 IRIB 006 IRIB 007 542 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Time Zones Time Zones UTC 14 Kiritimati UTC 13 Rawaki UTC 12 75 Chatham Island UTC 12 Wellington UTC 11 5 Kingston UTC 11 Port Vila UTC 10 5 Lord Howe Island UTC 10 Sydney UTC 9 5 Adelaide UTC 9 Tokyo UTC 8 Hong Kong UTC 7 Bangkok UTC 6 5 Rangoon UTC 6 Colombo UTC 5 75 Kathmandu UTC 5 5 New Delhi UTC 5 Islamabad UTC 4 5 Kabul UTC 4 Abu Dhabi UTC 3 5 Tehran UTC 3 Moscow UTC 2 Athens UTC 1 Berlin UTC 0 London UTC 1 Azores UTC 2 Fern d Noronha UTC 3 Buenos Aires UTC 3 5 St John s UTC 4 Santiago UTC 5 New York UTC 6 Chicago UTC 7 Salt Lake City UTC 8 Los Ange
202. Read Out Statistics Call up the main menu Call up the Operation Statistics sub menu Call up either the Standard values or Special values Statistics to Be Read Out Via PowerPort E f PowerPort E is not running please start the application f device data have not been downloaded recently click Receive Data From Device in the Device menu Double click on the Operation icon in the navigation tree Double click on the Statistics icon within the Operation navigation tree Double click on the Standard values or Special values icon Inthe window the statistical data are shown in tabular form The values can be read out cyclically For this purpose please select Auto Refresh out of the View menu www eaton com 85 02602004 4000 Te Statistics Configuration The Statistics module can be configured within the Device Parameter Statistics menu The time interval that is taken into account for the calculation of the statistics can either be limited by a fixed duration or it can be limited by a start function freely assignable signal from the assignment list menu Fixed Duration If the statistics module is set to a fixed duration time interval the minimum maximum and average values will be calculated and displayed continuously on the basis of this duration time interval Start Function Flexible Duration If the statistics
203. Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 2 Inverting 6 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para 2 Ene Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 2 140 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Assignment 7 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 2 Inverting 7 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 2 t Off Delay To clearly identify the 0 00 300 00s RO Slot X2 0 2s Device Para state transition of a Relay Output the RO Slot X5 0 03s Relay Outputs new state is being RO Slot X2 held at least for the duration of the Off 3 delay time Latched Defines whether the Inactive Inactive Device Para Relay Output will be latched when it picks Active Relay Outputs up RO Slot X2 RO 3 Acknowledgment Acknowledgment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Signal An acknowledgment Relay Outputs signal that RO Slot X2 acknowledges the corresponding Relay IRO 3 Output can be assigned to each Relay Output The acknowledgement signal is only effective if the parameter Latched is set to active Only available if Latched Active Inverting Inverting of the Relay Inactive Inactive Device Para Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Assignment 1 Assignment 1 n Assig
204. Super reset Reset to factory settings 4 Restart by debugger Eaton internally for system analysis purposes 5 Restart because of configuration changes 6 General failure Reboot without definite reason T Reboot by SW system abort HOST side Summary of several reboot reasons detected by the software i e wrong pointer corrupted files etc 8 Reboot by watchdog timeout HOST side Signaling if the protection class task hangs for more than 800 ms 9 Reboot by system abort DSP side Summary of several reboot reasons detected by software i e wrong pointer DSP side 10 Reboot by watchdog timeout DS side Appears when DSP sequence needs longer than 3 ms for one cycle 11 Loss of auxiliary voltage or low voltage reboot after loss of auxiliary voltage or voltage dropping below reboot level but not becoming zero 12 Faulty memory access Message of MMU memory mapping unit that prohibited memory access has occurred 566 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Technical Data Use Copper conductors only 75 C 167 F NOTICE Conductor size AWG 14 2 5 mm Climatic Environmental Conditions Storage Temperature Operating Temperature Permissible Humidity at Ann Average Permissible Installation Altitude 30 C to 70 C 22 F to 158 F 20 C to 60 C 4 F to 140 F lt 75 rel on 56d up to 95 rel lt 2 000 m 6 562 ft above sea level If 4 000 m 13 123
205. Sys PS1 I State of the module input respectively of the signal that should activate this Parameter Setting Group Sys PS2 I State of the module input respectively of the signal that should activate this Parameter Setting Group Sys PS3 I State of the module input respectively of the signal that should activate this Parameter Setting Group Sys PS4 I State of the module input respectively of the signal that should activate this Parameter Setting Group Sys Maint Mode l Module Input State Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Switch 124 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Status Display In the status display within the Operation menu the present state of all signals of the AssiGNMENT usr can be viewed This means the User is able to see if the individual signals are active or inactive at that moment The User can choose whether to see all signals in an overall status or view the signals sorted by modules State of the Module Input Signal Is Is Shown at the Panel as false 0 true 1 Status Display via PowerPort E f PowerPort E is not running please start the application If the device data have not been downloaded recently select Receive Data From The Device from Device menu Double click on the Operation icon in the navigation tree Double click on the Status Display icon within the operational data Double click
206. T 02602004 Powering Business Worldwide ETR 4000 EATON TRANSFORMER RELAY Instruction manual for installing operating and maintaining the ETR 4000 ETR 4000 Operational W1 Pickup W1 Bkr gm _ Dit Tip ETR 4000 W1 Gnd Diff Trip aS RTD Alarm ANALE W2 Gnd Diff Trip 4 Maint Mode www eaton com 02602004 4000 E ETR 4000 Typical Configuration 2 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 COMMENTS ON THE 11 What Is Included with the i ete eter AEE redes A FUE 15 u 2 15 Important INFORMATION uA E 15 SYL M aa 6a 16 TERMS ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS u sce oa cns napa Ren haga Rua XN RR YR 20 blU 26 ied 26 Device Planning Parameters of the 27 INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION 5 n ocn on ci nanny Fo
207. TCM 2 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 CTS 1 Active Signal Active CTS 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking CTS 1 Pickup Signal Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit Supervision CTS 1 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 CTS 1 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 CTS 2 Active Signal Active CTS 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking CTS 2 Pickup Signal Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit Supervision CTS 2 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 CTS 2 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 DI Slot X1 DI 1 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 2 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 3 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 4 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 5 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 6 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 7 Signal Digital Input DI Slot X1 DI 8 Signal Digital Input RO Slot 2 71 OUT Signal Zone Interlocking OUT RO Slot X2 RO 1 Signal Relay Output RO Slot X2 RO 2 Signal Relay Output RO Slot X2 RO 3 Signal Relay Output RO Slot X2 RO 4 Signal Relay Output www eaton com 121 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E Te Name Description RO Slot X2 DISARMED Signal CAUTION RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off
208. TF e g asa trigger signal Only available if Mode Bkr manual CLOSE Bkr 1 Manual CLOSE Bkr 2 Manual CLOSE Protection Para Global Prot Para ISOTF www eaton com 475 1 02602004 4000 E T N Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Bkr Pos Detect Criterion by which the Breaker Switch Position is to be detected Only available if Mode Bkr State Or Bkr State And I lt Bkr 1 State Bkr 2 State Bkr 1 State Protection Para Global Prot Para ISOTF Ext SOTF External Switch Onto Fault Only available if Mode Ext SOTF DI Slot X1 DI 1 DI Slot X1 DI 2 DI Slot X1 DI 3 DI Slot X1 DI 4 DI Slot X1 DI 5 DI Slot X1 DI 6 DI Slot X1 DI 7 DI Slot X1 DI 8 Protection Para Global Prot Para SOTF 476 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Setting Group Parameters of the Switch Onto Fault Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of Acti lens module element Cuye ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Active module element This ISOTF parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modul
209. Temperature Protection RTD W2 C Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase C Timeout Alarm RTD W2 C Invalid Winding2 Phase C Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement RTD Amb 1 Trip Ambient 1 Signal Trip RTD Amb 1 Alarm Ambient 1 Alarm RTD Temperature Protection RTD Amb 1 Timeout Alarm Ambient 1 Timeout Alarm RTD Amb 1 Invalid Ambient 1 Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement RTD Amb 2 Trip Ambient 2 Signal Trip RTD Amb 2 Alarm Ambient 2 Alarm RTD Temperature Protection RTD Amb 2 Timeout Alarm Ambient 2 Timeout Alarm www eaton com 119 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Name Description RTD Amb 2 Invalid Ambient 2 Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement RTD Aux 1 Trip Auxiliary 1 Signal Trip RTD Aux 1 Alarm Auxiliary 1 Alarm RTD Temperature Protection RTD Aux 1 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 1 Timeout Alarm RTD Aux 1 Invalid Auxiliary 1 Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement RTD Aux 2 Trip Auxiliary 2 Signal Trip RTD Aux 2 Alarm Auxiliary 2 Alarm RTD Temperature Protection RTD Aux 2 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 2 Timeout Alarm RTD Aux 2 Invalid Auxiliary 2 Signal I
210. Trip l Module Input State Trip Ext Temp Superv 2 Active Signal Active Ext Temp Superv 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking Ext Temp Superv 2 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked Ext Temp Superv 2 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 2 Alarm Signal Alarm Ext Temp Superv 2 Trip Signal Trip Ext Temp Superv 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 2 ExBlo1 Module Input State External Blocking1 Ext Temp Superv 2 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Blocking2 Ext Temp Superv 2 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 2 Alarm Module Input State Alarm Ext Temp Superv 2 Trip l Module Input State Trip Ext Temp Superv 3 Active Signal Active Ext Temp Superv 3 ExBlo Signal External Blocking Ext Temp Superv 3 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked Ext Temp Superv 3 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 3 Alarm Signal Alarm Ext Temp Superv 3 Trip Signal Trip Ext Temp Superv 3 TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 3 ExBlo1 Module Input State External Blocking1 Ext Temp Superv 3 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Blocking2 Ext Temp Superv 3 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command Ex
211. Yes to set up a completely new connection By selecting Yes all adjustments are canceled and the connection assistant is opened again for renewed adjustment of the connection to the device This procedure is advisable in case basic adjustments cannot be modified via the characteristics dialog e g if a new additional serial interface has been installed on the system No to modify the existing dial up network entry Selecting No opens the dialog for characteristics of the connection settings During the dialog it is possible to correct invalid settings e g the recommended baud rate Cancel The warning is ignored and the connection adjustments remain as they are set This procedure is accepted for a limited time but the User is required to establish a correct connection at a later time www eaton com TON ETR 4000 PowerPort E Persistent Connection Problems In the case of persistent connection problems the User should remove all connection settings and establish them again In order to remove all connection settings please proceed as follows 1 Remove the Settings for the Dial up Network Close PowerPort E Call up the Control Panel Choose Network amp Internet the left side click on Manage Network Connections Right click on Protective Device Name Direct Connection Choose Delete from the shortcut menu Click on the OK button 2 Remove t
212. a state of the assigned Bkr 2 DI Slot X1 DI signal is true 52a DI Slot X1 DI 2 6 Bkr Manager DI Slot X1 DI 3 IBkr 1 DI Slot X1 DI 4 DI Slot X1 DI 5 DI Slot X1 DI 6 DI Slot X1 DI 7 DI Slot X1 DI 8 CinBkr 52b The breaker is in Protection Para OPEN position if the state of the assigned DI Slot X1 DI 1 Global Prot Para signal is true 52b DI Slot X1 DI 2 Bkr Manager DI Slot X1 DI 3 IBkr 1 DI Slot X1 DI 4 DI Slot X1 DI 5 DI Slot X1 DI 6 DI Slot X1 DI 7 DI Slot X1 DI 8 Manual CLOSE The breaker was Protection Para switched on manually if the state of the DI Slot X1 DI 1 Global Prot Para assigned signal is DI Slot X1 DI 2 Bkr Manager true This digital input can be used by some DI Slot X1 DI 3 IBkr 1 protective elements DI Slot X1 DI 4 if they are available within the device like D Slot X1 DI 5 Switch Onto Fault DI Slot X1 DI 6 SOTF e g asa trigger signal DI Slot X1 DI 7 DI Slot X1 DI 8 Manual OPEN The breaker was Protection Para switched off OPEN manually if the state DI Slot X1 DI 1 Global Prot Para of the assigned signal DI Slot X1 DI 2 Bkr Manager is true This digital input can be used by DI Slot X1 DI 3 IBkr 1 some protective DI Slot X1 DI 4 elements if they are available within the D Slot 1 01 5 device like Cold DI Slot X1 DI 6 Load Pickup CLPU e g asa trigger DI Slot X1 DI T signal DI Slot X1 DI 8 www e
213. a the Breaker if the 50X 1 TripCmd state of the assigned Bkr 2 Global Prot Para signal becomes true 50X 2 TripCmd Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger6 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Bkr 1 Protection Para the Breaker if the 51X 1 TripCmd state of the assigned Bkr 2 Global Prot Para signal becomes true 51X 2 TripCmd Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger7 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Bkr 1 Protection Para the Breaker if the 5OR 1 TripCmd state of the assigned Bkr 2 Global Prot Para signal becomes true 50812 TripCmd Bkr Manager Bkr 1 268 www eaton com 602004E TON ETR 4000 02 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Trigger8 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Bkr 1 Protection Para the Breaker if the 51R 1 TripCmd state of the assigned Bkr 2 Global Prot Para signal becomes true 51R 2 TripCmd Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger9 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Bkr 1 Protection Para the Breaker if the 51Q 1 TripCmd state of the assigned Bkr 2 Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger10 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger11 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger12 Ope
214. a USB to serial adapter approved by Eaton Corporation This adapter has to be properly installed Ensure that a null modem cable is used a standard serial cable without control wires does not enable communication N O If a serial interface connection can not be established and the User is running a Windows XP Operating System the following may be the cause If a serial interface was selected in the connection assistant it may be that this is not entered correctly in the dial up network due to a bug in the Windows operating system Your attention is drawn to this problem by the operational software and the error message Warning invalid connection setting will be shown To solve this problem you need administration rights Please proceed as follows Select the menu item Device Connection in the Settings menu Select Serial Connection Click the Settings button Change the register card to General Ensure that Communication cable between two computers Com X is selected in the Drop Down menu X the interface number where the null modem cable is connected www eaton com 73 1 02602004 74 4000 If the message Warning invalid connection settings appears during establishment of the connection it indicates that the connection adjustments chosen are not correct If this warning is displayed the User may respond as follows
215. a restrain slope that defines a percentage error generated by a high current Imax maximum phase current Total bias value Al Kd x Imax The current transformer supervision operation can be graphically represented as follows Limit Value Kd Imax A Imax If the current is measured in two phases only for example only IA IB or if there is no separate ground current measuring e g normally via a zero sequence CT the supervision function should be deactivated www eaton com 533 4000 1 02602004 lt or 1519 dnyold S 19 P 619 Hos 0 77g I I o peyeingeg i LIS nen e al I I I I I vi re 1 sjeuBis ou jou si 1 ajay www eaton com 534 E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Device Planning Parameters of the Current Transformer Supervision Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Do not use Device Planning Use Global Protection Parameter of the Current Transformer Supervision Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side CTS 1 W1 CTS 1 W1 Protection Para CTS 2 W2 CTS 2 W2
216. act in tort including negligence strict liability or otherwise for any special indirect incidental or consequential damage or loss whatsoever including but not limited to damage or loss of use of equipment plant or power system cost of capital loss of power additional expenses in the use of existing power facilities or claims against the purchaser or user by its customers resulting from the use of the information recommendations and description contained herein Eaton Corporation Electrical Group 1000 Cherrington Parkway Moon Township PA 15108 United States A 877 ETN CARE 877 386 2273 Eaton com m 2009 Eaton Corporation Powering Business Worldwide Rights Reserved Printed in USA Publication No IM02602004E 66A2410 584 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 PowerChain Management PowerChain Management is a registered trademark of Eaton Corporation All other trademarks are property of their respective owners
217. adius of the fiber should be greater than 2 in 50 8 mm The fiber termination at the URTD simply snaps into or out of the connector To connect the fiber termination at the protective device push the plug of the fiber optic onto the device interface then turn it until it snaps The protective device has various power supply options If it is not 120 Vac the power supply cannot be shared with the URTD Module The URTD communications common terminal 22 is at 120 Vac with respect to the supply neutral 174 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Wiring RTDs to the URTD Module RTD Control URTD Connection Name Terminals Transformer Temperature Monitoring Point RTD1 Alarm Functional Trip Functional W1 A Alarm W1 A t Delay W1 A Trip MW1 2 3 W1 A Transformer Winding 1 Phase A RTD Temperature RTD2 Alarm Functional Trip Functional W1 B Alarm W1 B t Delay W1 B Trip MW2 5 6 W1 B Transformer Winding 1 Phase B RTD Temperature RTD3 Alarm Functional Trip Functional W1 C Alarm W1 C t Delay W1 C Trip MW3 8 9 W1 C Transformer Winding 1 Phase C RTD Temperature RTD4 Alarm Functional Trip Functional W2 A Alarm W2 A t Delay W2 A Trip MWA4 11 12 W2 A Transformer Winding 2 Phase A RTD Temperature RTD5 Alarm Functional Trip Functional W2 B Alarm W2 B t Delay W2 B Trip MW5 14 15 W2 B Transformer Winding 2 Phase B RTD Tempe
218. agn Cr Diagnosis counter s 20 www eaton com E T N DIFF DIN DIR dir DMD DPO DSP dt EINV EMC EN err Err EVTcon Ex ExBlo ExP EXT F F Fc FIFO FIFO Principal FLA FO FTP fund FWD G g gn GND GPS HARM HMI HTL HTTP ETR 4000 1 02602004 Differential Deutsche Industrie Norm Directional Demand Dropout Digital signal processor Rate of change Extremely inverse tripping characteristic Electromagnetic compatibility Europaische Norm Error Parameter determines if the residual voltage is measured or calculated External External blocking s External protection Extension external Degrees Fahrenheit Field Function Enable or disable functionality allow or disallow First in first out First in first out Full load current Fiber optic File transfer protocol Fundamental ground wave Forward Generator Acceleration of the earth in vertical direction 9 81 m s Ground Global positioning system Hour Harmonic harmonics Human machine interface Front of the protective relay Manufacturer internal product designation Hyper text transfer protocol Hertz Fault current Current Zero current symmetrical components Zero sequence current Positive sequence current symmetrical components Negative sequence current symmetrical components Phase A current Phase A minus B current Phase B current Phase B minus C current Tripping threshold Phase C current
219. aintenance of protection and control devices and Well trained personnel involved in electrical installations and power stations All functions concerning the type code will be defined Should there be a description of any functions parameters or inputs outputs that do not apply to the device in use please ignore that information All details and references are explained to the best of our knowledge and are based on our experience and observations This manual describes the full featured versions of the devices including all options All technical information and data included in this manual reflect their state at the time this document was issued Eaton Corporation reserves the right to carry out technical modifications in line with further development without changing this manual and without previous notice Therefore no claim can be brought based on the information and descriptions included in this manual Text graphics and formulas do not always apply to the actual delivery scope The drawings and graphics are not true to scale Eaton Corporation does not accept any liability for damage and operational failures caused by operating errors or disregarding the directions of this manual No part of this manual is allowed to be reproduced or passed on to others in any form unless Eaton Corporation has issued advanced approval in writing This user manual is part of the delivery scope when purchasing the device In case the device is passed
220. aker has to be in the OFF Position The signal 0 is untrue If the breaker is switched the signal OOTF ENABLED 1 becomes true as long as the timer t effective is running The breaker has to be in the OFF position There must be no load current The status display of the device shows the signal SOTF enasLep 1 Testing Manually switch the breaker to the ON position and start the timer at the same time After the hold time t enable is expired the state of the signal has to change to SOTF enabled 0 Write down the measured time Successful test result The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays threshold values and drop out ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list Permissible deviations tolerances can be found under Technical Data www eaton com 479 02602004 ETR 4000 CLPU Supervision Module Cold Load Pickup Available Elements CLPU When the electric load is freshly started or restarted after a prolonged outage the load current tends to have a temporary surge that could be several times the normal load current in magnitude due to motor starting This phenomena is called cold load inrush If the overcurrent pickup threshold is set according to the maximum possible load inrush the overcurrent protection may be insensitive to some faults thus making whole protection systems coordination difficult or even impossible
221. al Prot Para allowed within a Tdiff Prot parameter set and if the state of the 87GD 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the Trip Command of the rnodulefthe IGlobal Prot Para element if blocking is Tdiff Prot activated allowed within a parameter 87GD 1 set and if the state of the assigned signal is true www eaton com IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the Restricted Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of Acti dans module element CHIVE n Tdiff Prot 87 GD 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti gt blocking of the module element This Tdiff Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is 87GD 1 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking Inactive Inactive Protection Para of the Trip Command Acti dens of the Me module element Tdiff Prot 87 GD 1 ExBlo TripCmd Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti blocking of the eive module element This Tdiff Prot parameter
222. allow blocking of the Active als module element This ExP ter i parameter is only IExP TI 492 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 External Protection Module Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para ExP ExP 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para ExP ExP 1 ExBlo Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command Global Prot Para ExP ExP 1 Alarm Module Input State Alarm Protection Para Global Prot Para ExP ExP 1 Module Input State Trip Protection Para Global Prot Para ExP ExP 1 External Protection Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Alarm Signal Alarm Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command www eaton com 493 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Teh Commissioning External Protection Object to be tested Test of the External Protection Module Necessary means Dependent on the application Procedure Simulate the functionality of the External Protection pickup trip and blockings by de energizing the digital inputs Successful test result All ext
223. an be nearly short circuited as seen from the primary side so that nearly no measurable current can be monitored or analyzed Stab H5 Default example active H5 Sta Default example 30 00 H5 Tra Default example 15 00 The so called transient time period directly after energizing strongly depends on the above mentioned influencing parameter Time spans from nearly zero to more than 15 seconds are known for special auto transformer banks A typical setting of 2 s is recommended for commonly used transformers t Trans Default example 25 All harmonic generating events can occur to a different degree in one two all three phases That is why there is a choice provided to restrain only those phases with harmonic content or restrain all three phases which is recommended for typical application as long as knowledge of the grid and modes of operation do not prove another choice Block mode Default example inactive www eaton com 299 02602004 ETR 4000 The Transient Monitor continuously analyzes the differential current signal If it detects saturation m gt 1 or m lt 1 it will decide whether the saturation is caused by internal or external faults External Faults the sign of differential current and of slope are equal both or both Internal Faults the sign of differential current and slope are dif
224. and number of grid aults www eaton com 261 02602004 ETR 4000 Protection Module Values Value Description Menu Path FaultNo Disturbance No Operation Count and RevData Prot No of grid faults Number of grid faults A grid fault Operation e g a short circuit might cause several faults with trip and autoreclosing each fault being identified by an increased fault number In this case the grid fault number remains the same Count and RevData Prot 262 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Bkr 1 Bkr 2 Principle General Use By means of this module Protection Para Global Prot Para Bkr Manager the breaker is managed That means Assign the signal that represents the wired 52a contact minimum requirement Assign the signal that represents the wired 52b contact recommendation Assign the signal that represents Manual Close command This digital input can be used by some protective elements if they are available within the device like Switch Onto Fault SOTF e g as a trigger signal Assign the signal that represents Manual Open command This digital input can be used by some protective elements if they are available within the device like Cold Load Pickup CLPU e g as a trigger signal Assign the signal that represents Bkr ready This digital input can be used by some protective elem
225. anel Each relay output contact can be acknowledged by a signal If Latched is active Via the module Ex Acknowledge where all relay output contacts can be acknowledged at once if the signal for external acknowledgment that was selected from the Assignment list becomes true e g the state of a digital input and Via Communication Comm all relay output contacts can be acknowledged at once 132 www eaton com 1 02602004 ETR 4000 please refer to the Service Disarming the Relay Output Contacts and Service Forcing Relay output contacts can be set by force or disarmed for commisioning support the Relay Output Contacts sections A ysr eBpejwouxov IWH eBpejwouxov an 4 Bureau Zjuawubissy 9 9 1u uuuBissy 5 Bunu Au y BunueAu juatuubissy BunieAu 1ueuufissy LS Q o a z lt x z Zjuawubissy an Juowubissy _ Aejay jo eris Joi gt euin PIOH 133 www eaton com 02602004 ETR 4000 System Contact The System OK contact SC relay is the devices
226. ara Prot 50R 1 AdaptSet3 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 50R 1 AdaptSet4 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Parameter4 Global Prot Para l Prot 50R 1 392 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 50R Ground Fault Protection Signals Output States 1 02602004 Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Pickup Signal Pickup IX or IR Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command IGH2 Blo Signal Blocked by IH2 Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 www eaton com 393 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Commissioning Ground Fault Protection Non directional ANSI 50R Please test the non directional ground overcurrent analog to the non directional phase overcurrent protection 394 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 INV Calculated Ground Fault Protection Module ANSI 51R Elements 51R 1 51R 2 All ground current elements are identically structured 8 4 Fo
227. ara Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 148 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Description Assignment Via RO3 3 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 RO3 4 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 RO3 5 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 RO3 6 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 RO3 7 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Ack signal RO 5 Module Input State Acknowledgment signal for the Relay Output If latching is set to active the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 RO4 1 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 4 RO4 2 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 4 RO4 3 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 4 www eaton com 149 02602004 ETR 4000 E Description Assignment Via RO4 4 Module Input State Assignment Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 4 4 5 Module
228. ara Blocking Global Prot Para Prot 51X 1 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51X 1 AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Prot 51X 1 AdaptSet3 l Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51X 1 AdaptSet4 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51X 1 51X Ground Fault Protection Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 382 www eaton com ETR 4000 02602004 Description Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Pickup Signal Pickup IX or IR Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command IGH2 Blo Signal Blocked by IH2 Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 www eaton com 383 02602004 ETR 4000 E LTN Commissioning Ground Fault Protection Non directional ANSI 51X Please test the non directional ground overcurrent analog to the non directional phase overcurrent protection
229. ase of any failures the recorders of the device should be left untouched to ensure an easy diagnosis and proper repair at the factory Besides the records and visible indications to the customer there is internal information about failures These allow Eaton service personnel at the repair facility to make a detailed analysis of files with failure reports Self supervision is applied by different functions at different cyclic or non cyclic timings to the following parts and functions of the device Faultless cyclic execution of the software Functional capability of memory boards Consistency of data Functional capability of hardware sub assemblies and Faultless operation of the measuring unit Faultless cyclic operation of the software is supervised by timing analysis and checking results of different functions Errors of the software function watchdog function lead to restarting the device and switching off the self supervision relay life contact In addition the System OK LED will blink red after 3 unsuccessful attempts to restart the device within a time period of 20 minutes The main processor cyclically monitors the operation of the signal processor and initiates corrective actions or restart of the device in case of faulty operation Data and files are generally secured against unintended overwriting or faulty changes by check sums The measuring unit continuously checks the measured data by comparing received data
230. asuring the earth current IG instead by using the Toroidal type CT but because of its higher accuracy the Toroidal CT is to be preferred to the use of the Holmgreen Connection N A E B Protective Relay The trip commands generated by the protective function restricted ground fault 87GD have to be assigned within the Breaker Manager N O T I Please be aware that the protective function Restricted Ground Fault 87GD solely can be applied to the winding end which builds the earthed neutral point 314 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Device Planning Parameters of the Restricted Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use 87GD 1 Do not use Device Planning Use 87GD 2 Use Global Protection Parameters of the Restricted Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side W1 87GD 1 W1 Protection Para W2 87GD 2 W2 Global Prot Para Tdiff Prot 87GD 1 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global rara allowed within a Tdiff Prot parameter set and if the state of the 87GD 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Glob
231. ations tolerances please see the Technical Data section www eaton com 443 02602004 ETR 4000 2 Module Elements IH2 1 1 2 2 Principle General Use The magnetizing current may have a significant amount of harmonics when energizing an unloaded transformer in particular 2nd harmonics The IH2 module harmonic blocking uses a percentage of the 2nd harmonics over its fundamental to generate general or phase based blocking signals for other protection functions use There are two blocking modes If 1 phase block mode is selected the module will only generate the blocking signals for those phases whose 2nd harmonic percentages exceed their threshold respectively lf 3 phase mode is selected the module will generate the blocking signals for all three phases as long as the 2nd harmonic percentage in one or more phases exceeds their threshold Note that the 2nd harmonic percentage in IX shares the same threshold as other phases but it will not be controlled by the blocking mode 444 www eaton com 1 02602004 Y 8 9I Old ZHI ox 4 9 N t 9 V N e Y c VM y aseud olg zHI E s
232. aton com 267 02602004 4000 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Ready Breaker is ready for Protection Para operation if the state of the assigned signal DI Slot X1 DI 1 Global Prot Para is true This digital DI Slot X1 DI 2 Bkr Manager input can be used by some protective DI Slot X1 DI 3 Bkr 1 elements if they are Slot X1 DI 4 available within the device like Auto DI Slot X1 DI 5 Reclosure AR 9 DI Slot X1 DI 6 as a trigger signal DI Slot X1 DI 7 DI Slot X1 DI 8 Trigger1 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Bkr 1 Protection Para the Breaker if the 50OP 1 TripCmd state of the assigned Bkr 2 Global Prot Para signal becomes true 50P 3 TripCmd Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger2 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Bkr 1 Protection Para the Breaker if the 50P 2 TripCmd state of the assigned Bkr 2 Global Prot Para signal becomes true 4 TripCmd Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger3 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Bkr 1 Protection Para the Breaker if the 51P 1 TripCmd state of the assigned Bkr 2 ob Prorata signal becomes true 51 P 3 TripCmd Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger4 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Bkr 1 Protection Para the Breaker if the 51P 2 TripCmd state of the assigned Bkr 2 Global Prot Para signal becomes true 51 TripCmd Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger5 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Bkr 1 Protection Par
233. ature data will be shown as measured values and statistics in the Operating Data menu In addition each channel will be monitored The measured data provided by the URTD Module can also be used for temperature protection please refer to the Temperature Protection section The URTD conveys multiplexed temperature data back to the relay via a single optical fiber The URTD may be mounted remotely from the protective device The fiber optic connector is located on the X102 terminal of the protective device Consider the benefit of mounting the URTD module away from the protective device and as close to the protected equipment as possible The big bundle of RTD wires to the protected equipment becomes much shorter The URTD may be placed up to 400 ft 121 9 m from the protective device with the optical fiber connection Note that the URTD will require 120 Vac power 6 VA at its remote location URTD Module Fiber Optic Connection to the Protective Device Connect a source of 120 Vac only to the power terminals of connector J3 on the URTD module Connect either terminal 16 or terminal 32 but not both to a non current carrying safety ground O UNIVERSAL RTD MODULE Connect to e Protective E Terminal X102 Device W 07 o 99 99 66 ooooooooooooooooooQ Optical Fiber for Communications to Protective Device Preferred Method J The figure above shows the fiber optic
234. aui9 3 uueiBeig Jajay IIO 1 9 due IIO 1X3 www eaton com 502 E T N Device Planning Parameters of the External Oil Temperature Protection ETR 4000 1 02602004 Module Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use Global Protection Parameters of the External Oil Temperature Protection Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated pene iat ea allowed within a Temp Prot parameter set and if the state of the Ext Oil Temp assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated allowed within a Temp Prot parameter set and if the state of the Ext Oil Temp assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para E eor of Global Prot Para element if blocking is Temp Prot activated allowed within a parameter Ext Oil Temp set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Alarm Assignment for 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Alam Global Prot Para Temp Prot Ext Oil Temp Trip External trip of the 1 n Assignment List Pr
235. bal Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger28 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger29 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger30 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger31 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger32 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger33 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger34 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 www eaton com 271 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Trigger35 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the stat
236. be set from normal operation relay works according to the assigned signals to force energized or force de energized state Normal De Energized Energized Normal Service Test Force RO RO Slot X2 Force RO4 By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten forced The relay can be set from normal operation relay works according to the assigned signals to force energized or force de energized state Normal De Energized Energized Normal Service Test Force RO RO Slot X2 136 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Global Protection Parameters of the Relay Output Contacts Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path t Off Delay To clearly identify the 0 00 300 00s RO Slot X2 0 2s Device Para state transition of a Relay Output the RO Slot X5 0 03s Relay Outputs new state is being RO Slot X2 held at least for the duration of the Off IRO 1 delay time Latched Defines whether the Inactive Inactive Device Para Relay Output will be latched when it picks Active Relay Outputs up RO Slot X2 RO 1 Acknowledgment Acknowledgment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Signal An acknowledgment Relay Outputs signal that RO Slot X2 acknowledges the corresponding Relay IRO 1 Output can be assigned to each Relay Output The acknowledgement signal
237. been assigned PowerPort E V 1 2 and higher Example In order to use Adaptive Parameters within Protective Element I 1 please proceed as follows Assign within the Global Parameter tree within Protective Element I 1 an activation signal for Adaptive Parameter Set 1 Adaptive Parameter Set 1 becomes now visible within the Protection Parameter Sets for element I 1 By means of additional activation signals further Adaptive Parameter Sets can be used The functionality of the IED relay can be enhanced adapted by means of Adaptive Parameters in order to meet the requirements of modified states of the grid or the power supply system respectively to manage unpredictable events Moreover the adaptive parameter can also be used to realize various special protective functions or to expand the existing function modules in a simple way without costly redesign the existing hardware or software platform The Adaptive Parameter feature allows besides a standard parameter set one of the four parameter sets labeled from 1 to 4 to be used for example in a time overcurrent element under the control of the configurable Set Control Logics The dynamic switch over of the adaptive parameter set is only active for a particular element when its adaptive set control logic is configured and only as long as the activation signal is true For some protection elements such as time overcurrent and instantaneous overcurrent 50P 51P 50G 51G
238. been set up on your PC your location information has to be put in Confirm the following pop up window Telephone and Modem Options by selecting OK The Windows network connection assistant appears after the location information is set up Select the connection type Establish direct connection to another computer Select the serial interface COM Port where the device will be connected Select To be used for all users in the Availability of the connection window Do change the connection name appearing in the Name of the connection window and click the Complete button e Finally you arrive again the Device Installation window where you started establishing the connection Confirm the adjustments by clicking the OK button 64 www eaton com AT eI ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Setting and Evaluation via Serial RS232 Device Example PowerPort E www eaton com 65 02602004 ETR 4000 LTN Set Up a Serial Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows Vista Establishing the connection between PowerPort E and the device is a three step procedure 1 Installing PowerPort E the application itself 2 Installing a virtual modem that is a precondition for TCP IP communication via a null modem cable to be done within the control panel and 3 Establishing a network connection between PowerPort E and the device to be done within PowerPort E 1 Installat
239. besides the default setting there exists another four alternative settings for pickup value curve type time dial and reset mode set values that can dynamically be switched over by means of the configurable adaptive setting control logics in the single set parameter If the Adaptive Parameter feature is not used the adaptive set control logics will not be selected assigned The protective elements work in this case just like a normal protection using the Default settings If one of the Adaptive Set Control logics is assigned to a logic function the protective element will be switched over to the corresponding adaptive settings if the assigned logic function is asserted and will fall back to the Default setting if the assigned signal that has activated the Adaptive Set has fallen back www eaton com 227 02602004 ETR 4000 Teh Adaptive Parameters via HMI The use of Adaptive Parameters via the HMI panel differs a bit to the use N O TI CE via PowerPort E Adaptive Parameters can be also used via the HMI instead of using the recommended PowerPort E The principle method of using them via the HMI is 1 Assign an activation signal for an Adaptive Parameter Set within the Global Parameters Global Para for protective element available for current functions only 2 Callup this protective element within a Setting Group 3 Goto the parameter that should be modified adaptively and call it up for editing arrow
240. ble from each point of the menu tree to see that there are parameter changes still not adopted by the device Press the OK key to initiate the final storage of all parameter changes Confirm the parameter changes by pressing the Yes soft key or dismiss by pressing the No soft key 234 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Plausibility Check In order to prevent obvious wrong settings the device constantly monitors all temporarily saved parameter changes If the device detects a conflict it is indicated by a question mark in front of the respective parameter In order to make things easier to follow especially where complex parameter changes are involved a question mark appears above the temporarily saved parameters on every superior higher ranking menu level This makes it possible to control or follow from the main menu level where conflicts are intended to be saved This can be done at any time In addition to the question mark trace to the temporarily saved conflict parameter changes a general conflict symbol question mark is faded in at the left corner of the display and so it is possible to see from each point of the menu tree that conflicts have been detected by the device A star parameter change indication is always overwritten by the question mark conflict symbol If a device detects a conflict it rejects saving and adopting of the parameters Example If the residual voltage
241. bled Signal Switch Onto Fault enabled This Signal can be used to modify Overcurrent Protection Settings SOTF I Signal No Load Current SOTF ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking SOTF ExBlo2 l Module Input State External Blocking SOTF Rvs Blo l Module Input State Reverse Blocking SOTF Manual CLOSE I Module Input State Breaker was switched on manually SOTF Ext SOTF I Module Input State External Switch Onto Fault Alarm CLPU Active Signal Active CLPU ExBlo Signal External Blocking CLPU Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking CLPU enabled Signal Cold Load enabled CLPU detected Signal Cold Load detected CLPU I lt Signal No Load Current CLPU ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking CLPU ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking CLPU Rvs Blo Module Input State Reverse Blocking www eaton com 115 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Name Description ExP 1 Active Signal Active ExP 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking ExP 1 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExP 1 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command ExP 1 Alarm Signal Alarm ExP 1 Trip Signal Trip ExP 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ExP 1 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 ExP 1 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 ExP 1 ExBlo Module Input Sta
242. blocking of the Active Global Prot Para module element This Bkr Manager parameter is only effective if a signal is BWear 1 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Operations Alarm Service Alarm too 1 65535 100 Protection Para penduofis Global Prot Para Bkr Manager BWear 1 Isum Intr Alarm Alarm the Sum 0 2500000A 70000A Protection Para Limit of interrupting currents has been exceeded Global Prot Para Bkr Manager BWear 1 Breaker Wear Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Protection Para Packings Global Prot Para Bkr Manager BWear 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking2 Global Prot Para Bkr Manager BWear 1 www eaton com 275 IM02602004E ETR 4000 T eM A Breaker Wear Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Operations Alarm Signal Service Alarm too many Operations Isum Intr trip IA Signal Maximum permissible Summation of the interruppting tripping currents exceeded IA Isum Intr trip IB Signal Maximum permissible Summation of the interruppting tripping currents exceeded IB Isum Intr trip IC Signal Maximum permissible Summation of t
243. bus Modbus Modbus Modbus Protocol Configuration The time controlled Modbus protocol is based on the Master Slave working principle This means that the substation control and protection system sends an inquiry or instruction to a certain device slave address that will then be answered or carried out accordingly If the inquiry instruction cannot be answered carried out e g because of an invalid slave address a failure message is returned to the master The Master substation control and protection system can query information from the device such as Type of unit version Measuring values statistical measured values Switch operating position in preparation State of device Time and date State of the device s digital inputs and Protection state pickups The Master control system can give commands instructions to the device such as Control of switchgear where applicable i e each according to the applied device version Change over of parameter set Reset and acknowledgment of pickups signals Adjustment of the date and time and Control of pickup relays For detailed information on data point lists and error handling please refer to the Modbus documentation To allow configuration of the devices for Modbus connection some default values of the control system must be available Device Planning Parameters of the Modbus Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
244. can result in destruction of the measuring inputs or faulty signals Overloading means that in case of a short circuit the current carrying capacity of the measuring inputs could be exceeded Make sure that the tightening torque is 17 7 In Ib 2 Nm 44 www eaton com A ETR 4000 1 02602004 EDR 3000 Terminal Marking gt X3 ETR 4000 Terminal Marking gt X3 X4 4 2 PASE ia 3 N 5 6 N 7 22 WE up ss 11 A Ex 12 Pin Assignment O HTL TI x IA N lA 5A IB 1A IB N IC 1A IC N IC 5A IX 1A IX N www eaton com 45 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Ethernet RJ45 Terminal Marking X101 TxD TxD 46 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 System Contact and IRIG B A WARNING Make sure that the tightening torque is 5 7 In Ib 0 56 0 79 Nm Terminal Markings X104 for Device ETR 4000 Pin Assignment for Device ETR 4000 0 HTL uP 6 0 HTL uP 14 X104 12345 The Supervision Contact SC closes after the boot phase of the device if the protection is working This Supervi sion Contact SC will open if an internal device error has occurred please refer to the Self Supervision sec
245. ce in case of ABC sequence to ACB in case of a ACB sequence to ABC For each test performed feed a current that is about 3 5 above the threshold value for activation tripping Then check the threshold values Testing the total tripping delay recommendation Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the breakers breaker tripping Testing the tripping delay measuring at the relay output contact Measure the tripping times at the relay output contact Testing the dropout ratio Reduce the current to 97 below the trip value and check the dropout ratio Successful test result The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays threshold values and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list Permissible deviations tolerances can be found under Technical Data www eaton com 471 02602004 ETR 4000 E Te SOTF Protection Module Switch Onto Fault SOTF In case a faulty line is energized e g when an earthing switch is in the ON Position an instantaneous trip is required The SOTF module is provided to generate a permissive signal for other protection functions such as overcurrents to accelerate their trips The SOTF condition is recognized according to the User s operation mode that can be based on The breaker state No current flowing Breaker state and no current flowing Breaker switched on manually and or An external trigger This protec
246. ch over will be executed Switch over if there is a clear Scada request Otherwise no switch over will be executed NOTICE 238 The description of the parameters can be found within the System Parameters section www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Setting Group Switch Via PowerPort E If PowerPort E is not running please start the application If the device data have not been loaded click Receive Data From The Device in the Device menu Double click the Protection Para icon in the navigation tree Double click the P Set Switch within the protection parameters To configure the Setting Group Switch respectively manually choose an active set The description of the parameters can be found within the System N 6 Parameters section www eaton com 239 02602004 ETR 4000 Copying Setting Groups Parameter Sets Via PowerPort E Setting groups can only be copied if there are no conflicts no red question It is not necessary to set up two setting groups that only differ in few parameters With the help of PowerPort E the User can simply copy an existing setting group to another not yet configured one The User only needs to change those parameters where the two setting groups are different To efficiently establish a second parameter set where only few parameters are different proceed as follows If PowerPort E is not running please start
247. cking2 51Q 1 ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 51Q 1 Rvs Blo Module Input State Reverse Blocking 51Q 1 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 51Q 1 AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 51Q 1 AdaptSet3 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 51Q 1 AdaptSet4 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 51Q 2 Active Signal Active 51Q 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 51Q 2 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 51Q 2 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 51Q 2 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 51Q 2 IH2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 51Q 2 Pickup Signal Pickup 51Q 2 Trip Signal Trip 51Q 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51Q 2 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 51Q 2 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 51Q 2 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 51Q 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 51Q 2 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 51Q 2 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 51Q 2 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 51Q 2 ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 51Q 2 Rvs Blo I Module Input State Reverse Blocking 51Q 2 AdaptSet1 I Module Input State Adaptive Parame
248. cription Setting Range Default Menu Path t Max Block Select the amount of 0 00 300 00s 1 00s Protection Para time for the cold load Jens inrush If the Release Timer Delay has run CLPU out a Warm Load Signal will be issued lt The breaker is in the 0 01 1 00In 0 01In Protection Para OPEN Position if the lt n gt measured current is less than this CLPU parameter www eaton com 485 02602004 ETR 4000 States of the Inputs of the Cold Load Pickup Module Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking Global Prot Para CLPU ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para CLPU Rvs Blo l Module Input State Reverse Protection Para Blocking Global Prot Para CLPU Bkr Pos Detect I Module Input State Criterion by which the Breaker Switch Position is to be detected Protection Para Global Prot Para ICLPU Signals of the Cold Load Pickup Module States of the Outputs Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking enabled Signal Cold Load enabled detected Signal Cold Load detected I lt Signal No Load Current 486 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Commissioning of the Cold Load Pickup Module Object to be tested Testing the Cold L
249. d y oid eAnoejoo dnyold d y dnyoid je oid eAnoejoo dnyoid 5 pea ed uo jas eseud uoe3 no l s uo Buipuedep jj uo Bu jas oseud eAnoejes jas eseud uoe3 eAnoejes jj uo Buipuedep jas aseyd uoe3 N dnyoid eseud e o AA A OI I dnyoid e o joejoo dny d y e dnyoid d y ejes uo Buipuedep e jo dnyoid eAnoejes eseud JeuoB les jj uo Buipuedep jas uo e3 je1eue e oj peaj m uonoejoud pezuoujne diu eAnoe ue zo duy uoe3 je1eue e peaj m uonoejoud pezuoujne eAnoe ue duy uoe3 S 5 8 je1eue e oj peaj m uonoejoud pezuoujne eAnoe ue zo duy uoe3 e peel IA uono loid pezuouine ue jo uoe3 OI OI dnysoid tueN OI dnysoiqd tueN dmpiq eueN dmioid euieN dmyiord euieN dnxord eui
250. d instantaneous Reset Trip 120 t multiplier s t t multiplier 5 Pik Pickup 1x10 N 100 10 ae t s t multiplier 1 5 J 1 0 0 5 0 2 0 1 0 05 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 454 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 IEC Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t 80 multiplier s 0 multiplier s se 4 ickup ickup blo 100 10 t s t multiplier 1 0 1 1 5 1 0 005 01 02 0 01 0 01 0 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 455 02602004 ETR 4000 ANSI MINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t E tmultiplier s t Or 0 1140 t multiplier s 1x10 100 N N DL t multiplier 10 n 2 1 0 5 0 1
251. d Signal Trip Command 51P 3 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51P 4 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50X 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50X 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51X 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51X 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 5OR 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50R 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51R 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51R 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ZI 1 TripCmd Signal Zone Interlocking Trip Command ZI 2 TripCmd Signal Zone Interlocking Trip Command 49 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51Q 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51Q 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ExP 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ExP 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ExP 3 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ExP 4 TripCmd Signal Trip Command Sudden Press TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ext Oil Temp TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 3 TripCmd Signal Trip Command RTD TripCmd Signal Trip Command www eaton com 519 IM02602004E ETR 4000 These trips will start the BF module if all current functions have been selected as the trigger event Description No assignment 87 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87H TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87GD 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87GDH 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87GD 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87GDH 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Comma
252. ding Operation Temperature Minimum Value ar Statistics URTD Amb1 max Measured Value Ambient Operation Temperature Maximum Value iln Statistics URTD Amb1 avg Measured Value Ambient Operation Temperature Average Value Statistics URTD Amb1 min Measured Value Ambient Operation Temperature Minimum Value Statistics URTD Amb2 max Measured Value Ambient Operation Temperature Maximum Value Statistics URTD Amb2 avg Measured Value Ambient Operation Temperature Average Value Statistics URTD Amb2 min Measured Value Ambient Operation Temperature Minimum Value iar Statistics URTD Aux1 max Measured Value Auxiliary Operation Temperature Maximum Value 22 Statistics URTD Aux1 avg Measured Value Auxiliary Operation Temperature Average Value Statistics URTD 180 www eaton com ETR 4000 02602004 Value Description Menu Path Aux1 min Measured Value Auxiliary Operation Temperature Minimum Value Statistics URTD Aux2 max Measured Value Auxiliary Operation Temperature Maximum Value Statistics URTD Aux2 avg Measured Value Auxiliary Operation Temperature Average Value Statistics URTD Aux2 min Measured Value Auxiliary Operation Temperature Minimum Value Statistics URTD Aux3 max Measured Value Auxiliary Operation Temperature Maximum Value Statistics URTD Aux3 avg Measured Value Auxiliary Operation Temperature Average Val
253. downloaded recently click Receive Data From The Device in the Device menu Double click the Operation icon in the navigation tree Double click the Reset icon within the operation menu Double click the entry within the pop up that is to be reset or deleted The description of the reset commands can be found within the N O TI CE corresponding modules 98 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Assignment List The AssiGNMENT List below summarizes all module outputs signals and inputs e g states of the assignments Name Description No assignment Prot Available Signal Protection is available Prot Active Signal Active Prot ExBlo Signal External Blocking Prot Pickup Phase A Signal General Pickup Phase A Prot Pickup Phase B Signal General Pickup Phase B Prot Pickup Phase C Signal General Pickup Phase C Prot Pickup IX or IR Signal General Pickup Ground Fault Prot Pickup Signal General Pickup Prot Trip Phase A Signal General Trip Phase A Prot Trip Phase B Signal General Trip Phase B Prot Trip Phase C Signal General Trip Phase C Prot Trip IX or IR Signal General Trip Ground Fault Prot Trip Signal General Trip Prot Res Fault a Mains No Signal Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults Prot ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking1 Prot ExBlo2 I Modul
254. due to the magnetizing current that is proportional to the primary current CT saturation and measuring circuit and quantization error can also cause inaccurate current measurements The CTS utilizes the Kirchhoff s current law to detect a CT failure and can differentiate the wiring errors from the measurement errors by adding biases to offset the measurement related errors The biases include two terms one of which is related to the static error that accounts for CT magnetizing characteristic differences and current measurement circuit calibration errors and other is the dynamic error that is proportional to the measured maximum current due to CT transformation characteristics The CTs are assumed to be used in the wye grounded winding sides Under normal conditions the mismatch between the calculated and the measured zero sequence current should be less than the bias value However if there is a CT wiring error such relationship will not hold true If the mismatch exceeds the bias for a specified time an alarm will be generated The operating principle can be expressed in terms of CT secondary currents as follow IL 1 IL2 IL 3 G 3 I o KI 10 gt 1 Kl is the ratio of the ground CT ratio over the phase CT ratio and it is automatically calculated from the rated system parameters Al The static error a minimum mismatch allowed between the calculated and measured zero sequence current Kd The dynamic error factor
255. e External Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 2 1 2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 2 1 IH2 Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Blo Phase A Signal Blocked Phase A Blo Phase B Signal Blocked Phase B Blo Phase C Signal Blocked Phase C Blo IG Signal Blocking of the Earth Protection Module 3 ph Blo Signal Inrush was detected in at least one phase trip command blocked 448 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Commissioning 2 Dependent on the configured 2 module blocking mode 1 Blo or 3 ph N O TI C E Blo the test procedure is different For mode 1 ph Blo the test has to be carried out first for each individual phase and then for all three phases together For mode 3 ph Blo the test is a three phase test Object to be tested Test of the IH2 module harmonic blocking Necessary means e Three phase current source with adjustable frequency and Three phase current source for the fundamental harmonic Procedure dependent on the configured blocking mode Feed the current to the secondary side with nominal frequency e Abruptly feed current to the secondary side with double nominal frequency The amplitude must exceed the pre set ratio threshold H2 IN e Ascertain that the signal IH2 is now generated
256. e LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 LED6 3 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 LED6 4 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 LED6 5 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 Acknow Sig 6 Module Input State Acknowledgment Signal only for automatic acknowledgment Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 LED7 1 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 LED7 2 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 LED7 3 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 www eaton com 171 02602004 ETR 4000 E Description Assignment Via LED7 4 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 LED7 5 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 Acknow Sig 7 Module Input State Acknowledgment Device Para 4 ED ILEDs group A ILED 7 172 www eaton com AT el ETR 4000 02602004 URTD Module Interface Principle General Use The optional Universal Resistance based Temperature Detector URTD Module provides temperature data to the protective device from up to 11 RTDs embedded in the motor generator transformer or cable connector and driven equipment see Eaton I L 173670 The temper
257. e and finally re transfer it to the device The User can either Load an existing parameter file from a device please refer to the Section Loading Device Data When Using PowerPort E Create a new parameter file see below or Open a locally saved parameter file backup In order to create a new device parameter file by way of a device template off line order to create a new off line parameter file select Create new parameter file within the File menu working window pops up Please make sure that you select the right device type with the correct version and configuration Finally click on Apply In order to save the device configuration select Save out of the File menu Within the Modify Device Configuration Typecode menu the User can modify the device configuration or simply find out the type code of the current selection If the User wants to transfer the parameter file into a device please refer to Section Restoring Device Data When using PowerPort E 80 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Measuring Values Read Out Measured Values In the Operation Measured Values menu both measured and calculated values can be viewed The measured values are ordered by Standard values and Special values depending on the type of device Read Out of Measured Values Via PowerPort E If PowerPort E is not running please start the application e If the
258. e calculated value 10 is higher than the pick up value Al an pickup event is generated after expiring of the excitation time In such a case a fuse failure a broken wire or a faulty measuring circuit can be assumed 0 10 1 00In 0 50In Protection Para lt n gt Supervision CTS 1 Pickup delay Pickup delay 0 1 9999 0s 1 0s Protection Para lt n gt Supervision CTS 1 536 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Kd Dynamic correction 0 00 0 99 0 00 Protection Para factor for the jens evaluation of the n difference between Supervision calculated and CTS 1 measured ground current This correction factor allows transformer faults caused by higher currents to be compensated www eaton com 537 02602004 ETR 4000 Current Transformer Supervision Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking Global Prot Para Supervision CTS 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Piockinge Global Prot Para Supervision CTS 1 Current Transformer Supervision Signals Outputs States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Pickup Signal Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit Supervision
259. e Device ETR 4000 Protective Relay Pin Assignment for Device ETR 4000 R1 560 0 2 120 0 g z N O E The Modbus connection cable must be shielded The shielding has to be fixed at the screw that is marked with the ground symbol at the rear side of the device The communication is Half Duplex www eaton com 41 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Wiring Example Device in the Middle of the Bus Protective Relay 5V Rt no RI R1 560 0 R2 120 0 Wiring Example Device at the End of the BUS Using the Integrated Terminal Resistor Protective Relay R1 560 0 2 120 0 42 www eaton com E T N Shielding Options 2 wire shield E D gt r 5 2 om d x L O Uy s JUUUUUTs 123 4 5 6 Shield at bus master side connected to earth termination resistors used 4000 Shielding Options 3 wire shield x TR P B TR N Commoi Shield 22nF internal S Shield at bus master side connected to earth termination resistors used
260. e Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 87H Active Signal Active 87H ExBlo Signal External Blocking 87H Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 87H ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 87H Alarm A Signal Pickup System Phase A 87H Alarm B Signal Pickup System Phase B 87H Alarm C Signal Pickup System C 87H Pickup Signal Pickup 87H Trip A Signal Trip System Phase A 87H Trip B Signal Trip System Phase B 87H Trip C Signal Trip System Phase C 87H Trip Signal Trip 87H TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87H ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking1 87H ExBlo2 l Module Input State External Blocking2 87H ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command www eaton com 101 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Name Description 87GD 1 Active Signal Active 87GD 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 87GD 1 Blo Tripcmd Signal Trip Command blocked 87GD 1 ExBlo Tripcmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 87GD 1 Pickup Signal Pickup 87GD 1 Trip Signal Trip 87GD 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87GD 1 ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking1 87GD 1 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 87GD 1 ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 87GDH 1 Active Signal Active
261. e Input State External Blocking2 Bkr 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command Bkr 1 Ack TripCmd Signal Acknowledge Trip Command Bkr 1 Ready Signal Breaker is ready for operation Bkr 1 Manual OPEN Signal Breaker was switched off manually Bkr 1 Manual CLOSE Signal Breaker was switched on manually Bkr 1 Pos OPEN Signal Breaker is in OPEN Position Bkr 1 Pos CLOSE Signal Breaker is in CLOSE Position Bkr 1 Pos Indeterm Signal Breaker is in Indeterminate Position Bkr 1 Pos Disturb Signal Breaker Disturbed Undefined Breaker Position The Position Indicators contradict themselves After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true Bkr 1 Acknow Sig l Module Input State Acknowledgment Signal only for automatic acknowledgment Module input signal Bkr 1 CinBkr 52a I Position indicator check back signal of the Bkr 52a Module Input State Position indicator check back signal of the Bkr 52b Bkr 1 CinBkr 52b I Bkr 1 Manual CLOSE I Module Input State Breaker was switched on manually Bkr 1 Manual OPEN I Module Input State Breaker was switched off OPEN manually Bkr 1 Ready Module Input State Breaker Ready Bkr 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command Bkr 2 Ack TripCmd Signal Acknowledge Trip Command Bkr 2 Ready Signal Breaker is ready for operation www eaton com 99 IM02602004E ETR 4
262. e connections 8 16 207 2 7 76 197 2 7 17 B HOLES FOR 182 0 PROJECTION PANEL MOUNT 152 4 HOLES FOR STANDARD B PANEL MOUNT 1 TB A Y i v A CUTOUT 4 88 124 0 742 B l 2 6 630 180 0 160 0 6 64 168 6 n 1 A 7 N Y 4B _ A T P B y 9 19 6x B19 24 8 24 8 Door Cut out A WARNING The housing must be carefully grounded Connect a ground cable AWG 12 10 4 to 6 mm 115 In Ib 1 7 Nm to the housing using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol at the rear side of the device The power supply card needs a separate ground connection AWG 14 2 5 mm 5 7 In Ib 0 56 0 79 Nm at terminal X1 DO NOT over tighten the mounting nuts of the relay 0 164 x 32 Check the torque by means of a torque wrench 15 Ib in 1 7 Nm Over tightening the mounting nuts could cause personal injury or damage the relay www eaton com 33 02602004 ETR 4000 Assembly Groups In line with the customers requirement the devices are combined ina modular way in compliance with the order code In each of the slots an assembly group may be integrated In the following diagram the terminal assignment of the individual assembly groups are shown The exact installation placement of the individual modules can be determined from the connection dia
263. e of the assigned Global Prot signal becomes true Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger36 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned IGlobal Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger37 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger38 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger39 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned IGlobal Prot signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger40 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true Global Prot Para Bkr Manager IBkr 1 272 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 Breaker Manager Input States 1 02602004 signal of the Bkr 520 Name Description Assignment Via Acknow Sig l Module Input State Acknowledgment Signal only Protection Para 2 acknowledgment Module input Global Prot Para Bkr Manager Bkr 1 CinBkr 52a Position indicator check back signal of the Bkr Protection Para aaa Global Prot Para Bkr Manager Bkr 1 CinBkr 52b I Module Input State Position indicator check back Pro
264. e relay output and respectively the relay output contact will adopt the state of those pickups that were assigned Latched active If the latching function is active the state of the relay output and respectively the relay output contact that was set by the pickups will be stored they have a memory that needs to be reset The relay output contact can only be acknowledged after reset of those signals that had initiated the setting of the relay and after expiration of the t OFF delay e At signal changes the minimal latching time t OFF delay ensures that the relay will be maintained as picked up or released for at least this period If the relay output contacts are configured as Latchedzactive they will CAUTION keep return to their position even if there is a power outage within the power supply of the protective device If the relay output contacts are configured as Latchedzactive they will also retain their position even if they are reprogrammed in another way This also applies if the relay output contacts are set to Latched is set to inactive Resetting a relay output contact that has latched a signal will always require an acknowledgement The System OK Relay watchdog cannot be configured NOTICE www eaton com 131 02602004 ETR 4000 Teh Acknowledgment Options Relay output contacts can be acknowledged Via the push button C at the operating p
265. e to double or multiple LED assignment of colors and flashing codes If LEDs are configured as Latchedzactive they will keep return to their blink code and color even if there is a power outage within the power supply of the protective device If the LEDs are configured as Latchedzactive they will also retain their blink code and color even if the LEDs are reprogrammed in another way This also applies if the LEDs are set to Latched inactive Resetting a LED that has latched a signal will always require an acknowledgement This chapter contains information on the LEDs that are placed on the left N O C E hand side of the display Group A If your device is also equipped with LEDs on the right hand side of the display Group B the analog information in this chapter is valid The only difference between Group A and Group B is within the menu paths Via the INFO push button it is always possible to display the current pickups and alarm texts that are assigned to an LED Please refer to the Navigation section for a description of the INFO push button functionality Set the following parameters for each LED Latching self holding function If Latching is set to Active the state that is set by the pickups will be stored until it is reset If Latching is set to Inactive the LED always adopts the state of those pickups that were assigned Acknowledgement Signal that wi
266. e when switching off from the rated load condition These time constants may be found in the data sheet of the transformer or may be derived from test reports The tripping time is determined by the tripping time characteristic according to the thermal model The alarm threshold is defined as a percentage of the thermal tripping limit I Ip t t warm In Legend t Tripping delay t warm Warming up time constant t cool Cooling time constant lb Base Current Maximum permissible thermal continuous current K Overload Factor The maximum thermal limit is defined as k IB the product of the overload factor and the basic current Measured current x In lp Preload Current www eaton com 433 02602004 ETR 4000 Tripping characteristic with initial load Characteristic with complete memory function the heating caused by the current before the overload happens is taken into account for the thermal replica of the electrical equipment to be protected Thermal Cap Used K Ib 10096 Thermal Cap K Ib 6796 434 www eaton com ETR 4000 IM02602004E The curves below are valid for 0 and K 1 Thermal Overload Characteristic Example IEC Trip Characteristic for Overload Protection
267. eN VI OI ewe VI 19 www eaton com 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Terms Abbreviations and Acronyms The following terms abbreviations and acronyms are used in this manual Please refer to this section for their meanings definitions A Ampere s Amp s AC Alternating current A D Analog to digital Ack Acknowledge AMP Ampere s Amp s AND Logical gate The output becomes true if all Input signals are true ANG Angle ANSI American National Standards Institute AR Automatic reclosure AUX Auxiliary AVG avg Average AWG American wire gauge BF Breaker failure BFI Breaker failure initiate BKR bkr Breaker Blo Blocking s Degrees Celsius calc Calculated CB Circuit breaker CD Compact disk Char Curve shape CHK Check CHNL Channel Cmd Command CMND Command CMN Common input COM Common input Comm Communication COMP Compensated comparison CONN Connection CONT Continuous contact CPU Central processing unit Cr Counter s CRT CRNT Current CSA Canadian Standards Association CT Control transformer Ctrl Control CTS Current transformer supervision d Day D A Digital to analog D Sub Plug Communication interface DC dc Direct current DEFT Definite time characteristic Tripping time does not depend on the height of the current DFLT Default DGNST Diagnostics DI Digital Input Diagn Diagnosis Di
268. ection Para lt gt Prot 51X 1 Rvs Blo Fc Activate allow or inactivate disallow reverse blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules element are blocked that are parameterized Rvs Blo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt gt Prot 51X 1 Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module element Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt Prot 51X 1 www eaton com 379 02602004 4000 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Actie fne module element This Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is 51X 1 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Criterion Measuring method Fundamental True RMS Protection Para fundamental or rms True RMS jens l Prot 151X 1 Pickup If the pickup value is 0 01 20 00In 0 5In Protection Para exceeded the fans module element will be started Prot 51X 1 Curve Shape Characteri
269. ection Parameters of the Thermal Overload Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side W1 W1 Protection Para W2 Global Prot Para Prot 49 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Prot mata allowed within a Prot parameter set and if 4 the state of the 149 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Prot parameter set and if 149 the state of the assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the Trip Command of the module the element if blocking is activated allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Global Prot Para 149 438 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Setting Group Parameters of the Thermal Overload Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of Activ ns module element Cuye l Prot 149 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Active fen module element This Prot parameter is only effective if a signa
270. ed then the application recognizes a conflict in case voltage measuring is configured as Phase to Phase VTcon Phase to Phase The calculation of the residual voltage is physically not possible by means of phase to phase voltages Additional parameters can be changed if required In order to transfer changed parameters into the device please select Transfer all parameters into the device in the Device menu Confirm the safety inquiry Shall The Parameters Be Overwritten Enter the password for setting parameters in the pop up window Confirm the inquiry Shall The Data Be Saved Locally with Yes recommended Select a suitable storing location on your hard disk Confirm the selected storage location by clicking Save The changed parameter data is now saved in the data file chosen Thereafter the changed data is transferred to the device and adopted 236 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 O T I C E Once the User has entered the parameter setting password PowerPort E will not ask the User again for the password for at least 10 minutes This time interval will start again each time parameters are transmitted into the device If for more than 10 minutes no parameters are transmitted into the device PowerPort E will again ask for the password when the User tries to transmit parameters into the device www eaton com 237 1 02602004 4000 Protection Parame
271. ed counter clockwise when transferring from winding 1 to winding 2 applies for ABC phase sequence The three phase symmetrical system 12 is rotated clockwise when transferring from winding 1 to winding 2 applies for ABC phase sequence The connection of the transformer to a negative rotating system ACB is taken into account according to the parameter The transformation of the zero sequence system 10 depends on the connection of the windings Only Y Z 2 connections provide for an externally available neutral point Only when this neutral point is connected to ground and at least another ground connection is available on the grid to which the winding is connected a zero sequence respectively ground current can flow and Only when both windings of the transformer allow for ground current flowing the zero sequence current can be transformed from one side of the transformer to the other without any phase shift Odd connection groups are created by Dy Yd Yz Zy schemes Even connection groups are created by Yy Zd Dz Dd The primary values of winding 1 are reference values when displaying or evaluating relative values This primary voltage level is adapted using an on load tap changer Tap Changer The tap changer changes the transformer voltage ratio K rap _ TrV WI 14 TapChanger 100 TrV W2 Default example 14 4 kV Principally the following calculations need to be
272. ed for tripping and alarming based the thermal model using the maximum phase current transformer only from either winding 1 or winding 2 based on the User s choice This thermal overload protection function applies to transformers ONLY The thermal model with preload current taken into account is in compliance with IEC255 8 VDE 435 T301 The thermal tripping limit is determined by the so called overload factor K multiplying the maximum permissible continuous phase current Ib Ib is also referred to as the base current or rated current which can be found from the transformer or other equipment to be protected name plate The overload factor K must be determined based on the transformer type and its cooling method or other equipment to be protected The transformer with natural cooling may have less tolerance on overload while other types of transformer with forced cooling oil or air may be allowed to run under substantial overload for a relatively long time The warming and cooling process of the thermal replica is dictated by the warming cooling constants t warm t cool t warm is the time in which the temperature of the operating equipment to be protected has reached 63 of the stationary operating temperature under rated load current after switching on t cool is the time in which the temperature of the operating equipment to be protected has dropped 63 of the stationary operating temperatur
273. edged if the state of the Ex Acknowledge assigned signal becomes true Scaling Display of the Per unit values Primary values Operation measured values es Primary values General Settings primary secondary y 9 or per unit values Secondary values Maint Mode Activation Mode of Inactive Activation via DI Service the Arc Flash Reduction Switching Activation Manually Maint Mode into another mode is Activation via Comm only possible when ut no Activation Signal is Activation DI active pending Maint Mode Activated Activation Signal for DI Slot X1 DI 7 Service by the Arc Flash Reduction DI Slot X1 DI 1 Maint Mode Maintenance Switch DI Slot X1 DI 2 Only available if DI Slot X1 DI 3 Maint Mode Activated DI Slot X1 DI 4 by Activation via DI DI Slot X1 DI 5 DI Slot X1 DI 6 DI Slot X1 DI 7 DI Slot X1 DI 8 552 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 System Module Input States Name Description Assignment Via Ack LED I Module Input State LEDs Device Para Acknowledgment by Digital Input Ex Acknowledge Ack RO I Module Input State Acknowledgment Device Para of the Relay Outputs Ex Acknowledge Ack 1 Module Input State Acknowledge Device Para Communication via Digital Input The Ex Ack led replica that Communication has x Acknowledge received from the device is to be reset PS1 l State of the module i
274. eginning with energization which should be set according to the time duration expected for inrush 2 currents For example this can vary from around 1 second up to nearly 30 seconds for special applications like auto transformer banks The stationary harmonic restraining will take place after t Trans for time as long as one of the stationary harmonic triggers is active Temporarily Restraining by CT saturation monitoring Beside the harmonic temporary restraining triggers the protective device offers another trigger function the Transients Monitor Gradient Monitor This monitor supervises the current transformer saturation This monitor will be triggered by the behavior of the phase currents their slopes normalized derivative The normalized derivative is defined as T 1 di w l ak dt where Tou is the peak value within a half cycle and o is the system frequency For a pure sinusoidal waveform the normalized derivative should be equal to 1 Under CT saturation m will be greater than 1 The setting CT Satur Sensitvn should be set properly to effectively identify CT saturation but not to generate a nuisance trigger When the CT saturation monitor is active it will trigger the temporary restraining if m exceeds an internal threshold The temporary restraining whenever effective will essentially add a constant d Hm to the fundamental restraining Graphically the static tripping curve is temporarily raised by b
275. em Para 1 XCT sec This parameter defines the secondary nominal current of the connected ground current transformer If the ground current is done via the Residual connection the primary value of the phase current transformer must be entered here 5A System Para AW1 244 www eaton com E T N XCT dir Ground fault protection with directional feature depends also on the correct wiring of the ground current transformer A wrong polarity wiring can be corrected by means of the settings 0 or 180 The operator has the possibility of turning the current vector by 180 change of sign without modification of the wiring This means that in terms of figures the determined current indicator was turned by 180 by the device ETR 4000 0 180 1 02602004 System Para IW1 www eaton com 245 IM02602004E ETR 4000 T eM A Statistics of the System Parameters Value Description Menu Path max Measured Value Calculated Operation Restraint Current Phase A Maximum Statisti Value ausies 187 IrB max Measured Value Calculated Operation Restraint Current Phase B Maximum Statisti Value ausus 187 max Measured Value Calculated Operation Restraint Current Phase C Maximum Statisti Value atistics 87 IdA max Measured Value Calculated Operation Differ
276. ence Ty len Ip and are uncompensated Sec secondary winding phase current phasors CT Mismatch N O TI C E None of the Amplitudes Matching factors must exceed a value of 10 CT 1 Pri CT 1 Pri lt 10 lt 10 CT by In addition the second largest amplitudes matching factor must be greater than 0 5 The ratio between the maximum and second largest must not exceed a value of 3 280 www eaton com E T N Phase Compensation ABC Phase System ETR 4000 1 02602004 Note that the phase shift n is specified as a multiple of 30 A positive means the secondary is lagging the primary side The User must carefully select the right number based on the winding connections The following table lists the typical transformer connection types and their corresponding phase shifts for ABC phase sequence Vector Phase Group Shift Transformer Connection Type Winding 1 Connection Winding 2 Connection A a k pu pu C b A a 4 Dd0 0 0 C B C b A a 020 B 9 pu Yd1 q b 1 30 A a 4 lt i Dy1 www eaton com 281 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Yz1 pu C b A E dl Y C B b A 4 C B b D Dz2 C B b A Yd3 pu gt b A 3 90 Dy3 a C B b A Yz3 pu B 282 www eaton co
277. ent Via Start1 l State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Disturb rec Start2 State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Disturb rec Start3 State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Disturb rec Start4 State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Disturb rec Start5 State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Disturb rec Start6 l State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Disturb rec Start7 l State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Disturb rec Start8 State of the module input Trigger Device Para event start recording if Recorders Disturb rec Disturbance Recorder Module Signals Name Description Recording Signal Recording Write err Signal Writing Error in Memory Memory full Signal Memory Full Clear fail Signal Clear Failure in Memory Reset all rec Signal All records deleted Reset record Signal Delete Record Man Trigger Signal Manual Trigger www eaton com 205 02602004 ETR 4000 Special Parameters of the Disturbance Recorder Value Description Default Size Menu Path Rec state Recording state Ready Ready Operation Recording Status display Writing file
278. ent a faulty activation of the BF Module the pickup alarm N O TI C 5 time must be greater than the sum of close open time of the breaker please refer to the technical data of the manufacturer of the breaker The tripping delay of the device please refer to the Technical Data section The security margin and The operating time Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of Activ Jens module element cive n Supervision IBF 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Active ae module element This Supervision parameter is only effective if a signal is BF 1 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active I BF gt Current level that 0 00 0 10In 0 00In Protection Para needs to exist after jens Trip Command has n been given Supervision IBF 1 t BF If the delay time is 0 00 10 00s 0 20s Protection Para expired an BF alarm lt gt is given out Supervision IBF 1 www eaton com 517 02602004 ETR 4000 BF Module Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Protection Pa
279. ential Current Phase A Statisti Maximum Value 187 IdB max Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase B Statisti Maximum Value 187 IdC max Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase C Statisti Maximum Value PIS 187 IrG W1 max Measured Value Calculated Operation Ground Restraint Current Winding 1 Statisti Maximum Value 18760 W1 W1 max Measured Value Calculated Operation Ground Differential Current Winding Statisti 1 Maximum Value pes 87GD W1 IrG W2 max Measured Value Calculated Operation Ground Restraint Current Winding 2 Statisti Maximum Value ena 87GD W2 W2 max Measured Value Calculated Operation Ground Differential Current Winding Statisti 2 Maximum Value ausucs 87GD W2 246 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Blockings The device provides a function for temporary blocking of the complete protection functionality or of single protections Make absolutely sure that no illogical or even life threatening blockings are allocated Make sure not to carelessly deactivate protection functions that have to be available according to the protection concept Permanent Blocking Switching On or Off the Complete Protection Functionality In the Protection module the complete protection of the device can be switched On or Off Set the Function parameter to Active or Inactive in the Pro
280. ents if they are available within the device like Auto Reclosure AR e g as a trigger signal Determine whether the Open command is latched Determine the minimum hold time of the tripping command and Determine which trip decisions of protection modules should be issued to the breaker The command for tripping can come from each of the protection modules but the actual tripping command to the breaker is only given by the Bkr module Therefore the User can assign up to 40 trip decisions Those will be issued to the breaker by an logic www eaton com 263 4000 1 02602004 lt 49 lt q 4 1 puiodu Jg 18 1u uuuBissv u INH eBpejwouxoy Or annoy L IS p uole1 ig FE d L mme L pwdu euewN 6 L Z19661 L X wey 6 L JexeeJq ue eq ueo pezuouine Sapoe ue Jo uoe3z Dg du Dig www eaton com 264 1 02602004 4000
281. ermissible deviations tolerances can be found under Technical Data 354 www eaton com 4000 02602004 50X DEFT Measured Ground Fault Protection Module ANSI 50X Elements 50 1 50X 2 If you are using inrush blockings the tripping delay of the ground current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings All ground current elements are identically structured 8 2 For each element the following characteristics are available e DEFT definite time Explanation t Tripping delay IX Fault current Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded the module element starts to time out to trip The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents but this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye connected www eaton com 355 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E DEFT 100 0 1 0 01 Pickup 356 www eaton com 1 02602004 L Jo jou 7 7 eun Aq eq 19592 pue Burdduy Susjouieied uo poseg suog Z IT duj euieN ETR 4
282. ernal pickups external trips and external blockings are correctly recognized and processed by the device 494 www eaton com 4000 02602004 Ext Temp Superv Protection Module External Temperature Supervision Elements Ext Temp Superv 1 Ext Temp Superv 2 Ext Temp Superv 3 All elements of the external protection Ext Temp Superv are identicall N O TI CE structured Y By using the Ext Temp Superv module the following can be incorporated into the device function trip commands alarms pickups and blockages of digital external temperature protection Since the Ext Temp Superv module is functionally identical to the Ext Protection module it is the User s responsibility to select the proper assignments for the settings Alarm Pickup and Trip for reflecting the purpose of this module www eaton com 495 4000 1 02602004 paypoq Jo jou Buddy lt N 6 L puiodul u dwa x3 5 s6unpolg du ajay esea d due 1x3 e ysr tu duj awen AME v uuelv Luedns 1x3 157 JuowuBissy UJe v9ueN uueg du ou pue jou s uawa
283. erting 4 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 Assignment 5 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A Device Para LEDs when it picks up LEDs group A LED 1 Inverting 5 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 Latched Defines whether the Inactive Inactive Device Para LED will be latched Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 www eaton com 157 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Ack signal Acknowledgment 1 n Assignment List Device Para signal for the LED If latching is set to LEDs active the LED can LEDs group A only be 2 acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present Only available if Latched Active LED Active Color The LED lights up Green LEDs group A Red Device Para this color if the state Red flash LEDs prine OR LEDs group B Red assignment of the Red flash group 5 LEDs group A Green flash ILED 2 LED Inactive Color The LED lights up Green LEDs group A Device Para EC he siai Red LEDs group B Green LEDs assignment of the Red flash LEDs group A Green flash ILED 2 Assignment 1 Assignment 1 n Assignment List
284. es elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Rvs Blo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow reverse blocking of Active the module element SOTF This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules element are blocked that are parameterized Rvs Blo Fc active I lt The breaker is in the 0 01 1 00In 0 01In Protection Para OPEN Position if the measured current is less than this ISOTF parameter lt n gt t enable While this timer is 0 10 10 00s 2s Protection Para running and while the module is not blocked the Switch SOTF Onto Fault Module is effective SOTF is armed lt n gt www eaton com 477 02602004 ETR 4000 Switch Onto Fault Module Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Protection Para Mocking Global Prot Para ISOTF ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Blood Global Prot Para ISOTF Rvs Blo l Module Input State Reverse Protection Para Blocking Global Prot Para ISOTF Manual CLOSE I Module Input State Breaker was switched on manually Protection Para Global Prot Para ISOTF Bkr Pos Detect I Module Input State Criterion by which the Breaker Switch Position is to be detected P
285. essary programmable LEDs can be activated By properly configuring some or all 14 LEDs user will be able to view the relay overall operation and some critical information immediately and intuitively without digging into any menu www eaton com IM02602004E 55 02602004 ETR 4000 Item Graphic Name Description 5 Softkeys The function of the SOFTKEYS changes Their active functions appear on the bottom line of the display Possible functions are Navigation Parameter decrement increment Scrolling up down a menu page Moving to a digit and Change into the parameter setting mode Wrench Symbol 56 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 Item Graphic Name Description 6 INFO Key Looking through the present Signals Message 5 LED assignment The Direct Select key can be activated at any time If the INFO key is actuated again the User will leave the LED menu Here only the first assignments of the LEDs will be shown Every three seconds the SOFTKEYs will be shown flashing Displaying the Multiple Assignments If the INFO key is pressed only the first assignments of any LED is shown Every three seconds the SOFTKEYs will be shown flashing If there is more than one signal assigned to an LED indicated by three dots the User can check the state of the multiple assignments by proceeding as follows
286. estraint Current Phase A Measured Values 187 IrB Measured Value Calculated Operation Restraint Current Phase B Measured Values 187 IrC Measured Value Calculated Operation Restraint Current Phase C Measured Values 187 www eaton com 89 02602004 ETR 4000 E Value Description Menu Path IdA Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase A Measured Values 87 IdB Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase B Measured Values 187 Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase C Measured Values 187 IrG W1 Measured Value Calculated Operation Ground Restraint Current Winding 1 Measured Values 87GD W1 W1 Measured Value Calculated Operation Ground Differential Current Winding 1 Measured Values 87GD W1 IrG W2 Measured Value Calculated Operation Ground Restraint Current Winding 2 Measured Values 18760 W2 W2 Measured Value Calculated Operation Ground Differential Current Winding 2 Measured Values 87GD W2 90 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Global Protection Parameters of the Statistics Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Start via Start statistics by Duration StartFct Device Para StartFct Statistics StartFct Update the displayed 1 n Assignment List Device Para statistics and start Stati
287. etected broken an alarm will be issued with a specified delay which must be greater than a period from the time when a trip contact is closed to the time when the breaker status is clearly recognized by the relay In Slot 1 has two digital inputs each of which has a separate root contact N O TI C E separation for the trip circuit supervision In this case the trip circuit supply voltage serves also as supply voltage for the digital inputs and so the supply voltage failure of a trip circuit can be detected directly In order to identify a conductor failure in the trip circuit on the supply line or in the trip coil the off coil has to be looped in to the supervision circuit The time delay is to be set in a way that switching actions cannot cause false trips in this module www eaton com 523 02602004 4000 One Breaker Application Examples Trip Circuit Monitoring for one Breaker Auxiliary Contacts 52a and 52b in trip circuit Relay Control Voltage Breaker 1 Bkr 1 Control Voltage 52a and 52b in Trip Circuit DI Threshold TCM Pickup 524 www eaton com A ETR 4000 1 02602004 E T N Trip Circuit Monitoring for One Breaker Auxiliary Contacts 52a Only in Trip Circuit Relay Control Voltage Breaker 1 Bkr 1 Control Voltage DC 52a x 52b DC 1 I 52a only Trip Circuit
288. eter setting mode the User cannot N O acknowledge N O TI C In case of a fault during parameter setting via the operating panel the User must first leave the parameter mode by pressing either push button C or OK before accessing the Acknowledgements menu via the push button 94 www eaton com T eM ETR 4000 02602004 Manual Acknowledgment Press the C button on the panel Select the item to be acknowledged via the Softkeys Relay Outputs LEDs SCADA A trip command or All the above mentioned items at once Press the Softkey with the Wrench Symbol Enter the password Manual Acknowledgment Via PowerPort E f PowerPort E is not running please start the application If device data have not been downloaded recently select Receive Data From The Device from the Device menu Double click on the Operation icon in the navigation tree e Double click on the Acknowledgment icon within the operation menu Double click the entry within the pop up that is to be acknowledged Press the Execute immediately button Enterthe password www eaton com 95 02602004 4000 Te External Acknowledgments Within the Ex Acknowledge menu the User can assign a signal e g the state of a digital input from the assignment list that Acknowledges all acknowledgeable LEDs at once Acknowledges all acknowledgeable
289. ether and MW6 terminals 17 18 and 19 should be separately wired together BUILT BY FEC TESTED BY GLK JINON GLY TVSYFAINN e 6998202 M38ANnN 21415 W1 A Transformer Winding 1 Phase A RTD Temperature AUX3 User Defined RTD Temperature W1 B Transformer Winding 1 Phase B RTD Temperature W1 C Transformer Winding 1 AUX2 User Defined RTD Phase C RTD Temperature Temperature W2 A Transformer Winding 2 AUX1 User Defined RTD Phase A RTD Temperature Temperature W2 B Transformer Winding 2 AMB2 Transformer Ambient Phase B RTD Temperature RTD Temperature 2 Transformer Ambient RTD Temperature 1 W2 C Transformer Winding 2 Phase C RTD Temperature dHHHHHBHBHEHHHHHB See the figure above for wiring of RTDs to the URTD inputs Use 18 AWG three conductor shielded cable Note the connection rules in the figure When making connections to a two lead RTD connect two of the cable conductors to one of the RTD leads as shown Make this connection as close to the transformer as possible Connect the third cable conductor to the remaining RTD lead Connect the shield and drain wire along with the one cable conductor to the middle of the three RTD input channel terminals as shown in the figure The RTD cable shield should be connected only at the URTD end and insulated at the RTD end The RTDs themselves must not be grounded at the objec
290. evice The adapters must support very high speed data transfer 68 www eaton com TM ETR 4000 02602004 Set up a Connection via Ethernet TCP IP Establishing a connection via TCP IP to the device is only possible if your device is equipped with an Ethernet Interface RJ45 Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection Part 1 Set the TCP IP Parameters at the panel Device Call up the menu Device parameter TCP IP at the HMI panel and set the following parameters TCP IP address Subnet mask Gateway Part 2 Setting the IP address within PowerPort E Call up the menu Settings Device Connection within PowerPort E Set radio button Network Connection Enter the IP Address of the device that should be connected PowerPort E TCP IP Device Example Parameter Setting and Evaluation via TCP IP www eaton com 69 02602004 4000 TM Or PowerPort E TCP IP TCP IP TCP IP Device Device Device Example Example Example Parameter Setting and Evaluation via TCP IP 70 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Set up Connection via Modbus Tunnel Establishing a connection via a Gateway TCP IP Modbus RTU to the device is only possible if your device is equipped with an Ethernet Interface RJ45 Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection Part 1 If you don t
291. evice Planning RTD10 Alarm Function Use Aux2 Trip Auxiliary Threshold 0 200 C 110 C Protection Para for Temperature Trip Only available if Device Planning Trip Function Use lt gt Temp Prot RTD RTD10 www eaton com 193 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Alarm Function Alarm Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD11 Trip Function Trip Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD11 Aux3 Alarm Auxiliary Threshold 0 200 C 105 C Protection Para for Temperature jens Alarm Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning IRTD Alarm Function RTD11 Use Aux3 t Delay Auxiliary If this time is 1 216000s 10s Protection Para expired a jen Temperature Alarm i will be generated Temp Prot Only available if IRTD Device Planning RTD11 Alarm Function Use Aux3 Trip Auxiliary Threshold 0 200 C 110 C Protection Para for Temperature Trip Only available if Device Planning Trip Function Use lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD11 194 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 RTD Temperature Protection Module Input States 1 02602004 Blocking of the Trip Command Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para Global
292. ferent one and the other or the other way round If the saturation is caused by an internal fault there will be no raising stabilizing of the tripping curve If the saturation is caused by an external fault the tripping curve will be raised by d H m gt _ Derivative Pure sinusoidal we CT satur Monit Default example active The recommended value of the CT saturation monitor is 80 CT Satur Sensitvn Default example 80 00 300 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Device Planning Parameters of the Phase Current Differential Protection Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use Global Protection Parameters of the Phase Current Differential Protection Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated allowed within Tdiff Prot parameter set and if the state of the 187 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated SD iat allowed within a Tdiff Prot parameter set and if the state of the 187 assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para or Gl
293. ft altitude applies a changed classification of the operating and test voltages may be necessary Degree of Protection EN 60529 HMI Front Panel with Seal Rear Side Terminals Insulation Test Acc to IEC60255 5 Aux Voltage Supply Digital Inputs Current Measuring Inputs Signal Relay Outputs Voltage Measuring Inputs All Wire Bound Communication Interfaces Housing B2 Height Width Housing Depth Incl Terminals Material Housing Material Front Panel Mounting Position Weight IP54 IP20 Routine Test All tests to be carried out against ground and other input and output circuits 2 5 kV eff 50 Hz 3 0 kV eff 50 Hz 1 5 kV DC Housing 6 881 173 mm 4 U 8 374 in 212 7 mm 42 HP 8 189 in 208 mm Aluminum extruded section Aluminium Foil front Horizontal 45 around the X axis must be permitted ETR 4000 housing B2 approx 9 259 Ib 4 2 kg www eaton com 567 1 02602004 4000 Teh Plug in Connector with Integrated Short Circuiter Nominal Current Continuous Loading Capacity Overcurrent Withstand Screws Connection Cross Sections 568 Conventional Current Inputs 1Aand5A 4 x In continuously 30 x In 10s 100 x In 15s 250 x In 10 ms 1 half wave M4 captive type acc to VDEW 2 x AWG 14 1 x or 2x 2 5 mm with wire end ferrule 2 x AWG 12 1 x or 2 x 4 0 mm with ring cable sleeve or cable sleeve 2 x AWG 10 1 x or 2x 6 mm
294. fter expiration all unsaved parameter changes will be rejected Direct Commands of the Panel Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Contrast Contrast 30 60 50 Device Para HMI Global Protection Parameters of the Panel Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path t max Edit If no other key s 15 20 3600s 180s Device Para pressed at the panel IHMI after expiration of this time all cached changed parameters are cancelled 198 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Module Disturbance Recorder Disturb rec The disturbance recorder works with 32 samples per cycle It can be started by one of eight start events selection from the Assignment list OR Logic The disturbance record contains the measuring values including the pre trigger time By means of PowerPort E Quality Manager option the oscillographic curves of the analog current voltage and digital channels traces can be shown and evaluated in a graphical form The disturbance recorder has a storage capacity of 120 s duration The amount of records depends on the file size of each record The disturbance recorder can be configured in the Device Parameter Recorder Disturb rec menu Determine the maximum recording time to register a disturbance event The maximum total length of a recording is 10 s including pre trigger and post trigger time To trigger
295. ger Bkr 1 Trigger20 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot signal becomes true Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger21 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned IGlobal Prot signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger22 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger23 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger24 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger25 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true Global Prot Para Bkr Manager IBkr 1 270 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 IM02602004E Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Trigger26 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger27 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Glo
296. ges ire epe E i eee a ade ce npa MERE RUD EEAO 566 TECHNICAL 567 Climatic Environmental ERAEN ANE TEE 567 Degree of Protection EN 60529 1 S ERR 567 IRIURE 567 www eaton com 9 02602004 4000 Teh pleri c EDT 567 Plug in Connector with Integrated Short Circuiter Conventional Current IMPUS 2 tote ex barrio bb Re X Rada RR uae ue ba dens 568 Mere xse E PH 569 569 BID AMET 569 Digtal MPU 570 Current and Ground Current 571 aep CEU 571 supervision Contact SC EP 571 Time Synchronization 572 5232 alas qu 572 FRSA etudes aed amet 572 ZONE 572 255 D 572 STANDARDS ERR EC M 573 Approvals
297. global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules element are blocked that are parameterized Rvs Blo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt gt Prot 50P 1 Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module element Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt gt Prot 50P 1 www eaton com 329 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti Jenis blocking of the pue module element This Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Criterion Measuring method Fundamental True RMS Protection Para fundamental or rms True RMS Jans 50P 1 Pickup If the pickup value is 0 01 40 00In 50P 1 2In Protection Para exceeded the module element 50 2 2 511 starts to time out to 50P 3 2 0In l Prot trip T 50P 4 2 5In 50P 1 Only available if Characteristic DEFT Or Characteristic INV t Tripping delay 0 00 300 00s 50P 1 Os Protection Para Only available if 50 2 0 255 os Characteristic 50P
298. gnal Parameter Set 4 PSS manual Signal Manual switch over of a Parameter Set PSS via Comm Signal Parameter Set Switch via Communication PSS via Inp fct Signal Parameter Set Switch via Input Function Min 1 param changed Signal At least one parameter has been changed Maint Mode Active Signal Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Active Maint Mode Inactive Signal Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Inactive Maint Mode Manually Signal Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Manual Mode Maint Mode Comm Signal Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Comm Mode Maint Mode DI Signal Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Digital Input Mode Param to be saved Number of parameters to be saved 0 means that all parameter changes are overtaken Ack LED Signal LEDs Acknowledgment Ack RO Signal Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs Ack Counter Signal Reset of all Counters Ack Comm Signal Acknowledge Communication Ack TripCmd Signal Reset Trip Command Ack LED HMI Signal LEDs Acknowledgment HMI Ack RO HMI Signal Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs HMI Ack Counter HMI Signal Reset of all Counters HMI Ack Comm HMI Signal Acknowledge Communication HMI Ack TripCmd HMI Signal Reset Trip Command HMI Ack LED Comm Signal LEDs Acknowledgment Communication Ack RO Comm Signal Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs Communication Ack Counter Comm Signal Rese
299. gnal Trip Command www eaton com 521 02602004 ETR 4000 TOM Commissioning Circuit Breaker Failure Protection ANSI 50BF N C time that is configured for the BF MUST NOT be below the breaker control time otherwise an unwanted operation of the BF is caused by any protective trip Object to Be Tested Test of the breaker failure protection Necessary Means Current source Current meter Timer N O TI C When testing the applied test current must always be higher than the tripping threshold BF If the test current falls below the threshold while the breaker is in the Off position no pickup will be generated Procedure Single Phase For testing the tripping time of the BF protection a test current has to be higher than the threshold value of one of the current protection modules that are assigned to trigger the BF protection The BF trip delay can be measured from the time when one of the triggering inputs becomes active to the time when the BF protection trip is asserted To avoid wiring errors checked to make sure the breaker in the upstream system switches off The time measured by the timer should be in line with the specified tolerances A WARNING Re connect the control cable to the breaker Successful Test Result The actual times measured comply with the setpoint times The circuit breaker in the higher level section switches off 522 www eaton com
300. gnals Active Digital Inputs DI Slot X1 Group 3 Debouncing Time 6 change of the state No Debouncing 20 ms Device Para of a digital input will Time IDioital Inputs only be recognized 20 ms 9 after the debouncing DI Slot X1 time has expired 50 ms IG 3 become effective roup 3 Thus wipers will not 100 ms be misinterpreted Inverting 7 Inverting the input Inactive Inactive Device Para signals Active Digital Inputs DI Slot X1 Group 3 Debouncing Time 7 change of the state No Debouncing 20 ms Device Para of a digital input will Time IDioital Inputs only be recognized 20m 9 after the debouncing gt DI Slot X1 time has expired 50 ms IG 3 become effective roup 3 Thus wipers will not 100 ms be misinterpreted Inverting 8 Inverting the input Inactive Inactive Device Para signals Active Digital Inputs DI Slot X1 Group 3 Debouncing Time 8 A change of the state No Debouncing 20 ms Device Para of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired become effective Thus wipers will not be misinterpreted 8 Time 20 ms 50 ms 100 ms Digital Inputs DI Slot X1 Group 3 www eaton com 129 02602004 ETR 4000 Digital Inputs Signals Outputs States Name Description DI 1 Signal Digital Input DI 2 Signal Digital Input DI 3 Signal Digital Input DI 4 Signal Digital Input DI 5 S
301. gram attached to the top of your device Housing Housing B2 Slot Slot2 Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6 Schematic Diagram A WARNING The housing must be carefully grounded Connect a ground cable AWG 12 10 4 to 6 mm 15 In Ib 1 7 Nm to the housing using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol at the rear side of the device The power supply card needs a separate ground connection AWG 14 2 5 mm 5 7 In Ib 0 56 0 79 Nm at terminal X1 34 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Grounding A WARNING The housing must be carefully grounded Connect a ground cable AWG 12 10 4 to 6 mm 15 In Ib 1 7 Nm to the housing using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol at the rear side of the device The power supply card needs a separate ground connection AWG 14 2 5 mm 5 7 In Ib 0 56 0 79 Nm at terminal X1 CAUTION The devices are very sensitive to electrostatic discharges www eaton com 35 02602004 ETR 4000 Power Supply and Digital Inputs A WARNING Make sure that the tightening torque is 5 7 In Ib 0 56 0 79 Nm This assembly group comprises Awide range power supply unit and Two non grouped digital inputs Six 6 digital inputs grouped Auxiliary Voltage Supply The auxiliary voltage inputs wide range power supply unit are non polarized The device can be powered with an AC or DC control voltage Digital Inputs For each
302. has been configured as calculated EVTcon calculated then the device recognizes a conflict in case voltage measuring is configured as Phase to Phase VTcon Phase to Phase The calculation of the residual voltage is physically not possible by means of phase to phase voltages Changing of Parameters When Using the PowerPort E Example Example Changing of a protective parameter to alter the characteristic for the overcurrent protection function I 1 in parameter set 1 If PowerPort E is not in operation please start the application If the device data have not been loaded select Data To Be Received From The Device in the Device menu Double click the Protection Para Icon in the navigation tree Double click the Protection Para Set Icon in the navigation tree Double click the Set 1 Icon in the navigation tree Double click the protection stage I 1 in the navigation tree In the working window a tabulated overview appears showing the parameters assigned to this protective function In this table double click the value parameter to be changed in this example Char Another window pop up is opened where the User can select the required characteristic Close this window by clicking the OK key www eaton com 235 02602004 4000 E Teh A star symbol in front of the changed parameters indicates that the alterations N O TI C E have only temporarily been sa
303. he Virtual Modem Call up the Control Panel Choose Hardware amp Sound Choose Phone amp Modem Options Go to the Modem tab Click on the correct in case there is more than one entry Connection cable between two computers Click on the Remove button www eaton com 1 02602004 75 1 02602004 4000 76 Loading of Device Data When Using PowerPort E Start the PowerPort E application Make sure the connection has been established properly Connect your PC with the device via a null modem cable Select Receiving Data From The Device in the Device menu www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Restoring Device Data When Using PowerPort E NOTICE By selecting the Transfer only modified parameters into the device button only modified parameters are transmitted into the device Parameter modifications are indicated by a red star symbol in front of the parameter The star symbol in the device tree window indicates that parameters in the opened file within PowerPort E differ from parameters stored on your local hard disk By selecting the Transfer only modified parameters into the device button the User can transmit all parameters that are marked by this symbol If a parameter file is saved on the local hard drive these parameters are no longer classified to be modified and cannot be transmitted via the Transfer only modif
304. he interruppting tripping currents exceeded IC Isum Intr trip Signal Maximum permissible Summation of the interruppting tripping currents exceeded in at least one phase Res TripCmdCr Signal Resetting of the Counter total number of trip commands Res Isum trip Signal Reset summation of the tripping currents Breaker Wear Counter Values Value Description Menu Path TripCmd Cr Counter Total number of trips of the Operation breaker load break ICount and RevData BWear 1 Breaker Wear Values Value Description Default Size Menu Path Isum trip IA Summation of the 0 0 65535A Operation Mu Count RevData BWear 1 Isum trip IB Summation of the 0A 0 65535A Operation tripping currents phase2 Count and RevData BWear 1 Isum trip IC Summation of the 0A 0 65535A Operation tripping currents phase3 Count and RevData BWear 1 276 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Direct Commands of the Breaker Wear Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Res TripCmdCr Resetting of the Inactive Inactive Operation Counter total number of trip commands Active fReset Res Isum trip Reset summation of Inactive Inactive Operation the tripping currents Active Reset www eaton com 277 02602004 ETR 4000 Differential Protection 87 Phase C
305. ics 187 IdBH5max Maximum Value IdBH5 Operation Statistics 187 IdCH5max Maximum Value IdCH5 Operation Statistics 187 www eaton com 309 02602004 4000 E LTN Unrestrained High set Differential Current Protection 87H Elements 87H Irrespective of the set static tripping characteristic and restraining factors d H m a pickup value for a max differential current 87H can be adjusted and results in undelayed tripping when exceeded This protection step is referred to as high set differential step 87H and only trips on faults within the protection zone Unrestrained High set Differential Protection Step 87H 87H Trip Range Id Ir2 High Set Differential Current Protection Unrestrained High phase Fault Pickup value of the differential current based on the rated current Operating Range di E ld min d 2 7 Irl 2 Ib Ir2 10 Ib Ir Ib 310 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Device Planning Parameters of the Unrestrained High set Differential Current Protection Module Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use Global Protection Parameters of the Unrestrained High set Differential Current Protection Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n
306. ied parameters into the device button In case the User has loaded and modified a parameter file from the device and saved it to the local hard drive without transferring the parameters into the device beforehand the User cannot use the Transfer only modified parameters into the device button In this case use the Transfer all parameters into the device button The Transfer only modified parameters into the device button only works if modified parameters are available in the PowerPort E In contrast all parameters of the device are transferred when the Transfer all parameters into the device button is pressed provided all device parameters are valid e n order to re transfer changed parameters into the device select Transfer all parameters into the device in the Device menu Confirm the safety inquiry Shall the parameters be overwritten into the device Enter the password for setting parameters in the pop up window Thereafter the changed data is transferred to the device and adopted e Confirm the inquiry Parameters successfully updated It is recommended to save the parameters into a local file on your hard drive Confirm Shall The Data Be Saved Locally with Yes recommended Select a suitable folder on the hard disk Confirm the chosen folder by clicking Save The changed parameter data are now saved in the chosen folder www eaton com 77 02602004
307. if CLPU Mode I lt www eaton com 483 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Set Parameters of the Cold Load Pickup Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module element Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt CLPU ExBlo Fc Activate allow or inactivate disallow blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt CLPU Rvs Blo Activate allow or inactivate disallow reverse blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules element are blocked that are parameterized Rvs Blo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt CLPU t Load Off Select the outage time required for a load to be considered cold If the Pickup Timer Delay has run out a Cold Load Signal will be issued 0 00 7200 00s 1 00s Protection Para lt n gt CLPU 484 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 1 02602004 Parameter Des
308. igger Start 7 Trigger Start 8 Trigger Man Trigger www eaton com 207 02602004 4000 Teh Read Out the Fault Recorder The measured values at the time of tripping are saved fail safe within the fault recorder If there is no more memory free the oldest record will be overwritten FIFO In order to read out a failure record 208 Call up the main menu Call up the sub menu Operation Recorders Fault rec Select a fault record and Analyze the corresponding measured values Read Out the Fault Recorder Via PowerPort E If PowerPort E is not running please start the application If the device data have not been loaded click Receive Data From The Device in the Device menu Double click the Operation icon in the navigation tree Double click the Fault Rec icon within the Operation Recorders tree In the window the fault recordings are shown in tabular form In order to receive more detailed information on a fault click the Plus Sign in front of the fault number www eaton com 4000 02602004 Via the print menu the User export the data into a file Please proceed N O as follows Call up the data as described above Call up the File Print menu Choose Print Actual Working Window within the pop up Press the Print button Press the Export to File button Enter a file name Choose a location where to
309. ignal Digital Input DI 6 Signal Digital Input DI 7 Signal Digital Input DI 8 Signal Digital Input 130 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Relay Output Contacts RO Slot X2 Slot X5 The states of the module outputs and the signals e g states of protective functions can be assigned to the relay output contacts The relay output contacts are dry type contacts A latched relay output contact will return to it s latched position after a loss of power to the protective device A latched relay output contact will keep it s position as long as it has not been reset and as long as the power supply feeds the protective relay In the case of a loss of power to the protective device the relays will return to the latched position once the power is restored to the protective device latched relay output contacts have a memory A latched state of a relay output contact always needs to be reset after a power loss even if the assignments are taken away if the assignments are reprogrammed Set the following parameters for each of the relay output contacts Up to seven 7 signals from the assignment list OR connected e Each of the assigned signals be inverted e collective state of the relay output contacts can be inverted Each relay output contact can be set as Latched Latched active or inactive Latched inactive If the latching function is inactive th
310. ignal Trip Command blocked 50R 1 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 50R 1 Pickup Signal Pickup IX or IR 50R 1 Trip Signal Trip 5OR 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50R 1 IGH2 Blo Signal Blocked by IH2 50R 1 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 50R 1 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 5OR 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 5OR 1 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 5OR 1 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 5O0R 1 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 5O0R 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Blocking2 50R 1 ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 110 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Description 5OR 1 Rvs Blo Module Input State Reverse Blocking 5OR 1 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 5OR 1 AdaptSet2 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 5OR 1 AdaptSet3 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 5OR 1 AdaptSet4 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 50R 2 Active Signal Active 50R 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 5OR 2 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 5OR 2 Blo Signal Trip Command blocked 50R 2 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 5OR 2 Pickup Signal Picku
311. ignal is true 446 www eaton com E T N Setting Group Parameters of the IH2 Module ETR 4000 1 02602004 inrush blocking is set to active 3 ph Blo If an inrush is detected in at least one phase all three phases of those modules where inrush blocking is set to active will be blocked cross blocking Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of Acti ns module element i Prot IH2 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Active n gt module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is 1211 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active IH2 IH1 Maximum permissible 10 4096 1596 Protection Para percentage of the 2nd oe harmonic over the fundamental Prot IH2 1 Block Mode 1 ph Blo If an inrush 1 ph Blo 1 ph Blo Protection Para is detected in one phase the 3 ph Blo lt n gt corresponding phase Prot of those modules will be blocked where 18211 Inrush Module IH2 States www eaton com 447 02602004 ETR 4000 E Te Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 I Module Input Stat
312. il Temp Active Signal Active Ext Oil Temp ExBlo Signal External Blocking Ext Oil Temp Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked Ext Oil Temp ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Ext Oil Temp Alarm Signal Alarm Ext Oil Temp Trip Signal Trip Ext Oil Temp TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ext Oil Temp ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking1 Ext Oil Temp ExBlo2 l Module Input State External Blocking2 Ext Oil Temp ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command Ext Oil Temp Alarm Module Input State Alarm Ext Temp Trip l Module Input State Trip Ext Temp Superv 1 Active Signal Active Ext Temp Superv 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking Ext Temp Superv 1 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked Ext Temp Superv 1 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 1 Alarm Signal Alarm Ext Temp Superv 1 Trip Signal Trip Ext Temp Superv 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 1 ExBlo1 Ext Temp Superv 1 ExBlo2 Ext Temp Superv 1 ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking1 Module Input State External Blocking2 Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command www eaton com 117 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Name Description Ext Temp Superv 1 Alarm Module Input State Alarm Ext Temp Superv 1
313. imes from the technical data specified in the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer Necessary means e Current source Current meters and Timer Procedures Testing the threshold values 3 x single phase and 1 x three phase For each test performed feed a current that is about 3 596 above the threshold value for activation tripping Then check the threshold values Testing the total tripping delay recommendation Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the breaker breaker tripping Testing the tripping delay measuring at the relay output contact Measure the tripping times at the relay output contact Testing the dropout ratio Reduce the current to 9796 below the trip value and check the dropout ratio Successful test result The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays threshold values and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list Permissible deviations tolerances can be found under Technical Data www eaton com 333 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh 51P INV Overcurrent Protection Module ANSI 51P Elements 51P 1 51P 2 51P 3 51 4 If you are using inrush blockings the tripping delay of the current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings All overcurrent protective elements are identically structured For each element the following
314. in Fund Minimum value unbalanced load Operation current Fundamental Statistics Currents W 1 IA H2 max Maximum ratio of 2nd harmonic over Operation fundamental of IA Statistics Currents W 1 IA H2 avg Average ratio of 2nd harmonic over Operation fundamental of IA Statistics Currents W 1 IA H2 min Minimum ratio of 2nd harmonic over Operation fundamental of IA IStatistics ICurrents W1 IB H2 max Maximum ratio of 2nd harmonic over Operation fundamental of Statistics Currents W 1 www eaton com 87 IM02602004E ETR 4000 T eM A IB H2 avg Average ratio of 2nd harmonic over Operation fundamental of IB er Statistics Currents W 1 IB H2 min Minimum ratio of 2nd harmonic over Operation fundamental of IB i Statistics Currents W1 IC H2 max Maximum ratio of 2nd harmonic over Operation fundamental of IC Statistics Currents W1 IC H2 avg Average ratio of 2nd harmonic over Operation fundamental of IC 2 Statistics Currents W1 IC H2 min Minimum ratio of 2nd harmonic over Operation fundamental minimum value of IC NM Statistics Currents W 1 IG H2 max Maximum ratio of 2nd harmonic over Operation fundamental of IG I Statistics Currents W 1 IG H2 avg Average ratio of 2nd harmonic over Operation fundamental of IG Statistics Currents W 1 IG H2 min Minimum ratio of 2nd harmonic over Operation fundamental of IG ae Statistics Currents W 1
315. ing characteristic Low voltage Meter Machine Milliampere s Milliamp s Magnitude Manual manually Maximum Measured Minimum Minute Moderately Inverse Tripping Characteristic Manufacturer Internal Product Designation Code Millimeter Memory mapping unit Minimum response time Milli second s Maximum torque angle www eaton com E T N MTR MV mVA MVA MVA MVA B MVAC MVAR MVAR A MVAR B MVAR C MVARH MW MW MW B MW C MWH N A n a N C NEG NINV Nm No N O NOM Nom NT OC O C O P Op OUT OV OVERFREQ OVLD P Para PC PCB PE PF PFA Ph POS PRESS PRI pri PROT Prot PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4 PSet PSS ETR 4000 Motor Medium voltage Milli volt amperes Power Mega volt ampere total 3 phase Mega volt ampere phase A Mega volt ampere phase B Mega volt ampere phase C Mega Var total 3 phase Mega Var phase A Mega Var phase B Mega Var phase C Mega Var Hour Megawatt s total 3 phase Megawatt s phase A Megawatt s phase B Megawatt s phase C Megawatt Hour s Neutral Not applicable Not connected Negative Normal inverse tripping characteristic Newton meter Number Normal open Contact Nominal Manufacturer internal product designation code Over Overcurrent Output Overvoltage Overfrequency Overload Phase Parameter Personal computer Printed circuit board Protected Earth Power factor tota
316. ing condition Allowed Settings Default example Y D Z YN ZN D W2 Winding Grounding This is the setting for the connection scheme of the winding 2 and its grounding condition Allowed Settings Default example d 2 yn zn yn The combination of W1 Winding Grounding and W2 Winding Grounding allows for all possible physical connection schemes of power transformers The N or n can be set whenever the neutral of the transformer is connected to ground and the grid on that side of the winding is grounded Phase Shift Phase shift in multiples of 0 11 30 degree that the secondary voltage lags the primary voltage Default example 1 30 degrees Please refer to the Phase Compensation section for a number of typical preferred transformer types www eaton com 293 IM02602004E ETR 4000 For 2 2 connections the neutral be connected to ground or not connected to ground In general there is a distinction between odd 1 3 5 11 and even 0 2 4 10 connection numbers Together with the connection scheme y d or z and the treatment of the neutral of the transformer the following characteristics can be defined for current transformation from one side of a transformer to the other described by means of symmetrical components 11 I2 10 and its representation by the protective device The three phase symmetrical system 11 is rotat
317. ing of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules element are blocked that are parameterized Rvs Blo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 51R 1 Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module element Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 51R 1 410 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti l ns blocking of the cuve module element This Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is 51R 1 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Criterion Measuring method Fundamental True RMS Protection Para fundamental or rms True RMS Prot 51R 1 Pickup If the pickup value is 0 01 20 00In 0 1In Protection Para exceeded the jens module element will be started Prot 51R 1 Curve Shape Characteristic IEC NINV ANSI MINV Protection Para IEC VINV lt n gt IEC EINV Prot IEC LINV 51R 1 ANSI MINV ANSI VINV ANSI EINV
318. input Trigger event start recording if 122 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Description Fault rec Start7 l State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Fault rec Start8 l State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Modbus Transmission Signal Communication Active Modbus Comm Cmd 1 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 2 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 3 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 4 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 5 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 6 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 7 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 8 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 9 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 10 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 11 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 12 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 13 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 14 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 15 Communication Command Modbus Comm Cmd 16 Communication Command IRIG B Active Signal Active IRIG B Inverted Signal IRIG B inverted IRIG B Control Signal1 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal2 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal4 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal5 Signal IRIG B Control Signal IRIG B Control Signal6 Signal IRIG
319. into a txt file N O When exporting data only the actual selected printing range will be exported into a txt file That means that if the User has chosen the Complete device parameter tree printing range then the Complete device parameter tree will be exported But if the User has chosen Actual working window printing range only that range of data will be exported This is the only method available to export data via PowerPort E N O If the User exports a txt file the content of this file is encoded as Unicode That means that if the User wants to edit this file the application must support Unicode encoded files e g Microsoft Office 2003 or higher www eaton com 79 02602004 ETR 4000 Off line Device Planning Via PowerPort E In order to be able to transmit a parameter file e g created off line into N 6 the device the following information must be located code written on the top of the device type label Version of the device model can be found in menu Device Parameters Wersion The PowerPort E application also enables the User to create a configuration parameter file off line using a Device Model The advantage of using a device model is that the User can pre configure a device by setting parameters in advance The User can also read the parameter file out of the device further process it off line e g from the offic
320. ion Connection Type A A B A a Yz11 b C B c Phase Compensation ACB Phase System The phase shift n for the ACB phase sequence should be 12 s complement to the corresponding transformer connection type For instance Dy5 for the ABC phase sequence will be Dy 12 5 for the ACB sequence Dy11 becomes Dy1 and so on www eaton com 287 02602004 ETR 4000 Zero Sequence Removal Zero sequence currents must be removed to prevent the phase differential protection from tripping on external ground faults The protective device does not require the zero sequence currents to be removed externally and they will be automatically removed internally if their neutrals are grounded based on the system parameters gt W1 Connection Grounding and W2 Connection Grounding Iw 10 Ip 2 Iy Retrofitting External Compensation By using the external removal approach the relay will not see the zero sequence current on which other functions such as residual over current functions ground differential function etc will be stopped For a retrofit project if the User has CTs externally connected in such a way that the zero sequence currents are automatically removed then the internal zero sequence currents compensation will not be needed However if the User prefers the external approach of zero sequence current removal the User must be aware that the protective device is a mul
321. ion of PowerPort E the application itself Refer to the Installation of PowerPort E earlier in this section 2 Installation of the Virtual Modem Call up the Control Panel Choose Hardware amp Sound Choose Phone amp Modem Options Go to the Modem tab Click on the Add button new window Install new modem pops Set the check box Don t detect my modem Choose l will select from list Click on the Next button Choose the correct COM Port Click on the Next button Select Computer cable between two computers Click on the Properties button Go to the General tab Click on the Change Settings button Go to the Modem tab Set within the Drop Down Menu the correct baud rate 115200 Click on the OK button 66 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Click the OK button again The User will now have to reboot the computer 3 Establishing a Network Connection Between PowerPort E and the Device Connect the device to the PC notebook via a correct null Modem Cable Run PowerPort E Call up Device Connection within the Device Connection menu Click on the Settings button wizard will pop up asking you How do you want to connect Choose Dial up The Telephone number must not be empty Please enter any number e g 1 Do not enter a User name and password Click on
322. ion without the need of an auxiliary transformer and other tools like CT tapping especially that known from non digital relays in the past This results in the fact that the relay automatically takes these numeric values into account CT ratio and its deviation from full load amperage at each winding of the transformer Transformer ratio with respect to amplitude and transformer vector group and Ratio change by tap changer displacement All this is internally compensated for by numeric means SN Nominal rated capacity of the transformer basis for calculating the full load amperage of the transformer Example 78 MVA TrV W1 Rated voltage of the transformer regarding winding 1 Example 118 kV TrV W2 Rated voltage of the transformer regarding winding 2 Example 14 4 kV By means of these three settings the following full load amperage Ib is calculated which is defined as the full load amperage for the maximum allowed apparent power of the transformer There is one full load amperage for each winding but differential protection results are always displayed in relation to Ib of the winding 1 Example _ 78000000 VA _ eee 381 V3 118000V Ib Full load current FLA related to the primary side 292 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Connection Groups W1 Winding Grounding This is the setting for the connection scheme of the winding 1 and its ground
323. iption Setting Range Default Menu Path W1 B t Delay Winding1 Phase B If 1 2160005 10s Protection Para this time is expired a lens Temperature Alarm will be generated Temp Prot Only available if IRTD Device Planning IRTD2 Alarm Function Use W1 B Trip Winding1 Phase B 0 200 C 110 C Protection Para Threshold for fen Temperature Trip Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning Trip IRTD Function Use RTD2 Alarm Function Resistance Inactive Active Protection Para Temperature Detector 3 Alarm Active rens Function Temp Prot RTD RTD3 Trip Function Resistance Inactive Active Protection Para Temperature Detector 3 Trip Active fene Function Temp Prot RTD RTD3 W1 C Alarm Winding1 Phase C 0 200 C 105 C Protection Para Threshold for fenis Temperature Alarm Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning IRTD Alarm Function RTD3 Use W1 C t Delay Winding1 Phase C If 1 2160005 10s Protection Para this time is expired a jen Temperature Alarm will be generated Temp Prot Only available if RTD Device Planning RTD3 Alarm Function Use W1 C Trip Winding1 Phase C 0 200 C 110 C Protection Para Threshold for jen Temperature Trip Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning Trip RTD Function Use IRTD3 188 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Alarm Function Alarm Fu
324. iring Diagrams www eaton com 15 4000 1 02602004 Symbols 3571 jag JojeuleJeg 00 gt IF T VI u y ueuu6isse oN ys 1u uuuBissv quawuBisse oN lt gt ys 1u uuuBissv annoy peyorey ig aba jndjno eu y speeoxe eufis eu jj uoisueduioo ay jjnseJ e se 51 enjeA jndjno y YIM e sasedwog e o pesedwod ji abu yndyno y ul euy speeoxe IeuBis J uoisueduioo Jo jjnse e se yw jes eui 9014 no uaap ue NNW 0 195 51 Y J 1 jndui y 151 eu wouy u uy senjeA jeroeds 3ndu ej npoyy jo 1ejeureJed pejoejes eq peuyep eid e 10 jsi 1 uy uMogdoignsrquonoejes
325. is only effective if a signal is 87GD 1 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active IdG min Constant minimum 0 05 1 0016 0 0516 Protection Para pickup current differential current n Tdiff Prot 87GD 1 316 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path IdG Ir0 Starting point of the 0 00 1 0016 0 1Ib Protection Para static tripping jens characteristic when Ir 0 Tdiff Prot 87 GD 1 IdG Ir1 Breaking point of the 0 2 2 01 0 21 Protection Para static tripping characteristic when Ir ia 2 Tdiff Prot 87GD 1 IdG Ir2 Value of the static 2 0 8 016 2 016 Protection tripping characteristic jap when Ir 10 x Ib Tdiff Prot 87GD 1 www eaton com 317 1 02602004 4000 Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module Input States Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para 819508197 Global Prot Para Tdiff Prot 87GD 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Piockinge Global Prot Para Tdiff Prot 87GD 1 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command IGlobal Prot Para Tdiff Prot 87GD 1 318 www eato
326. is only effective if the parameter Latched is set to active Only available if Latched Active Inverting Inverting of the Relay Inactive Inactive Device Para Huiput Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 Assignment 1 Assignment 1 n Assignment List RO Slot X2 Device Para Bkr 1 TripCmd Relay Outputs RO Slot X5 IRO Slot X2 RO 1 Inverting 1 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 Assignment 2 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 www eaton com 137 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Inverting 2 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para a Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 1 Assignment 3 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 Inverting 3 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para a ES Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 Assignment 4 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 Inverting 4 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 1 Assignment 5 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 1 Inverting 5 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para
327. ist Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 Inverting 5 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 Latched Defines whether the Inactive LEDs group A Active Device Para 8 Rd Active peni roup B LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 Ack signal Acknowledgment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs active the LED can LEDs group A only be 7 acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present Only available if Latched Active LED Active Color The LED lights up Green LEDs group A Red Device Para inis conr Red LEDs group B Green LEDs of the OR flash assignment of the Red flash ILEDs group A Green flash ILED 7 LED Inactive Color The LED lights up Green Device Para this color if the state of the OR Red LEDs assignment of the Red flash LEDs group A Green flash LED 7 Assignment 1 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group Device Para 87GD 2 Trip LEDs LEDs group B Sys Maint Mode EEDS Groupe Active LED 7 Inverting 1 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 166 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Assignment 2 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs gr
328. isturb rec menu the User can Detect the accumulated disturbance records Within the Operation Recorders Man Trigger menu the User can trigger N O TI C E the disturbance recorder manually Disturbance Recorder to be Read Out by PowerPort E If PowerPort E is not running please start the application e device data have not been loaded click Receive Data From The Device in the Device menu Double click the Operation icon in the navigation tree e Double click the Recorders icon the navigation tree e Double click the Disturb rec icon the window the disturbance records are shown in tabular form A pop up will be appear by a double click on a disturbance record Choose a folder where the disturbance record is to be saved e User can analyze the disturbance records by means of the optionally available Quality Manager by clicking on Yes when asked Shall the received disturbance record be opened by the Quality Manager www eaton com 201 02602004 4000 Te Deleting Disturbance Records Within the Operation Disturb rec menu the User can Delete disturbance records Choose the disturbance record that is to be deleted via SOFTKEY up and SOFTKEY down eCall up the detailed view of the disturbance record via SOFTKEY right Confirm by pressing SOFTKEY delete Enter the User password followed by pressing the OK key
329. ive Inactive Device Para Output Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 2 Assignment 1 Assignment 1 n Assignment List RO Slot X2 Device Para Bkr 2 TripCmd Relay Outputs RO Slot X5 RO Slot X2 RO 2 Inverting 1 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 2 www eaton com 139 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Assignment 2 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 2 Inverting 2 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para abs EE Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 2 Assignment 3 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 2 Inverting 3 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para o Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 2 Assignment 4 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 2 Inverting 4 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para uis Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 2 Assignment 5 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 2 Inverting 5 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para o Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 2 Assignment 6 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para
330. ive Protection Para s Trip Command Active fens module element Tdiff Prot 87H ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the rne module element This Tdiff Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is 87H assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Id gt gt High Set Differential 2 0 30 016 10 016 Protection Para Current Jens Protection Unrestrain ed High phase Fault Tdiff Prot Pickup value of the differential current 87H based on the rated current 312 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Unrestrained High set Differential Current Protection Module Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Tdiff Prot 87H ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Tdiff Prot 87H ExBlo Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command Global Prot Para Tdiff Prot 87H Signals of the Unrestrained High set Differential Current Protection Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip
331. ive Parameter 1 51R 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 51R 1 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 51R 1 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 www eaton com 111 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Name Description 51R 1 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 51R 1 ExBIo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 51R 1 ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 51R 1 Rvs Blo I Module Input State Reverse Blocking 51R 1 AdaptSet1 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 51R 1 AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 51R 1 AdaptSet3 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 51R 1 AdaptSet4 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 51R 2 Active Signal Active 51R 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 51R 2 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 51R 2 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 51R 2 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 51R 2 Pickup Signal Pickup IX or IR 51R 2 Trip Signal Trip 51R 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51R 2 IGH2 Blo Signal Blocked by IH2 51R 2 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 51R 2 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 51R 2 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 51R 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 51R 2 AdaptSet 4 Signal
332. ive or interuppted RTD Measurement RTD W1 B Trip Winding1 Phase B Signal Trip RTD W1 B Alarm Winding1 Phase B Alarm RTD Temperature Protection RTD W1 B Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase B Timeout Alarm RTD W1 B Invalid Winding1 Phase B Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement RTD W1 C Trip Winding1 Phase C Signal Trip RTD W1 C Alarm Winding1 Phase C Alarm RTD Temperature Protection RTD W1 C Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase C Timeout Alarm RTD W1 C Invalid Winding1 Phase C Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement RTD W2 A Trip Winding2 Phase A Signal Trip RTD W2 A Alarm Winding2 Phase A Alarm RTD Temperature Protection RTD W2 A Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase A Timeout Alarm RTD W2 A Invalid Winding2 Phase A Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement RTD W2 B Trip Winding2 Phase B Signal Trip RTD W2 B Alarm Winding2 Phase B Alarm RTD Temperature Protection RTD W2 B Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase B Timeout Alarm RTD W2 B Invalid Winding2 Phase B Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement RTD W2 C Trip Winding2 Phase C Signal Trip RTD W2 C Alarm Winding2 Phase C Alarm RTD
333. king is activated allowed within parameter set and if the state of the 50X 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the Trip Command of the module the Global Prot element if blocking is l Prot activated allowed within a parameter 50X 1 set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking if 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Reverse Blocking is activated allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Global Prot Para 50 1 358 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Palmela Global Prot Para Prot 50X 1 AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 50X 1 AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Palas Global Prot Para Prot 50X 1 AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 50X 1 www eaton com 359 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the 50X Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent
334. l 3 phase Power factor phase A Power factor phase B Power factor phase C Phase Positive Pressure Primary Protection Module Master Module protection Parameter set 1 Parameter set 2 Parameter set 3 Parameter set 4 Parameter set Parameter set switch Switching from one parameter set to another www eaton com IM02602004E 23 1 02602004 PWM PWR R rec REF rel REM res ResetFct REV RevData RMS RO RO1 RO2 RO3 Rst RTD RX Rx S S SAT SC Sca SCADA sec SEC sec SENS SEQ Sig SNTP SRC StartFct STATS Sum SUPERV SW SYNC SYNCHCHK Sys tort t TEMP temp THD Tl TOC TOV TRANS 24 ETR 4000 Per unit Pulse width modulated Power Reset Record Reference Relative Remote Reset Reset function Reverse Review data Root mean square Relay Output 1 Relay Output 27 Relay Output 3 Relay Output Reset Resistance temperature detector Receive receiver Second Sensitive CT saturation Supervision contact SCADA Communication module supervisory control and data acquistion Second s Secondary Sensitive Sequence Signal Simple network time protocol Source Start function Statistics Summation Supervision Software Synchrocheck Synchrocheck System Time Tripping delay Time transformer Trip command Transmission control protocol Communication protocol Temperature Total harm
335. l Prot Para 51R 1 408 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Palmela Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Palas Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 www eaton com 409 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the 51R Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module element Inactive Active 51R 1 Inactive 51R 2 Active Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 51R 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or inactivate disallow blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 51R 1 Rvs Blo Activate allow or inactivate disallow reverse block
336. l Prot Para Prot 51 1 AdaptSet3 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51P 1 AdaptSet4 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51P 1 352 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 51 Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 Pickup IA Signal Pickup IA Pickup IB Signal Pickup IB Pickup IC Signal Pickup IC Pickup Signal Pickup Trip IA Signal Trip IA Trip IB Signal Trip IB Trip IC Signal Trip IC Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 www eaton com 353 02602004 4000 Commissioning Overcurrent Protection Non directional ANSI 51P Object to be tested Signals to be measured for each current protection element the threshold values total tripping time recommended or alternatively tripping delays and the dropout rati
337. l ground current elements are identically structured NOTICE 3 For each element the following characteristics are available NINV IEC XInv VINV IEC XInv LINV IEC XInv EINV IEC XInv MINV ANSI XInv VINV ANSI XInv EINV ANSI XInv Thermal Flat Therm Flat IT Therm Flat I2T and Therm Flat I4T Explanation t Tripping delay t multiplier Time multiplier tripping characteristic factor IG Fault current Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded the module element starts to time out to trip The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents but this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye connected 364 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 IEC NINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t multiplier 5 t multiplier s 46 1 E icku icku 100 10 wil m 1 5 1 0 t s t multiplier 0 5 0 2 r1 0 1 04 0 05 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 0 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 365 02602004 ETR 4000 E IEC
338. l is 49 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking Inactive Inactive Protection Para A Trip Command Relive module element Prot 49 ExBlo TripCmd Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Active Gii module element This I Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is 49 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Ib Base Current 0 01 4 00In 1 00In Protection Para Maximum permissible thermal continuous current lt n gt Prot 49 www eaton com 439 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path K Overload Factor The 0 80 1 20 1 00 Protection Para maximum thermal jens limit is defined as i k IB the product of the overload factor 149 the basic current Alarm Threshold Alarm Threshold 50 100 8096 Protection Para lt n gt Prot 49 T warm Warming up time 1 600005 10s Protection Para constant lt n gt Prot 49 T cool Cooling time constant 1 60000s 10s Protection Para lt n gt Prot 49 440
339. layed and instantaneous Reset Trip 13 4 T t _ 135 _ t multiplier s t _ t multiplier s IG IG 1 Pickup 100 1 t 5 n 15 t multiplier 1 0 0 5 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 05 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 397 02602004 ETR 4000 IEC LINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t t multiplier s t 22 t multiplier s Bickup 1 i 1x10 100 10 T t s t multiplier 1 5 J 1 0 0 5 0 2 0 1 0 05 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 398 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 IEC EINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t t multiplier 5 t t multiplier s 46 1 mcs 1 icku 1x10
340. les UTC 9 Anchorage UTC 9 5 Taiohae UTC 10 Honolulu UTC 11 Midway Islands UTC 0 London Device Para IRIG B www eaton com 543 544 1 02602004 ETR 4000 E D Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Daylight Saving Daylight Saving Time Inactive Inactive Device Para Tine Active IRIG B www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 Signals of the IRIG B00X Output States 1 02602004 Description Active Signal Active Inverted Signal IRIG B inverted Control Signal1 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal2 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal4 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal5 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal6 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal8 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal9 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal10 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal11 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal12 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal13 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal14 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal15 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal16 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal17 Signal IRIG B Control Signal Control Signal18 Signal IRIG B Control Signal www eaton com 545 1 02602004
341. les will be set on default If the User is activating one of these modules again all parameters of those reactivated modules will be set on default N E If the protective device is equipped with Zone Interlocking overcurrent and ground current elements are needed to trigger the Zone Interlocking function Therefore some overcurrent and ground current elements cannot be deactivated if the device is equipped with Zone Interlocking 26 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Device Planning Parameters of the Device Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Hardware Variant 1 Optional Hardware A 2 Form A 2 2 Form 2 Form C ETR 4000 Extension Form C ZL URTD ZI URTD Hardware Variant 2 Optional Hardware 0 Without 0 Without ETR 4000 Extension Communication Communication B Modbus RTU Modbus RTU RS485 ETR 4000 RS485 Terminals Terminals l RS485 term Ethernet Printed Circuit Board Printed Circuit Board A Standard A Standard ETR 4000 B Conformal Coating There are two mounts available for the ETR 4000 a Standard Mount and a Projection Mount To order the ETR 4000 with a Standard Mount append the device code with a zero 0 To order the ETR 4000 with a Projection Mount append the device code with a one 1 Refer to the table for details of the available device options www eaton com 27 IM02602004E ETR 4000
342. line Note Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed YOU MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance RO Slot X2 Outs forced Signal The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by force That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced and hence does not show the state of the assined signals RO Slot X5 ZI OUT Signal Zone Interlocking OUT RO Slot X5 RO 1 Signal Relay Output RO Slot X5 RO 2 Signal Relay Output RO Slot X5 RO 3 Signal Relay Output RO Slot X5 RO 4 Signal Relay Output RO Slot X5 DISARMED Signal CAUTION RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off line Note Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed YOU MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance RO Slot X5 Outs forced Signal The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by force That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced and hence does not show the state of the assined signals Event rec Reset all rec Signal All records deleted Disturb rec Recording Signal Recording Disturb rec Write err Signal Writing Error in Memory Disturb rec Memory full Signal Memory Full Disturb rec Clear fail Signal Clear Failure in Memory Disturb rec Reset all rec Signal All records deleted Disturb
343. ll reset the LED LED active color LED lights in this color when at least one of the allocated functions is valid red red flashing green green flashing off LED inactive color LED lights up in this color when none of the allocated functions is valid red red flashing green green flashing off Assignment 1 n Apart from the LED for System OK each LED can be assigned up to five functions e g pickups out of the Assignment list Inverting an Assignment 1 n This will invert the input signal 152 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Acknowledgment Options LEDs can be acknowledged by The push button C at the operating panel signal from the LED Reset list e g Digital Inputs or Communication signals If Latched active The Ex Acknowledge module all LEDs can be acknowledged at once if the signal for external acknowledgment becomes true e g the state of a digital input and Communication Comm all LEDs can be acknowledged at once www eaton com 153 ETR 4000 1 02602004 1sr1 u j eBpejwouyoy INH eBpejwouyo v any pau e1 on q LS BurueAu juawubissy y E 10102 037 p Juawubissy 10102 31 g Juawubissy z
344. llowed within a parameter IRTD set and if the state of the assigned signal is true www eaton com 185 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the RTD Temperature Protection Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of Acti dans module element CHIVE Temp Prot RTD General Settings ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the BONE ios module element This Temp Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is IRTD assigned to the General Settings corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking Inactive Inactive Protection Para Hs Trip Command Active jens module element Temp Prot RTD General Settings ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Active Pn module element This Temp Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is IRTD assigned to the General Settings corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Alarm Function Resistance Inactive Active Protection Para Temperatu
345. lo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 BF 2 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Blocking2 BF 2 Trigger Module Input Trigger that will start the BF BF 2 Trigger2 Module Input Trigger that will start the BF BF 2 Trigger3 Module Input Trigger that will start the BF TCM 1 Active Signal Active 120 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Description TCM 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking TCM 1 Pickup Signal Pickup Trip Circuit Supervision TCM 1 Not Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker TCM 1 CinBkr 52a Position indicator check back signal of the Bkr 52a TCM 1 CinBkr 52b Module Input State Position indicator check back signal of the Bkr 52b TCM 1 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 TCM 1 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 Signal Active TCM 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking TCM 2 Pickup Signal Pickup Trip Circuit Supervision TCM 2 Not Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker TCM 2 CinBkr 52a Position indicator check back signal of the Bkr 52a TCM 2 CinBkr 52b Module Input State Position indicator check back signal of the Bkr 52b TCM 2 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 TCM 2 Active
346. lt n gt l Prot 50R 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or inactivate disallow blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 50R 1 Rvs Blo Activate allow or inactivate disallow reverse blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules element are blocked that are parameterized Rvs Blo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 50R 1 Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module element Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 50R 1 390 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti l ns blocking of the cuve module element This I Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those mod
347. m E T N ETR 4000 O 1 02602004 gt Yy4 pu b a A 4 120 Dd4 b B A Dz4 C B b P A C Yd5 pu lt a A 5 150 Dy5 b B a 2 I Yz5 www eaton com 283 02602004 ETR 4000 Te N Vector Phase Transformer Winding 1 Connection Winding 2 Connection Group Shift Connection Type A b C Yy6 pu Y C B a A b A B y A f b Dz6 B a A b A Yd7 E C B 7 210 A b A B a Yz7 284 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Vector Phase Transformer Winding 1 Connection Winding 2 Connection Group Shift Connection Type A b pu gt A C pu pu C B a b A b A Dd8 8 240 b Dz8 2 a 9 270 A b B Dy9 b A A B C www eaton com 285 02602004 ETR 4000 E LTN Vector Phase Transformer Winding 1 Connection Winding 2 Connection Group Shift Connection Type Yz9 acs A a b Yy10 Y C B b 10 300 Dd10 4 b Dz10 x B C A a x Yd11 b C B 11 330 Dy11 a 286 www eaton com E T N Vector Group Phase Shift ETR 4000 1 02602004 Transformer Winding 1 Connection Winding 2 Connect
348. ment Signal only for automatic acknowledgment Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 LED2 1 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 LED2 2 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 LED2 3 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 168 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Description Assignment Via LED2 4 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 LED2 5 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 Acknow Sig 2 Module Input State Acknowledgment Signal only for automatic acknowledgment Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 2 LED3 1 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 LED3 2 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 LED3 3 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 LED3 4 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 LED3 5 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 Acknow Sig 3 Module Input State Acknowledgment Signal only for automatic acknowledgment Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 3 LED4 1 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs gro
349. modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active 2 OUT Fc Zone Interlocking Out Inactive Inactive Protection Para activate allow 3 inactivate disallow Active ne 121 21 1 Zone Fault Type Fault Type Phase Phase Protection Para Ground lt n gt Both 121 21 1 Zone www eaton com 419 02602004 4000 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Trip Signal Zone Inactive Inactive Protection Para Interlocking Trip Active jens 121 12111 Zone Trip Fault Type Fault Type Phase Phase Protection Para Ground lt n gt Both 121 12111 Zone Trip 420 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 Zone Interlocking Output Logic X2 1 02602004 The following current protective function elements serve as the Phase Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions The following current protective function serves as the Ground Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions 51P 1 50P 1 and 50P 2 51 1 50X 1 51R 1 and 50R 1 Zone Interlocking OUTPUT Logic Timing 51P 1 Pickup A 1d gt t 51P 1 Trip A 14 gt t Reset Timer A 10 Cycles 1 9 gt t 21 Blo A 1d 9 gt t ZI OUT A 14 9 gt t AE STANDBY STARTED TRIPPED RESET STANDBY www eaton com 421
350. mp Prot Only available if IRTD Device Planning IRTD5 Alarm Function Use W2 B Trip Winding2 Phase B 0 200 C 110 C Protection Para Threshold for ins Temperature Trip Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning Trip IRTD Function Use RTD5 Alarm Function Alarm Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD6 Trip Function Trip Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD6 W2 C Alarm Winding2 Phase C 0 200 C 105 C Protection Para Threshold for jens Temperature Alarm Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning RTD Alarm Function RTD6 Use W2 C t Delay Winding2 Phase C If 1 2160005 10s Protection Para this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated Only available if Device Planning Alarm Function Use lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD6 190 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path W2 C Trip Winding2 Phase C 0 200 C 110 C Protection Para Threshold for jens Temperature Trip Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning Trip IRTD Function Use IRTD6 Alarm Function Alarm Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD7 Trip Function Trip Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD7 Amb1 Alarm Ambient Threshold
351. multiples of the base current 1 1 2 K r r3 8 The base currents can be obtained from the transformer power rating SN MVA and voltage ratings TrVLL line to line voltage The base currents are defined as S u S am we THE For settings the tripping characteristics of the 87 Differential Protection the NOTICE base current is to be used b WI www eaton com 279 02602004 ETR 4000 1 The procedures to configure Z I J 1 gt 1 Use as a minimum restraining current multiple when the differential current is zero 2 Selecttheslope K usually around 1596 4095 typically 25 I X 14 2 1 0154 2 K 4 Selecttheslope K usually around 40 90 typically 60 and 1 a 21 7 8 K Magnitude Compensation The compensated phase current phasor calculations are performed automatically and involve amplitude and phase adjustments based on the system parameters voltage ratings tap position assuming the tap changer is on the winding 1 side winding connections and groundings and the secondary winding phase shift n relative to the primary CT 2 Pri V ru kx1 i CT2 PhaseShift n 2 Sec d V LLW1 1 Tap blag e Since the winding 1 is taken as the refer
352. n Amb 2 Timeout Alarm Ambient 2 Timeout Alarm Amb 2 Invalid Ambient 2 Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement Aux 1 Trip Auxiliary 1 Signal Trip Aux 1 Alarm Auxiliary 1 Alarm RTD Temperature Protection Aux 1 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 1 Timeout Alarm Aux 1 Invalid Auxiliary 1 Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement Aux 2 Trip Auxiliary 2 Signal Trip Aux 2 Alarm Auxiliary 2 Alarm RTD Temperature Protection Aux 2 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 2 Timeout Alarm Aux 2 Invalid Auxiliary 2 Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement Aux 3 Trip Auxiliary 3 Signal Trip Aux 3 Alarm Auxiliary 3 Alarm RTD Temperature Protection Aux 3 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 3 Timeout Alarm Aux 3 Invalid Auxiliary 4 Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement Trip all Any Group Trip all Any Group Alarm all Any Group Alarm all Any Group Timeout Alarm all Any Group Timeout Alarm all Any Group www eaton com 197 02602004 ETR 4000 Operating Panel HMI Special Parameters of the Panel The Device Parameter HMI menu is used to define the contrast of the display the maximum admissible edit time and the menu language a
353. n Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger13 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger14 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger15 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger16 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 www eaton com 269 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Trigger17 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Trigger18 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Trigger19 Open Command to 1 n Trip Cmds Protection Para the Breaker if the state of the assigned Global Prot Para signal becomes true Bkr Mana
354. n Para multiplier tripping characteristic factor 2 0 Ine 51P 3 1 0 Prot 51P 4 2 0 51P 1 350 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Reset Mode Reset Mode Instantaneous Calculated Protection Para t delay lt n gt Calculated Prot 51P 1 t reset Reset time for 0 00 60 00s Os Protection Para intermittent phase fens failures INV i characteristics only Prot Available if Reset 51P 1 Mode t delay IH2 Blo Blocking the trip Inactive Inactive Protection Para command if an Acti inrush is detected cive 51P 1 www eaton com 351 02602004 ETR 4000 51 Module Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Protection Para 819508197 Global Prot Para Prot 51P 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Piockinge Global Prot Para Prot 51P 1 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command IGlobal Prot Para 51 1 Rvs Blo l Module Input State Reverse Protection Para 5152519 Global Prot Para Prot 51P 1 AdaptSett1 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51 1 AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Globa
355. n Paramielers eph ide nee sese pese Pea edd re dae re ure 224 Device Planning A NETT T Socio E Oi 225 ust omiies LP EE E E E E 225 Sateo he Module 225 BM MH ME II 225 Adaptive Parameter GENS 226 Adaptive Parameters 228 Adaptive Parameter S t 231 Operational Modes Access 0 232 Operational Mode irt err 232 Operation Mode Parameter Setting and 6 1 4 4 4 4 2 222222 000 232 PASSWOMG E 233 Password F try arihe Panel MET 233 Rs NIIT 233 Password Te MEE E MEM ea 233 Changing ef Parameters Examples LLULLU LI ue LR n 234 Changing of Parameters When Using the PowerPort E 235 Protection Parameters RR 238 GS hOUDS 238 Seling Group te a 238 Setting Group Switch Via PowerPorFE 239 Copying Setting Groups Parameter Sets Via
356. n Pressure PROTECTION MopuLE SUDDEN PRESSURE PROorTECcTIoN 507 Principle General Usei E 507 Device Planning Parameters of the Sudden Pressure Protection 509 Global Protection Parameters of the Sudden Pressure Protection 509 Setting Group Parameters of the Sudden Pressure Protection 510 Sudden Pressure Protection Module Input 511 Sudden Pressure Protection Module Signals Output 511 Commissioning Sudden Pressure 512 BF Supervision MopuLE Circuit BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION ANSI 50BF 513 Principle General Use EE 513 Tigger 513 8 www eaton com eN ETR 4000 IM02602004E Device Planning Parameters of the BF Module U U U U u nennen 515 Global Protection Parameters of the BF 7 515 Setting Group Parameters of the BF 517 BF Module Input States aa eaaa iaoa i aa a eade eaa aa aeaa aE 518 BF Module Signals Output States 518 BF Module Trigger
357. n be overwritten Energized forced The relay can be set from normal operation relay works according to the assigned signals to force energized or force de energized state Forcing all relay outputs of an entire assembly group has precedence to forcing a single relay output De Energized Normal Service Test Force RO RO Slot X2 Force ZI RO Signal Forced Zone Normal Interlocking OUT De Energized Energized Normal Service Test Force RO RO Slot X2 www eaton com 135 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Force RO1 By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten forced The relay can be set from normal operation relay works according to the assigned signals to force energized or force de energized state Normal De Energized Energized Normal Service Test Force RO RO Slot X2 Force RO2 By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten forced The relay can be set from normal operation relay works according to the assigned signals to force energized or force de energized state Normal De Energized Energized Normal Service Test Force RO RO Slot X2 Force RO3 By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten forced The relay can
358. n com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Pickup Signal Pickup Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command www eaton com 319 02602004 4000 E High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection 87GDH Elements 87 GDH 1 87GDH 2 Similar to the unrestrained phase differential protection unrestrained ground differential protection functions are provided for a high ground differential current IdG Ib 87GDH Trip Range IdG Ir2 High Set Unrestrained Restricted Ground Fault Pickup value of the ground differential current based on the rated current 2 Operating Range d IdGIIr0 2 pe Ir12 2 lb Ir2 10 Ib Unstabilized High Set Differential Protection Step 87GDH 320 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Device Planning Parameters of the High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module 87GDH 2 Use Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use 87GDH 1 Do not Device Planning use Use Global Protection Parameters of the High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module
359. n com 429 02602004 ETR 4000 Zone Interlocking Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Bkr Blo Signal Blocked by Breaker Failure Phase Pickup Signal Zone Interlocking Phase Pickup Phase Trip Signal Zone Interlocking Phase Trip Ground Pickup Signal Zone Interlocking Ground Pickup Ground Trip Signal Zone Interlocking Ground Trip Pickup Signal Pickup Zone Interlocking Trip Signal Zone Interlocking Trip TripCmd Signal Zone Interlocking Trip Command Phase OUT Signal Zone Interlocking Phase OUT Ground OUT Signal Zone Interlocking Ground OUT OUT Signal Zone Interlocking OUT IN Signal Zone Interlocking IN 430 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Zone Interlocking Wiring The ZI Outputs are for use with connection to electronic inputs only d The zone interlocking connection between relays is done by means of a twisted shielded cable Downstream zone interlock outputs may be paralleled from up to ten devices FP 5000 or DT 3000 or a combination of both for connection to upstream zone interlocked relays Zone 1 N FP X000 J3 Out Com 2 4000
360. nal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the Trip Command of the module the Global Prot element if blocking is l Prot activated allowed within a parameter 50R 1 set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking if 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Reverse Blocking is activated allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Global Prot Para 50R 1 388 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Palmela Global Prot Para Prot 50R 1 AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 50R 1 AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Palas Global Prot Para Prot 50R 1 AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 50R 1 www eaton com 389 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the 50R Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module element Inactive Active 5OR 1 Inactive 50R 2 Active Protection Para
361. nction Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD4 Trip Function Trip Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD4 W2 A Alarm Winding2 Phase A 0 200 C 105 C Protection Para Threshold for jens Temperature Alarm Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning RTD Alarm Function RTD4 Use W2 A t Delay Winding2 Phase A If 1 2160005 10s Protection Para this time is expired a jens Temperature Alarm will be generated Temp Prot Only available if IRTD Device Planning RTD4 Alarm Function Use W2 A Trip Winding2 Phase A 0 200 C 110 C Protection Para Threshold for jens Temperature Trip Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning Trip RTD Function Use RTD4 Alarm Function Alarm Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD IRTD5 Trip Function Trip Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD IRTD5 www eaton com 189 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path W2 B Alarm Winding2 Phase B 0 200 C 105 C Protection Para Threshold for lens Temperature Alarm Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning IRTD Alarm Function RTD5 Use W2 B t Delay Winding2 Phase B If 1 2160005 10s Protection Para this time is expired a iene Temperature Alarm will be generated Te
362. nd 50P 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 5OP 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50P 3 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50OP 4 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51P 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51P 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51P 3 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51P 4 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50X 1 Tripcmd Signal Trip Command 50X 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51X 1 Tripcmd Signal Trip Command 51X 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 5OR 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 5OR 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51R 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51R 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ZI 1 TripCmd Signal Zone Interlocking Trip Command ZI 2 TripCmd Signal Zone Interlocking Trip Command 49 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51Q 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51Q 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 520 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 These trips will start the BF module if external trips have been selected as the trigger event Name Description No assignment ExP 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ExP 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ExP 3 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ExP 4 TripCmd Signal Trip Command Sudden Press TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ext Oil Temp TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ext Temp Superv 3 TripCmd Si
363. ng via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip 2 2 t P33 tmu plier s 2 t muttiplier s 2 t 45 t multiplier s t s t multiplier x In Multiples of the Nominal Current www eaton com 459 02602004 4000 E Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip E g t p tmultiplier s t multiplier 5 2 in t s t multiplier x In Multiples of the Nominal Current 460 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 2 Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t CNN t multiplier s t 53 t multiplier s 7
364. nment List Protection Para the Trip Command of the module the Global Prot element if blocking is l Prot activated allowed within a parameter 51 1 set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking if 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Reverse Blocking is activated allowed within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Global Prot Para 51Q 1 464 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Palmela Global Prot Para Prot 51Q 1 AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51Q 1 AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Palas Global Prot Para Prot 51Q 1 AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51Q 1 www eaton com 465 IM02602004E Setting Group Parameters of the 51Q Module ETR 4000 E T N Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module element Inactive Active Active Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 5191 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or inactivate disallow blocking of the m
365. nment List RO Slot X2 87 Trip Device Para RO Slot X5 Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 www eaton com 141 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Inverting 1 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para a Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Assignment 2 Assignment 1 n Assignment List RO Slot X2 87H Trip Device Para RO Slot X5 Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Inverting 2 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para a ES Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Assignment 3 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Inverting 3 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Assignment 4 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Inverting 4 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para adis Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Assignment 5 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Inverting 5 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 Assignment 6 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 3 142 www eaton com TON ETR 4000
366. nput Protection Para respectively of the signal that should activate this Parameter Setting Group PS2 I State of the module input Protection Para respectively of the signal that should activate this Parameter Setting IPSet Switch Group PS3 I State of the module input Protection Para respectively of the signal that should activate this Parameter Setting Group PS4 I State of the module input Protection Para respectively of the signal that should activate this Parameter Setting prete Group Maint Module Input State Arc Flash Service Reduction Maintenance Switch Maint Mode www eaton com 553 02602004 4000 Te System Module Signals Name Description Reboot Signal Rebooting the device 1 Restart initiated by power supply 2 Restart initiated by the user 3 Set on defaults Super Reset 4 Restart by the debugger 5 Restart because of configuration change 6 General failure 7 Restart initiated by System Abort host side 8 Restart initiated by watchdog timeout host side 9 Restart initiated by System Abort dsp side 10 Restart initiated by watchdog timeout dsp side 11 Power supply failure short term interruption or power supply voltage to low 12 illegal memory access Act Set Signal Active Parameter Set PS 1 Signal Parameter Set 1 PS 2 Signal Parameter Set 2 PS 3 Signal Parameter Set 3 PS 4 Si
367. nputs 60 V DI Slot X1 110 120 V dc Group 1 230 240 V de 110 120 V ac 230 240 V ac Inverting 1 Inverting the input Inactive Inactive Device Para signals Active Digital Inputs DI Slot X1 Group 1 Debouncing Time 1 change of the state No Debouncing 20 ms Device Para of a digital input will Time Digital Inputs only be recognized 20 ms after the debouncing DI Slot X1 time has expired 50 ms become effective Group 1 Thus wipers will not 100 ms be misinterpreted Nom Voltage Nominal voltage of 24 V de 110 120 V Device Para the digital inputs 48 V dc Digital Inputs 60 V DI Slot X1 110 120 V dc Group 2 230 240 V de 110 120 V ac 230 240 V ac Inverting 2 Inverting the input Inactive Inactive Device Para signals Active Digital Inputs DI Slot X1 Group 2 www eaton com 127 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Debouncing Time 2 A change of the state No Debouncing 20 ms Device Para of a digital input will Time IDiqital Inputs only be recognized 20m gita npu after the debouncing Slot X1 time has expired 50 ms IG 2 become effective roup 2 Thus wipers will not 100 ms be misinterpreted Nom Voltage Nominal voltage of 24 V dc 110 120 V dc Device Para ine digital inputs 48 V dc Digital Inputs 60 V dc Slot X1 110 120 V dc Group 3 230 240 V de 110
368. nsformer Protection and Machine protection This device is not designed for any usage beyond these applications The manufacturer cannot be held liable for any resulting damage The User alone bears the risk if this device is used for any application for which it was not designed As to the appropriate use of the device The technical data specified by Eaton Corporation have to be met www eaton com E TON ETR 4000 02602004 A WARNING OUT OF DATE PUBLICATION This publication may have been revised or updated since this copy was produced To verify that you have the latest revision be sure to check the Eaton Corporation website www eaton com The latest versions of most publications are available at this site If your publication is not found on the web site please contact Eaton customer support to get the latest copy www eaton com 13 02602004 ETR 4000 CAUTION ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE AWARENESS All electronic equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge some components more than others To protect these components from electrostatic damage the User must take special precautions to minimize or eliminate electrostatic discharges Follow these precautions when working with or near the device 1 Before performing maintenance on the electronic device discharge the static electricity on your body to ground by touching and holding a grounded metal object pipes cabinets equipment etc
369. nsitivity settings either into a setting group or into Adaptive Parameters The Maintenance Mode offers two output signals Maint Mode activated and Maint Mode not activated The Maint Mode acrivarep signal should be used to Switch to another setting group in case that the sensitivity settings are saved within this setting group Activate Adaptive Parameters in case that the sensitivity settings are saved within these adaptive parameters and or Block or activate dedicated functions Please see the Adaptive Parameters section for more details The Maint Mode not signal should be used to Switch back to the standard setting group when Maintenance Mode should not be used For a fast access the Maintenance Mode can be accessed by means of the Softkey Maint on the start screen root of the device www eaton com 561 1 qurey sks Aq poN jure Ww 3 luteW s S m PIENSAS puro E o 4 P IQ uonennoy c uoneAnov 2 d s Ayyenuew o E E Y N eAnoeul apo 9poy 5 Ajenueyy apon 1urewWw s s IQ epow luteW s
370. nt This Tdiff Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is 87GDH 1 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking Inactive Inactive Protection Para s Trip Command Active fens module element Tdiff Prot 87GDH 1 ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the mis module element This Tdiff Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is 87GDH 1 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active IdG gt gt High Set 2 00 20 00Ib 2 0016 Protection Para Unrestrained jens Restricted Ground E Fault Pickup value of Tdiff Prot the ground differential current based on the 87 GDH 1 rated current 322 www eaton com E T N High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module Input States ETR 4000 1 02602004 Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Tdiff Prot 87GDH 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Tdiff Prot 87GDH 1 ExBlo Module Input State External Protection
371. nt Transformer Supervision Input 538 Current Transformer Supervision Signals Outputs 538 Commissioning Current Transformer Failure 539 cpi HH 540 diee EECI I REINES 540 FUNCION aa a spa 541 IRIG B Control Commands E 541 Device Planning Parameters of the 00 541 Direct Commands of the 0 Eee ee rette m ER RE 541 Global Protection Parameters of the 542 Signals of the IRIG BOOX Output 545 IRIG B00X cem 546 DEVICE PARAMETERS veces cons i Ero ee vua cct en aw yx us cob E XXe ceauustdesevusesus eueuauvdeiuusuueverscecauseceieu exdesdseceuteaersueses 547 BENI 547 Synchronize Date and Time 2 2 2 222222 2 0 0 06 600000000 547 VERSION 547 Version Via PowerPort E 8 547 TCP IP
372. nts Tolerances NOTICE The tripping delay relates to the time between alarm and trip The tolerance of the operating time relates to the time between when the measured value has exceeded the threshold until the protection element is Picked up Differential Protection Stages 87 x Tolerance Id gt 0 1 Id x 3 of the setting value resp 1 In Operating time Id gt 0 3 x In lt 35 ms Id gt 0 5 x In 25 ms gt 1 5 x In lt 20 ms Earth Differential Protection Stages 87N x Tolerance Id gt 0 1 Id x 3 of the setting value resp 1 In Operating time Ide gt 0 3 x In lt 35 ms Ide gt 0 5 x In 25 ms Ide gt 1 5 x In lt 20 ms www eaton com 579 1 02602004 Overcurrent Protection Elements 50P x 51 Tolerance Pickup 1 5 of the setting value resp 1 In Resetting Ratio 97 or 0 5 x In t DEFT 1 resp 10 ms Operating Time Starting from I higher than 1 1 x I gt lt 35 ms Disengaging Time 445 ms t Multiplier 5 IEC NINV IEC VINV IEC EINV IEC LINV ANSI MINV ANSI VINV ANSI EINV Flat It 4 t Reset Mode 1 resp 10 ms IEC NINV IEC VINV IEC EINV IEC LINV 5 ANSI MINV ANSI VINV ANSI EINV Flat It 121 141 580 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Ground Current Elements 50G x 5ON x 51G x
373. nu Path Assignment 1 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 4 Inverting 1 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para abs EE Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 4 Assignment 2 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 4 Inverting 2 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para o Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 4 Assignment 3 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 4 Inverting 3 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para ss Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 4 Assignment 4 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 4 Inverting 4 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para o Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 4 Assignment 5 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 4 Inverting 5 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para 2 Ene Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 IRO 4 144 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Assignment 6 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 RO 4 Inverting 6 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active Relay Output
374. nus the SOFTKEYS Navigation Keys are used The function of the SOFTKEYS can be found near the bottom of the display Description Via SOFTKEY Up the User will be taken to the prior menu point one parameter up by scrolling upwards Via SOFTKEY Left the User will be taken one step back Via SOFTKEY Down the User will be taken to the next menu point one parameter down by scrolling downwards Via SOFTKEY Right the User will be taken to a sub menu Via SOFTKEY Top of List the User will be taken directly to the top of a list Via SOFTKEY Bottom of List the User will be taken directly to the end of a list Via SOFTKEY the related digit will be incremented Continuous pressure gt fast Via SOFTKEY the related digit will be decremented Continuous pressure gt fast Via SOFTKEY Left the User will be taken one digit to the left Via SOFTKEY Right the User will be taken one digit to the right Via SOFTKEY Parameter Setting the User will call up the parameter setting mode TERRELL lt Via SOFTKEY Delete data will be deleted In order to return to the main menu just keep pressing the Softkey Arrow Left until you arrive at the Main Menu www eaton com 59 IM02602004E ETR 4000 PowerPort E Keyboard Commands The User can control PowerPor
375. nvalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement RTD Aux 3 Trip Auxiliary 3 Signal Trip RTD Aux 3 Alarm Auxiliary 3 Alarm RTD Temperature Protection RTD Aux 3 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 3 Timeout Alarm RTD Aux 3 Invalid Auxiliary 4 Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defective or interuppted RTD Measurement RTD Trip all Any Group Trip all Any Group RTD Alarm all Any Group Alarm all Any Group RTD Timeout Alarm all Any Group Timeout Alarm all Any Group RTD ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking RTD ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 RTD ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command BF 1 Active Signal Active BF 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking BF 1 Pickup Signal BF Module Started Pickup BF 1 Trip Signal Breaker Failure Trip BF 1 ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking1 BF 1 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 BF 1 Trigger1 Module Input Trigger that will start the BF BF 1 Trigger2 Module Input Trigger that will start the BF BF 1 Trigger3 Module Input Trigger that will start the BF BF 2 Active Signal Active BF 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking BF 2 Pickup Signal BF Module Started Pickup BF 2 Trip Signal Breaker Failure Trip BF 2 ExB
376. o Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Active Pen module element This Supervision parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active t TCM Tripping delay time of 0 10 10 00s 0 2s Protection Para the Trip Circuit dens Supervision Supervision TCM 1 530 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 Trip Circuit Monitoring Module Input States 1 02602004 Blocking2 Name Description Assignment Via CinBkr 52a Position indicator check back signal Protection Para 9r he Global Prot Para Supervision TCM 1 CinBkr 52b Module Input State Position Protection Para 2 signal of the IGlobal Prot Para Supervision TCM 1 ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para piecing Global Prot Para Supervision TCM 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Supervision TCM 1 Bkr Pos Detect Module Input State Criterion by which the Breaker Switch Position is to be detected Protection Para Global Prot Para Supervision TCM 1 Trip Circuit Monitoring Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Pickup Signal Pickup T
377. o this point a location has not been set up on your PC your location information has to be put in Confirm the pop up window Telephone and Modem Options with OK The Windows network connection assistant appears after the location information is set up Select the connection type Establish direct connection to another computer Select the serial interface COM Port where the device shall be connected Select To be used for all users in the Availability of the connection window Do not change the connection name appearing in window Name of the connection and click the button Complete Finally you arrive again in the window Device Installation from where you started establishing the connection Confirm the adjustments by clicking the OK button 62 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 O Due to problem in Windows 2000 it is possible that the automatically made communication settings are not correctly adopted In order to overcome this problem proceed as follows after setting up the serial connection Select the menu point Device Connection in the Settings menu Select Serial Connection Click on the Settings button Change the register card to General Ensure that Communication cable between two computers Com X lt is selected in the Drop Down Menu X the interface number where the User has connected the null modem cable
378. oad Pickup module according to the configured operating mode No current Bkr state Breaker position el lt No Current and Bkr state Position of the breaker and No Current or Bkr state Position of the breaker Necessary means Three phase current source If the Enable Mode depends on current meters May be needed if the Enable Mode depends on current and Timer Test Example for Mode Bkr State Breaker Position N O E Mode I In order to test the tripping delay start the timer and feed with an abrupt change current that is distinctly less than the I threshold Measure the tripping delay In order to measure the dropout ratio feed a current with an abrupt change that is distinctly above the I threshold Mode I and Bkr state Combine the abrupt change switching ON and OFF of the current with the manual switching ON and OFF of the breaker Mode 1 lt or Bkr state Initially carry out the test with an abrupt changing current that is switched ON and OFF above and below the I threshold Measure the tripping times Finally carry out the test by manually switching the breaker ON and OFF The breaker has to be in the OFF position There must not be any load current The Status Display of the device shows the signal CLPU EnasLep 1 The Status Display of the device shows the signal CLPU I 1 Testing the tripping delay and the resetting ratio Switch the
379. obal Prot Para element if blocking is Tdiff Prot activated allowed 7 within a parameter 187 set if the state of the assigned signal is true www eaton com 301 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the Phase Current Differential Protection Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Active Protection Para or deactivation of Acti dans module element CHIVE n Tdiff Prot 187 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti jns blocking of the module element This Tdiff Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is 187 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking Inactive Inactive Protection Para of the Trip Command Active jen of the module element Tdiff Prot 187 ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti Jens blocking of the eive module element This Tdiff Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is 187 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Id min Constant minimum 0 1 1 016 0 3lb
380. ockage of a protection module the parameter ExBlo Fc of the module has to be set to Active This gives the permission This module can be blocked Within the general protection parameters a signal has to be additionally chosen from the Assignment list The blocking only becomes active when the assigned signal is active www eaton com 247 02602004 ETR 4000 Block the Tripping Command of a Protection Element Temporarily by an Active Assignment The tripping command of any of the protection modules can be blocked from external In this case external does not only mean from outside the device but also from outside the module Not only real external signals are permitted to be used as blocking signals for example the state of a digital input but you can also choose any other signal from the Assignment list e In order to establish a temporary blockage of a protection element the parameter ExBlo TripCmd Fc of the module has to be set to Active This gives the permission The tripping command of this element can be blocked Within the general protection parameters an additional signal has to be chosen and assigned to the ExBlo parameter from the Assignment list If the selected signal is activated the temporary blockage becomes effective 248 www eaton com E AT eI ETR 4000 02602004 I x ExBlo Tripcmd Fc Temporarily Blocking I x Blo TripCmd No Tem
381. odule Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 AdaptSet3 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 AdaptSet4 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Parameter Global Prot Para Prot 51R 1 www eaton com 413 02602004 ETR 4000 51R Ground Fault Protection Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Pickup Signal Pickup IX or IR Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command IGH2 Blo Signal Blocked by 2 Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 Commissioning Ground Fault Protection Non directional ANSI 51R Please test the non directional ground overcurrent analog to the non directional phase overcurrent protection 414 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Zone Interlocking Elements 2111 ZI 2 Principle General Use The purpose of zone interlocking is to speed up tripping for some faults without sacrificing the coordination of the
382. odule element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 5191 Rvs Blo Activate allow or inactivate disallow reverse blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules element are blocked that are parameterized Rvs Blo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 51Q 1 Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module element Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt l Prot 51Q 1 466 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo TripCmd Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti dens blocking of the n module element This Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is 5190 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Pickup If the pickup value is 0
383. of the tripping currents BWear 2 ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking1 BWear 2 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Blocking2 100 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Description 87 Active Signal Active 87 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 87 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 87 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 87 Alarm A Signal Pickup System Phase A 87 Alarm B Signal Pickup System Phase B 87 Alarm C Signal Pickup System C 87 Pickup Signal Pickup 87 Trip A Signal Trip System Phase A 87 Trip B Signal Trip System Phase B 87 Trip C Signal Trip System Phase C 87 Trip Signal Trip 87 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87 Blo H2 Signal Blocked by Harmonic 2 87 Blo H4 Signal Blocked by Harmonic 4 87 Blo H5 Signal Blocked by Harmonic 5 87 H2 H4 H5 Blo Signal Blocked by Harmonics Inhibit 87 Slope Blo Signal Differential Protection was blocked by Current Transformer Supervision Inhibit 87 Transient Signal Temporary restraining of the differential protection afterwards the transformer is beeing engergized 87 Restraining Signal Restraining of the differential protection by means of rising the tripping curve 87 ExBlo1 Module Input State External Blocking1 87 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Blocking2 87 ExBlo TripCmd Modul
384. ollowing must be guaranteed Correct grounding of the device That all signal circuits are tested That all control circuits are tested Transformer wiring is checked Correct rating of the CTs Correct burden of the CTs That the operational conditions are in line with the Technical Data Correct rating of the transformer protection Function of the transformer fuses Correct wiring of all digital inputs Polarity and capacity of the supply voltage and Correct wiring of the analog inputs and outputs The permissible deviations of measuring values and device adjustment are N O C E dependent on the technical data tolerances 556 www eaton com ETR 4000 IM02602004E IN Commissioning Protection Test Commissioning protection test must be carried out by authorized and qualified personnel Before the device is put into operation the related documentation MUST be read and understood With any test of the protection functions the following has to be checked Is activation tripping saved in the event recorder Is tripping saved in the fault recorder Is tripping saved in the disturbance recorder Are all signals messages correctly generated Do all generally configured blocking functions work properly Do all temporarily configured via DI blocking functions work properly Toenable checks on all LEDs and relay functions these have to be provided with the relevant pickup alarm and tripping functions of the res
385. ommunication System has to send a new request Only available if Device Planning RTU 0 01 10 00s 1s Device Para Modbus Baud rate Baud rate Only available if Device Planning RTU 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 19200 Device Para Modbus 220 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Physical Settings Digit 1 Number of bits Digit 2 E even parity O odd parity N no parity Digit 3 Number of stop bits More information on the parity It is possible that the last data bit is followed by a parity bit which is used for recognition of communication errors The parity bit ensures that with even parity EVEN always an even number of bits with valence 1 or with odd parity ODD an odd number of 1 valence bits are transmitted But it is also possible to transmit no parity bits here the setting is Parity None More information on the stop bits The end of a data byte is terminated by the stop bits Only available if Device Planning RTU 8E1 801 8N1 8N2 8E1 Device Para Modbus t call If there is no request message sent from Communication to the device after expiry of this time the device concludes a communication failure within the Communication system 1 3600s 10s Device Para Modbus Comm CmdBlo Ac
386. on or via a Digital Input while maintenance work is being performed at an energized panel or device The more sensitive settings provide greater security for maintenance personnel and helps reduce the possibility of injury The status of the Maintenance Mode active inactive is stored power fail safe Manual activation is only possible via the HMl panel not via PowerPort E NOTICE di The Maintenance Mode can be activated Manual only at the HMI panel Via Communication or Via a Digital Input N O TI Changing to another mode is only possible if there is no active Activation Signal e g if the device is in the Via Digital Input Mode and while the assigned Digital Input is true the User cannot switch to the Manual Mode 560 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Before Use A G R The sensitivity settings for the Maintenance Mode have to be calculated and programmed into the device according to Std They are not part of the device by default When the Maintenance Mode is enabled and fault current causes its operation the fault clearing time of the associated breaker has to be very fast Calculate the sensitivity setting on the basis of Std Program those sensitivity settings either into a setting group or into Adaptive Parameters How to Use the Maintenance Mode Calculate the sensitivity setting on the basis of Std NFPA70E Program those se
387. on 50BF Tolerance BF gt 1 5 of the setting value resp 1 In Resetting Ratio t BF 1 resp 10 ms Operating Time lt 40ms Starting from Higher than 1 3 x I BF Disengaging Time lt 40 ms Trip Circuit Monitoring TCM Tolerance 1 resp 10 ms Current Transformer Supervision CTS Tolerance Al 2 of the setting value resp 1 5 In Resetting Ratio 94 t 1 resp 10 ms www eaton com 583 1 02602004 4000 Instruction Leaflet IM02602004E Effective 11 2 09 This instruction leaflet is published solely for information purposes and should not be considered all inclusive If further information is required you should consult an authorized Eaton sales representative The sale of the product shown in this literature is subject to the terms and conditions outlined in appropriate Eaton selling policies or other contractual agreement between the parties This literature is not intended to and does not enlarge or add to any such contract The sole source governing the rights and remedies of any purchaser of this equipment is the contract between the purchaser and Eaton NO WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY OR WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE MADE REGARDING THE INFORMATION RECOMMENDATIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN In no event will Eaton be responsible to the purchaser or user in contr
388. on Parameters of the Protection 260 Protection Module Input iama aa maa a aaa a Ea aa aa aA EEEE 261 Protection Module Signals Output nennen ANEA ENNA enne nennen 261 Protection Module Values tene o uode etaed Dag 262 BREAKER MANAGER MMC T 263 Principle General LE 263 Direct Commands of the Breaker 266 Global Protection Parameters of the Breaker 266 Breaker Manager Inp t States exin rte osuere dads oe ERE 273 Breaker Manager Signals Outputs 273 BREAKER WEAR mL RM 274 Principle ECI BU 274 Device Planning Parameters of the Breaker Wear Module sss 274 Global Protection Parameters of the Breaker Wear Module sss ene 274 Breaker Wear Input 1 1 0 11002000 0 275 Breaker Wear Signals Output States lll a C Ec Dra deese Dow oed aaa 276 Breaker Wear Counter ULLA iii ii aska aat 276 Breaker Wea
389. on com eN ETR 4000 IM02602004E What Is Included with the Device The device package includes all connection terminals except communication connectors but does not include the fastening material Please check the package for completeness upon delivery Device Package Contents 1 Protective Relay 1 Mount Standard or Projection 1 Quick Start Guide e g for DT 3000 Users and 2 CDs Disk 1 Containing the User s Manual Modbus Datapoint List Wiring Diagram and Device Template for Off line Parameter Setting Disk 2 Containing the PowerPort E and Quality Manager software applications N e Disk1 contains the device templates The device templates MUST installed to allow PowerPort E to configure a device off line Please make sure the product label wiring diagram type code and materials and description pertain to this device If you have any doubts please contact Eaton Corporation s Customer Service Department Storage The devices must not be stored outdoors If stored it must be stored in an area with temperature and humidity control see the Technical Data contained in this manual Important Information In line with the customer s requirement the devices are combined ina modular way in compliance with the order code The terminal assignment of the device can be found on the top of the device wiring diagram In addition it can be found within the Appendix of this manual see W
390. onic distortion Manufacturer internal product designation code Time overcurrent Time overvoltage Transient www eaton com E T N TripCmd TX Tx txt UC UL UMZ URTD USB V VO V1 V2 VA VAB Vac V ac VAG VARH VB VBA VBG VC VCA VCG Vdc V dc VDE VDEW VE V Hz VINV VT VTS W WDC WDG WH WWW X XCT XInv ETR 4000 Trip command Transmit transmitter Text Undercurrent Underwriters Laboratories DEFT definite time tripping characteristic Universal resistance temperature detector Universal serial bus Volts Zero sequence voltage Positive sequence voltage Negative sequence voltage Phase A voltage Phase A to B voltage Volts alternating current Phase A to ground voltage Var hour voltage Phase B voltage Phase B to A voltage Phase B to ground voltage Phase C voltage Phase C to A voltage Phase C to ground voltage Volts direct current Verband Deutscher Elektrotechnik Verband der Elektrizit tswirtschaft Residual voltage Volts per Hertz Very inverse tripping characteristic Voltage transformer Voltage transformer supervision Watt s Watch dog contact supervision contact Winding Watthour World wide web Reactance 4 current measuring input ground or neutral current Inverse characteristic Impedance zone www eaton com 1 02602004 25 02602004 ETR 4000 Device ETR 4000 Device Planning The ETR 4000 relay has multiple f
391. operty damage PROPER USE Any unauthorized modifications to or use of this equipment outside its specified mechanical electrical or other operating limits may cause personal injury and or property damage including damage to the equipment Any such unauthorized modifications 1 constitute misuse and or negligence within the meaning of the product warranty thereby excluding warranty coverage for any resulting damage and 2 invalidate product certifications or listings The programmable devices subject to this manual are designed for protection and also control of power installations and operational devices The devices are further designed for installation in low voltage LV compartments of medium voltage MV switchgear panels or in de centralized protection panels The programming and parameterization has to meet all requirements of the protection concept of the equipment that is to be protected You must ensure that the device will properly recognize and manage e g switch off the circuit breaker on the basis of your programming and parameterization all operational conditions failures Before starting any operation and after any modification of the programming parameterization test make a documentary proof that your programming and parameterization meets the requirements of your protection concept Typical applications for this product family device line are for example Feeder protection Mains protection Tra
392. os each time 3 x single phase and 1 x three phase N O TI E Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping delay The tripping delay should be specified by the customer The total tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker not at the relay output contacts Total tripping time tripping delay please refer to the tolerances of the protection stages breaker operating time about 50 ms Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer Necessary means Current source Current meters and Timer Procedure Testing the threshold values 3 x single phase and 1 x three phase For each test performed feed a current that is about 3 596 above the threshold value for activation tripping Then check the threshold values Testing the total tripping delay recommendation Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the breakers breaker tripping Testing the tripping delay measuring at the relay output contact Measure the tripping times at the relay output contact Testing the dropout ratio Reduce the current to 97 below the trip value and check the dropout ratio Successful test result The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays threshold values and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list P
393. ot Rebooting the device No No Service Yes General Maint Mode Manually Arc Flash Reduction Maint Mode inactive Inactive Service Maintenance Switch ee 2 Manual Activation via Comm ME n Activation of the Arc Activation via DI nian Flash Reduction Mode Inactive Active Only available if Maint Mode Activation Manually CAUTION rebooting the device manually will release the Supervision Contact Global Protection Parameters of the System Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path PSet Switch Switching Parameter PS1 PSS via Inp fct Protection Para 99 PS2 PSet Switch PS3 PS4 PSS via Inp fct PSS via Comm www eaton com 549 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E Te Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path PS1 Activated by This Setting Group Protection will be the active one if The Parameter DI Slot X1 DI 1 PSet Switch Setting Group Switch DI Slot X1 DI 2 is set to Switch via Input and the other DI Slot X1 DI 3 three input functions DI Slot X1 DI 4 are inactive at the same time Incase D Slot X1 DI 5 there is more than DI Slot X1 DI 6 one input function active no Parameter DI Slot X1 DI 7 Setting Group Switch p Slot x1 DI 8 will be executed In case all input functions are inactive the device will keep working with the Setting Group that was activated lastly Only available if PSet Switch PSS
394. otection Para Bkr if the state of the assigned signal is Global Prot Para true Temp Prot Ext Oil Temp www eaton com 503 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the External Oil Temperature Protection Module parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of Acti dans module element Cuve Temp Prot Ext Oil Temp ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti jans blocking of the module element This Temp Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is Ext Oil Temp assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking Inactive Inactive Protection Para of the Trip Command Acti jen of the ctive n module element Temp Prot Ext Oil Temp ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow Acti blocking of the eive module element This Temp Prot Ext Oil Temp 504 www eaton com
395. otection Relay Successful test result All external pickups external trips and external blockings are correctly recognized and processed by the device 512 www eaton com eN ETR 4000 IM02602004E BF Supervision Module Circuit Breaker Failure Protection ANSI 50BF BF 1 BF 2 Principle General Use The breaker failure BF protection is used to provide backup protection in the event that a breaker fails to operate properly during fault clearing A breaker failure condition is recognized if current is still flowing through the breaker after tripping or opening breaker commands have been issued for a specified time The User can select different trigger modes In addition to that up to three additional trigger events trip commands can be assigned from the all protection modules Trigger Modes There are three trigger modes for the breaker failure available In addition there are three assignable trigger inputs available All Trips All trip signals that are assigned to this breaker within the breaker manager will start the BF module Current Trips All current trips that are assigned to this breaker within the breaker manager will start the BF module External Trips All external trips that are assigned to this breaker within the breaker manager will start the BF module In addition the User can also select none e g if the User intends to use one of the three additional assignable trigger inputs N
396. otection modules i e they are all enclosed by the Protection Module In the case where the Protection module is blocked the complete protective function of the device is disabled Module Prot Blocked Protection Inactive If the master Protection module is allowed to be temporarily blocked and the allocated blocking signals are active then all protection functions will be disabled In such a case the protective function is Inactive Protection Active If the master Protection module was activated and a blockade for this module was not activated respectively the assigned blocking signals are inactive at that moment then the Protection is Active How to Block the Entire Protection In order to allow the principle use of blocking the entire protection call up the menu Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot Set the parameter ExBlo Fc active Choose an assignment for ExBlo1 and Optionally choose an assignment for ExBlo2 If the signal becomes true then the entire protection will be blocked as long as one of these signals are true www eaton com 253 IN ETR 4000 1 02602004 ys uawubissy I zolgx3101d 1srq1u uuuBissv l Loigx30J4d L ojgxanold O 8X310J IgXx3104d m 93 olgxad Old
397. ount and RevData Modbus NoOfResponse Total number of 0 0 9999999999 Operation requests having been responded Count and RevData Modbus NoOfResponsTimeO Total number of 0 0 9999999999 Operation verruns requests with exceeded response Count and RevData time Physically Modbus corrupted Frame NoOfOverrunErros Total Number of 0 0 9999999999 Operation Overrun Failures Physically corrupted Count and RevData Frame Modbus NoOfParityErrors Total number of parity O 0 9999999999 Operation errors Physically corrupted Frame Count and RevData Modbus NoOfFrameErrors Total Number of 0 0 9999999999 Operation Frame Errors Physically corrupted Count and RevData Frame Modbus NoOfBreaks Number of detected 0 0 9999999999 Operation communication aborts Count and RevData Modbus NoOfQuerylnvalid Total Number of 0 0 9999999999 Operation Request errors Request could not be Count and RevData interpreted Modbus NoOflnternalError Total Number of 0 0 9999999999 Operation Internal errors while interpreting the Count and RevData request Modbus www eaton com 223 02602004 ETR 4000 Parameters Parameter setting and planning can be done Directly at the device or way of the PowerPort E software application Parameter Definitions Device Parameters Device Parameters are part of the Device Parameter Tree By modifying the Device Parameters the Use
398. oup A Device Para 87GDH 2 Trip LEDs LEDs group B LEDs group A LED 7 Inverting 2 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 Assignment 3 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 Inverting 3 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para co Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 Assignment 4 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 Inverting 4 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para a Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 Assignment 5 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 7 Inverting 5 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned Active LEDs signal LEDs group A LED 7 www eaton com 167 IM02602004E ETR 4000 LED Module Input States Description Assignment Via LED1 1 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 LED1 2 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 LED1 3 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 LED1 4 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 LED1 5 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 Acknow Sig 1 Module Input State Acknowledg
399. p IX or IR 5OR 2 Trip Signal Trip 5OR 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50R 2 IGH2 Blo Signal Blocked by IH2 50R 2 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 50R 2 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 50R 2 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 50R 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 50R 2 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 50R 2 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 5OR 2 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Blocking2 50R 2 ExBlo 1 Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 5OR 2 Rvs Blo I Module Input State Reverse Blocking 5OR 2 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter1 5OR 2 AdaptSet2 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 50R 2 AdaptSet3 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 5OR 2 AdaptSet4 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 51R 1 Active Signal Active 51R 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 51R 1 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 51R 1 Blo Tripcmd Signal Trip Command blocked 51R 1 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 51R 1 Pickup Signal Pickup IX or IR 51R 1 Trip Signal Trip 51R 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51R 1 IGH2 Blo Signal Blocked by IH2 51R 1 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 51R 1 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adapt
400. payenngeep you Buddi dmyoig punoig 1Z sBuno g Jajay z is 21406 a E o du eseyd 1212 du 212 c G L anv 11212 2 du 1212 Su 0S N H dnxyoig aseud Z IZ s dnld z x iS 21 05 AN annoy dup punog seyd ed yne4 6146 61 v 408 161405 sieuBis 6uyoo q ou pue you si 717 lt www eaton com 428 E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Zone Interlocking Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para 121 21 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para 121 21 1 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command Global Prot Para 121 121 1 Bkr Blo l Signal Blocked by Breaker Failure www eato
401. pective protection functions elements This MUST be tested in practical operation Check of all temporary blockings via digital inputs In order to avoid malfunctions all blockings related to tripping non tripping of protection function MUST be tested The test can be very complex and should therefore be performed by the same personnel who set up the protection concept CAUTION Check of all general trip blockings All general trip blockings MUST be tested N O E Prior to the initial operation of the protection device all tripping times and values shown in the adjustment list MUST be confirmed by a secondary test Any description of functions parameters inputs or outputs that does not N O TI C E match the device in hand can be ignored www eaton com 557 02602004 4000 Decommissioning Removing the Plug from the Relay Dismounting the relay will lead to a loss of the protection functionality Ensure that there is a back up protection If you are not aware of the consequences of decommissioning the device stop DO NOT start A WARNING Inform SCADA before you start Switch off the power supply Ensure that the cabinet is de energized and that there are no voltages that could lead to injury of personnel Disconnect the terminals at the rear side of the device DO NOT pull any cable pull on the plug If it is stuck use a screw driver Fasten the cable
402. pervision Corp LOAD PlicxuP 480 Device Planning Parameters of the Cold Load Pickup 483 Global Protection Parameter of the Cold Load Pickup rnnt 483 Set Parameters of the Cold Load Pickup 484 States of the Inputs of the Cold Load Pickup 486 Signals of the Cold Load Pickup Module States of the 486 Commissioning of the Cold Load Pickup 487 ExP Protection MopuLE EXTERNAL PROTECTION 4 489 Device Planning Parameters of the External Protection 491 Global Protection Parameters of the External Protection 491 Setting Group Parameters of the External Protection Module 492 External Protection Module Input 8 493 External Protection Module Signals Output 493 Commissioning External Protection uie citi nee iin n Ea tee Lee dana or eeu 494 Ext Temp Superv Protection EXTERNAL TEMPERATURE SUPERVISION 495
403. please refer to the URTD Module section The protective device provides tripping and alarming functions based on the direct temperature measurements read from Eaton s URTD device that has 11 temperature sensor channels Each channel will have one trip function without an intended delay and one alarm function with a delay The trip function has only a threshold setting Each individual A arm Function will have a threshold setting range and can be individually enabled or disabled Since the temperature cannot change instantaneously which is a way that temperature differs from current the delay is essentially built in to the function due to the fact that the temperature will take some time to increase from room temperature to the trip threshold level The dropout ratio for both trip and alarm is 0 99 The temperature rise is limited by the RTD driver The entire function can be turned off or on or individual channels can be turned off or on www eaton com 183 4000 IM02602004E gt fs ae wey Ir uueiv ars einjejeduie GLY uue y 1noeuit GLY annoy aaqoeul uonounj weya LY sleuBis ou pue payenyoeap jou si N
404. porarily Blocking Blo Temporarily Blocking I x Rvs Blo Fe o 5 2 m I x ExBlo Fc Temporarily I x Function Temporarily Blocking Prot ExBlo Fc ia I BR Tripping criterion fulfilled for overcurrent protection module e g 50P x How could the trip command be blocked www eaton com 249 4000 1 02602004 To Activate or Deactivate the Tripping Command of a Protection Module s 1u uuuBissv pwodu annoy fas 24 pwgduy o gx3 ueN ie annoy ojg owen www eaton com aiqeyoo g EWEN sBuryoojg 250 TON ETR 4000 02602004 Activate Deactivate Respectively to Block Temporary Protection Functions KC CN o gt 2 5 8 oy E hi uj 5 8 d 2 5 8 2 2 a 5 o 5 5 5 5 3 5 2 o 9lo ai 915 ESE ajeje a a 2 oe gt hi x a 5 BIB ays 2 515 4 s lt o g E E EIS 5 9 5 lt s
405. propriate current and voltage transformer shall be used based on the required input measurement ratings Those devices provide the necessary insulation functionality All current measuring inputs can be provided with 1 A or 5 A nominal Make sure that the wiring is correct www eaton com 51 IM02602004E Three phase Current Measurement Inom Secondary 5 52 co ETR 4000 Winding 1 Winding 2 W2 W1 10 IN www eaton com IW2B W2 X4 rem n 2 3 N a 5 PAB 6 N 7A BA 9 m E Ex qe b Three phase Current Measurement Inom Secondary 5 A E TON ETR 4000 02602004 Winding 1 Winding 2 w1 w2 CY lt M A A 1 IW2B co B Y x c o w1 W2 1 5A gt E 10 pA Ex r 3 12 Three phase Current Measurement Inom Secondary 5 A Three phase Current Measurement Inom Secondary 5 A 5A 1 5A j 44544 48 n Es gt 44444444442 a gt www eaton com 53 02602004 ETR 4000 TOM Navigation Operation Programmable LEDs LED System OK Display Programmable LEDs Operational Protective Device Softkeys INFO Key ACK RST key RS232 Interface Signals Messages PowerPort E Connection
406. protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules element are blocked that are parameterized Rvs Blo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt gt Prot 51P 1 Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module element Inactive Active Inactive Protection Para lt n gt Prot 51P 1 www eaton com 349 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Actie fne module element This Prot parameter is only effective if a signal is 51P 1 assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Criterion Measuring method Fundamental True RMS Protection Para fundamental or rms True RMS jens l Prot 51P 1 Pickup If the pickup value is 0 01 40 00In 1 00In Protection Para exceeded the Jens module element starts to time out to l Prot trip P I51P 1 Curve Shape Characteristic IEC NINV ANSI MINV Protection Para IEC VINV lt n gt IEC EINV Prot IEC LINV 51P 1 ANSI MINV ANSI VINV ANSI EINV Therm Flat IT I2T 14T t multiplier Time 0 05 20 00 51P 1 1 0 Protectio
407. r Values dex nnne o R Robe ce vx gue aee buc e edd D dude 276 Direct Commands of the Breaker Wear 277 DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION ccciocssssieicecsscrsesctuecessaxsesscceeceseessencdienentssseresvnrsseveuedusducsedivesuxssictesraesdeaisreeeass 278 Phase Current Differential 278 Setting the Tripping CNV PEE 279 Magnitude 280 280 Phase Compensation ABC Phase System scere tr ldveviddseensdbepeidusasavecishsvovnstedvanhsencvadeedes 281 Phase Compensation ACB Phase a a d n nn 287 Zero Sequence uc P 288 Retrofitting ure Compensa ic EET ER E T 288 Temporarily esl tel HE eiut roce cet ea 290 onsec 293 Automatic Calculations Amplitudes Vector Groups and Zero Sequence 295 Device Planning Parameters of the Phase Current Differential Protection a 301 Global Protection Parameters of the Phase Current Differential 301 Setting Group Parameters of the Phase Current Differential 302 Phase Current Differential Protection Module Input
408. r Failure 49 Active Signal Active 49 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 49 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 49 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 49 Alarm Signal Alarm Thermal Overload 49 Trip Signal Trip 49 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 49 Reset Thermal Cap Signal Resetting Thermal Replica 49 ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking1 49 2 Module Input State External Blocking2 49 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 51Q 1 Active Signal Active www eaton com 113 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Name Description 51Q 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 51Q 1 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 51Q 1 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 51Q 1 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 51Q 1 IH2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 51Q 1 Pickup Signal Pickup 51Q 1 Trip Signal Trip 51Q 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51Q 1 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 51Q 1 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 51Q 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 51Q 1 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 51Q 1 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 51Q 1 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 51Q 1 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blo
409. r each element the following characteristics are available NINV IEC XInv VINV IEC XInv LINV IEC XInv EINV IEC XInv MINV ANSI XInv VINV ANSI XInv EINV ANSI XInv Thermal Flat Therm Flat IT Therm Flat I2T and Therm Flat I4T Explanation t Tripping delay t multiplier Time multiplier tripping characteristic factor IG Fault current Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded the module element starts to time out to trip The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents but this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye connected www eaton com 395 02602004 ETR 4000 IEC NINV Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t AR t multiplier s t 08 t multiplier 5 icku 100 10 CH iu 1 0 t s t multiplier 0 5 0 2 0 1 0 05 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 396 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 IEC Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic de
410. r may depending on the type of device Set Cutoff Levels Assign Digital Inputs Assign LEDs Assign Acknowledgment Signals Configure Statistics Adapt HMI Settings Configure Recorders Reports Set Date and Time Change Passwords and or Check the Version Build of the Device System Parameters System Parameters are part of the Device Parameter Tree System Parameters comprise the essential basic settings of your switchboard such as rated frequency and transformer ratios Protection Parameters Protection Parameters are part of the Device Parameter Tree This Protection Parameters include the following Global Protection Parameters are part of the Protection Parameters settings and assignments that are done within the Global Parameter Tree are valid independent of the Setting Groups They have to be set only once In addition Global Protection Parameters include the parameters used for CB Management The Parameter Setting Switch is part of the Protection Parameters The User may either directly switch to a certain parameter setting group or determine the conditions for switching onto another parameter setting group Setting Group Parameters are part of the Protection Parameters By means of the Setting Group Parameters the User may individually adapt the protective device to the current conditions or grid conditions The Setting Group Parameters may be individually set in each Settings group 224 www ea
411. ra Global Prot Para Prot AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Prot AdaptSet3 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot AdaptSet4 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Parameter4 Global Prot Para l Prot 50X 1 362 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 50 Ground Fault Protection Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Pickup Signal Pickup IX or IR Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command IGH2 Blo Signal Blocked by IH2 Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 Commissioning Ground Fault Protection Non directional ANSI 50X Please test the non directional ground overcurrent analog to the non directional phase overcurrent protection www eaton com 363 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh 51X INV Measured Ground Fault Protection Module ANSI 51X Elements 51X 1 51X 2 Al
412. ra Blocking Global Prot Para Supervision IBF 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking Global Prot Para Supervision BF 1 Trigger Module Input Trigger that will start Protection Para Me BE Global Prot Para Supervision IBF 1 Trigger2 Module Input Trigger that will start Protection Para DER Global Prot Para Supervision IBF 1 Trigger3 Module Input Trigger that will start Protection Para Global Prot Para Supervision BF 1 BF Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Pickup Signal BF Module Started Pickup Trip Signal Breaker Failure Trip BF Module Trigger Functions These trips will start the BF module if all trips have been selected as the trigger event Name Description No assignment 87 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87H TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87GD 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87GDH 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 87GD 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 518 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Description 87GDH 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50P 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50P 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50P 3 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50P 4 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51P 1 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 51P 2 TripCm
413. rameters of the IH2 447 Inrush Module 2 States U u UU 447 IH2 Module Signals Output States u lll Eg aede ex a ke up EU RE csv 448 COMMISSIONING MA2 z cs e EEUU 449 510 OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 5190 450 Device Planning Parameters of the 510 464 Global Protection Parameters of the 510 464 Setting Group Parameters of the 510 466 51Q Module Input me t lt 5 ee 469 510 Module Signals Output 470 Commissioning Unbalanced Load heec 471 SOTF PROTECTION MODULE SWITCH ONTO 472 Device Planning Parameters of the Switch Onto Fault 22 474 Global Protection Parameters of the Switch Onto Fault 475 Setting Group Parameters of the Switch Onto Fault 0 477 Switch Onto Fault Module Input 478 Signals of the Switch Onto Fault Module Output 5 478 Commissioning Switch Onto Fault ANSI 0 22 479 CLPU Su
414. rature RTD6 Alarm Functional Trip Functional W2 C Alarm W2 C t Delay W2 C Trip MW6 18 19 W2 C Transformer Winding 2 Phase C RTD Temperature RTD7 Alarm Functional Trip Functional Amb1 Alarm Amb1 t Delay Amb1 Trip MB1 20 21 AMB1 Transformer Ambient RTD Temperature 1 RTD8 Alarm Functional Trip Functional Amb2 Alarm Amb2 t Delay Amb2 Trip MB2 23 24 AMB2 Transformer Ambient RTD Temperature 2 RTD9 Alarm Functional Trip Functional Aux1 Alarm Aux1 t Delay Aux1 Trip LB1 26 27 AUX1 User Defined RTD Temperature www eaton com 175 1 02602004 4000 E T N RTD Control URTD Connection Name Terminals Transformer Temperature Monitoring Point RTD10 Alarm Functional Trip Functional Aux2 Alarm Aux2 t Delay Aux2 Trip LB2 29 30 AUX2 User Defined RTD Temperature RTD11 Alarm Functional Trip Functional Aux3 Alarm Aux3 t Delay Aux3 Trip AUX1 33 34 AUX3 User Defined RTD Temperature 176 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Consult the URTD Module Instruction Leaflet I L 173670 for complete N O 6 instructions Three URTD terminals are provided for each RTD input The three terminals for any unused RTD input channel should be wired together For example if MW5 and MW6 are unused MW5 terminals 13 14 and 15 should be wired tog
415. re Detector 1 Alarm Active Pene Function Temp Prot RTD RTD1 186 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Trip Function Resistance Inactive Active Protection Para Temperature Detector 1 Trip Active fon Function Temp Prot RTD RTD1 W1 A Alarm Winding1 Phase A 0 200 C 105 C Protection Para Threshold for gt Temperature Alarm n Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning RTD Alarm Function IRTD1 Use W1 A t Delay Winding1 Phase A If 1 2160005 10s Protection Para this time is expired a jens Temperature Alarm n will be generated Temp Prot Only available if RTD Device Planning RTD1 Alarm Function Use W1 A Trip Winding1 Phase A 0 200 C 110 C Protection Para Threshold for jenes Temperature Trip Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning Trip RTD Function Use IRTD1 Alarm Function Alarm Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD2 Trip Function Trip Function Inactive Active Protection Para Active lt n gt Temp Prot RTD RTD2 W1 B Alarm Winding1 Phase B 0 200 C 105 C Protection Para Threshold for jens Temperature Alarm 1 Temp Prot Only available if Device Planning RTD Alarm Function RTD2 Use www eaton com 187 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E Te Parameter Descr
416. rec Reset record Signal Delete Record Disturb rec Man Trigger Signal Manual Trigger Disturb rec Start1 l State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Disturb rec Start2 State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Disturb rec Start3 State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Disturb rec Start4 l State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Disturb rec Start5 l State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Disturb rec Start6 l State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Disturb rec Start7 l State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Disturb rec Start8 State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Fault rec Reset record Signal Delete Record Fault rec Man Trigger Signal Manual Trigger Fault rec Start1 l State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Fault rec Start2 l State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Fault rec Start3 l State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Fault rec Start4 l State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Fault rec Start5 l State of the module input Trigger event start recording if Fault rec Start6 l State of the module
417. rip Circuit Supervision Not Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker www eaton com 531 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E LTN Commissioning Trip Circuit Monitoring for Breakers 74TC NOTICE For breakers that trip by means of little energy e g via an optocoupler it has to be ensured that the current applied by the digital inputs will not cause false tripping of the breaker Object to Be Tested Test of the trip circuit monitoring with 52a and 52b contact Procedure Part 1 Simulate failure of the control voltage in the power circuits Successful Test Result Part 1 After expiration of t TCM the trip circuit supervision TCM of the device should signal an alarm Procedure Part 2 Simulate a broken cable in the breaker control circuit Successful Test Result Part 2 After expiration of t TCM the trip circuit supervision TCM of the device should signal an alarm 532 www eaton com 4000 02602004 CTS Supervision Module Current Transformer Supervision CTS 1 CTS 2 Most functions of metering protection and control in the relay rely on correct current measurements It is important to make sure the CT connections and their operations are correct The failures including CT secondary wire broken insulation broken down broken wiring between CT and relay and mismatched polarities will cause the incorrect current measurements The other CT errors
418. rip Command IH2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 Pickup Signal Pickup Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 470 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Commissioning Unbalanced Load 510 Object to be tested Signals to be measured for each current protection element the threshold values total tripping time recommended or alternatively tripping delays and the dropout ratios N Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping delay The tripping delay should be specified by the customer The total tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker not at the relay output contacts Total tripping time tripping delay please refer to the tolerances of the protection stages breaker operating time about 50 ms Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer Necessary means Current source Current meters Timer Procedure Testing the threshold values In order to get a negative sequence current please change the phase sequence at the terminals of the current sour
419. rotection Para Global Prot Para ISOTF Ext SOTF I Module Input State External Switch Protection Para Global Prot Para ISOTF Signals of the Switch Onto Fault Module Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking enabled Signal Switch Onto Fault enabled This Signal can be used to modify Overcurrent Protection Settings I lt Signal No Load Current 478 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Commissioning Switch Onto Fault ANSI 50HS Object to be tested Testing the module_Switch Onto Fault according to the configured operating mode No current Bkr state Breaker position No current and Bkr state Position of the breaker and Bkr manual ON Necessary means Three phase current source If the Enable Mode depends on current meters May be needed if the Enable Mode depends on current and Timer Test Example for Mode Bkr Manual ON Mode I lt In order to test the effectiveness Initially do not feed any current Start the timer and feed with an abrupt change current that is distinctly greater than the I lt threshold to the measuring inputs of the relay Mode I and Bkr state Simultaneous switch on the breaker manually and feed with an abrupt change current that is distinctly greater than the I threshold Mode Bkr state The bre
420. rse Blocking is activated allowed ODDS within a parameter Prot set and if the state of the assigned signal is 51X 1 true www eaton com 377 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Parameter Global Prot Para l Prot 51X 1 AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Bela ere Global Prot Para l Prot I51X 1 AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection dad Global Prot Para l Prot 51X 1 AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive AdaptSet Protection Para Parameter 4 Global Prot Para 51X 1 378 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Setting Group Parameters of the 51 Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module element Inactive Active 51X 1 Inactive 51X 2 Active Protection Para lt n gt Prot 51X 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or inactivate disallow blocking of the module element This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Inactive Active Inactive Prot
421. s RO Slot X2 RO 4 Assignment 7 Assignment 1 n Assignment List Device Para Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 4 Inverting 7 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active Relay Outputs RO Slot X2 4 DISARMED Ctrl Enables and disables Inactive Inactive Service the disarming of the Acti Test relay outputs This is cuve es the first step of a two DISARMED step process to inhibit the operation Slot X2 or the relay outputs Please refer to Disarm for the second step Disarm Mode CAUTION RELAYS Permanent Permanent Service DISARMED in order Ti Test to safely perform es maintenance while IDISARMED eliminating the risk of taking an entire Slot X2 process off line Note Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed YOU MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance t Timeout DISARM The relays will be 0 00 300 00s 0 03s Service armed again after Test expiring of this time DISARMED Only available if Mode Timeout Slot X2 DISARM www eaton com 145 1 02602004 4000 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Force Mode By means of this function the normal Relay Output States can be overwritten forced in case that the Relay Output is not in a disarmed state The relays can be set from normal operation
422. s URTD W1 B max Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Maximum Value Statistics URTD W1 B avg Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Average Value Statistics URTD W1 B min Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Minimum Value am Statistics URTD W1 C max Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Maximum Value i Statistics URTD W1 C avg Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Average Value Statistics URTD W1 C min Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Minimum Value Statistics URTD W2 A max Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Maximum Value m Statistics URTD W2 A avg Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Average Value Statistics URTD W2 A min Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Minimum Value Statistics URTD W2 B max Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Maximum Value A Statistics URTD www eaton com 179 02602004 ETR 4000 E Value Description Menu Path W2 B avg Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Average Value IStatistics URTD W2 B min Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Minimum Value Statistics URTD W2 C max Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Maximum Value 52 Statistics URTD W2 C avg Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Average Value Statistics URTD W2 C min Measured Value Win
423. s 1u uu 3 N s SBulyoolg ureJBerg 0 Y F ul u www eaton com 376 E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Device Planning Parameters of the 51X Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Non directional Non directional Device Planning Global Protection Parameters of the 51X Ground Fault Protection Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Winding Side Winding Side W1 51X 1 W1 Protection Para W2 51X 2 W2 Global Prot Para Prot 51X 1 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a l Prot parameter set and if the state of the 51X 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Prol Pata allowed within a I Prot parameter set and if the state of the 51X 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Ms of IGlobal Prot Para element if blocking is activated allowed within a parameter 51X 1 set and if the state of the assigned signal is true Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking if 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Reve
424. s Name Description Reset record Signal Delete Record Man Trigger Signal Manual Trigger 212 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Module Event Recorder Event rec The event recorder can register up to 300 events and the last minimum 50 saved events are fail safe recorded The following information is provided for any of the events Events are logged as follows Record No Fault No Netfault No Date of Record Module Name State Sequential Number of the A Netfault No can Time stamp What has Changed Value Number ongoing fault have several Fault changed Nos This counter will be incremented This counter will be by each General incremented by each Pickup General Pickup POL PICKU Exception AR this applies only to devices that offer auto reclosing There are three different classes of events Alternation of binary states are shown as 0 21 if the signal changes physically from 0 to 1 1 50 if the signal changes physically from 1 to 0 Counters increment is shown as Old Counter state gt New Counter state e g 3 24 Alternation of multiple states are shown as Old state gt New state e g 0 gt 2 www eaton com 213 02602004 4000 Te Read Out the Event Recorder Call up the main menu Call up the sub menu Operation Recorders Event rec Select an event Read Out the
425. s external trips and external blockings are correctly recognized and processed by the device 506 www eaton com ETR 4000 02602004 Sudden Pressure Protection Module Sudden Pressure Protection Available elements Sudden Press Principle General Use Most large size transformers 5000 KVA or above are recommended to be equipped with a sudden pressure relay that detects rapid change in oil or gas pressure within the tank as result of internal arcing The sudden pressure relay can detect internal faults such as turn to turn faults that other protection functions such as differential and overcurrents may not be sensitive enough to sense The sudden pressure relay is usually equipped with output contacts that can be directly used for tripping and alarming but it does not have recording and communication capabilities built in A sudden pressure protection module is provided in the protective device to take the output signals from the conventional sudden pressure relay and to form more secure and intelligent transformer protections Through this module the events of sudden pressure relay operations can be recorded and communicated to the control center www eaton com 507 ETR 4000 1 02602004 9 b ssena ueppns Jo jou Burddu f du 01 eseald S S du j sseJg ueppns
426. s Blo Module Input State Reverse Blocking 50P 2 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter 50P 2 AdaptSetz2 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 50P 2 AdaptSet3 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 50P 2 AdaptSet4 l Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 50P 3 Active Signal Active 50P 3 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 50P 3 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 50P 3 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 50P 3 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 50P 3 Pickup IA Signal Pickup IA 50P 3 Pickup IB Signal Pickup IB 50P 3 Pickup IC Signal Pickup IC 50P 3 Pickup Signal Pickup 50P 3 Trip IA Signal Trip IA 50P 3 Trip IB Signal Trip IB 50P 3 Trip IC Signal Trip IC 50P 3 Trip Signal Trip 50OP 3 TripCmd Signal Trip Command 50P 3 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 50P 3 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 50P 3 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 50P 3 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 50P 3 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 50P 3 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 50P 3 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 50P 3 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 50P 3 Rvs Blo
427. s and terminals in the cabinet by means of cable clips to ensure that no accidental electrical connections are caused Hold the device at the front side while removing the mounting nuts Remove the device carefully from the cabinet In case no other device is to be mounted or replaced cover close the cut out in the front door Close the cabinet 558 www eaton com 4000 02602004 Service General Within the Service menu the User can initiate a reboot of the device www eaton com 559 02602004 ETR 4000 LTN Maintenance Mode Principle General Use The Maintenance Mode can be used to reduce arc flash levels N O TI CE Refer to Std NFPA7OE A DO NOT attempt to install or perform maintenance on equipment while it is energized Severe personal injury or death can result from contact with energized equipment Verify that no voltage is present before opening doors of the switchboard A ER If maintenance will be performed on a device special protective clothing and equipment MUST BE USED and all industry standard procedures MUST BE FOLLOWED Failure to do so can result in severe personal injury or death The Maintenance Mode can improve safety by providing a simple and reliable method to reduce fault clearing time and lower incident energy levels at energized panels The Maintenance Mode allows the User to switch to more sensitive settings via the HMl panel Communicati
428. save the file Confirm the Save button www eaton com 209 02602004 4000 Te Direct Commands of the Fault Recorder Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Reset all rec Reset all records Inactive Inactive Operation Active Reset Man Trigger Manual Trigger False False Operation True Recorders Man Trigger Global Protection Parameters of the Fault Recorder Module Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Start 1 Start recording if the 1 Assignment List Prot Trip Device Para assigned signal is true IRecorders Fault rec Start 2 Start recording if the 1 Assignment List Device Para assigned signal is true Recorders Fault rec Start 3 Start recording if the 1 n Assignment List Device Para assigned signal is Recorders Fault rec Start 4 Start recording if the 1 Assignment List Device Para assigned signal is Recorders Fault rec Start 5 Start recording if the 1 Assignment List Device Para assigned signal is true Recorders Fault rec Start 6 Start recording if the 1 Assignment List Device Para assigned signal is irue Recorders Fault rec Start 7 Start recording if the 1 Assignment List Device Para assigned signal is true Recorders Fault rec Start 8 Start recording if the 1 Assignment List
429. se current Operation Fundamental Measured Values Currents W1 IX meas Fund Measured value measured IX Fundamental Operation Measured Values Currents W 1 IR calc Fund Measured value calculated IR Operation SF nddmsntap Measured Values Currents W 1 10 Fund Measured value calculated Zero Operation current Fundamental Measured Values Currents W 1 11 Fund Measured value calculated Positive Operation ps d o purem Measured Values Currents W1 82 www eaton com ETR 4000 02602004 12 Measured value calculated Operation Unbalanced load current Fundamental Measured Values Currents W 1 IA H2 Measured Value Ratio of 2nd Operation harmonic over fundamental of IA Measured Values Currents W 1 IB H2 Measured Value Ratio of 2nd Operation harmonic over fundamental of IB Measured Values Currents W 1 IC H2 Measured Value Ratio of 2nd Operation harmonic over fundamental of IC Measured Values Currents W 1 IG H2 Measured Value Ratio of 2nd Operation harmonic over fundamental of IG Measured Values Currents W 1 RMS Measured value Phase current Operation RMS Measured Values Currents W1 IB RMS Measured value Phase current Operation RMS Measured Values Currents W1 IC RMS Measured value Phase current Operation BMS Measured Values Currents W 1
430. ser has total phase shift 1 11 12 same as 0 in terms of phase shift If the User has a Yd5 transformer and the neutral on the Y side is grounded the User must have CTs on the Y side connected as DAB Dy1 then the User has total phase shift 5 1 6 288 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Transformer Winding Connection Type Dy1 Dy5 Dy Dy11 Yd1 Yd5 Yd7 Yd11 CT Delta Connection Type on Y or y side DAC Dy11 DAB Dy1 DAC Dy11 DAB Dy1 DAC Dy11 DAB Dy1 DAC Dy11 DAB Dy1 Total Phase Shift Multiple n Once a correct phase shift n is selected the phase compensation calculations are done automatically using the corresponding phase shifting matrix listed in the table www eaton com 289 02602004 4000 Te Temporarily Restraining The transient behavior can be evoked by 1 Directly energizing the transformer inrush effect 2 Sympathetic inrush current sharing due to adjacent transformer energization and or 3 Saturation of the CT Temporarily restraining can be triggered by 1 2nd harmonic trigger is enabled and the percentage of the 2nd harmonic exceeds its threshold 2 4th harmonic trigger is enabled and the percentage of the 4th harmonic exceeds its threshold 3 5th harmonic trigger is enabled and the percentage of the 5th harmonic exceeds its threshold or 4 CT saturation trigger is enabled and saturation is detected
431. sh group a LEDs group A ignals is true Green flash ILED 1 LED Inactive Color The LED lights up Green LEDs group A Device Para mesta Red LEDs group B Green LEDs assignment of the Red flash LEDs group A Green flash 1 Assignment 1 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A 50P 1 Pickup LEDs group B Bkr 1 Pos CLOSE Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 Inverting 1 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 Assignment 2 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group A Device Para 51P 1 Pickup LEDs group B LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 156 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Inverting 2 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 Assignment 3 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group Device Para 5OR 1 Pickup LEDs group B LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 50R 1 Pickup LEDs group B Inverting 3 Inverting of the state Inactive Inactive Device Para of the assigned signal Active LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 Assignment 4 Assignment 1 n Assignment List LEDs group Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 1 51Q 1 TripCmd LEDs group B Inv
432. sing only OUTPUT logic Upstream device application using only TRIP logic or Midstream device application using both OUTPUT and TRIP logics together The following menu and tables show the detailed information about the settings Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of module element Active lt gt 121 21 1 General Settings 418 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Active alg module element This 121 parameter is only effective if a signal is Iz assigned to the General Settings corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking Inactive Inactive Protection Para of the Trip Command 4 of the Active lt n gt module element 121 21 1 General Settings ExBlo TripCmd Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the ne module element This 121 parameter is only effective if a signal is Iz assigned to the General Settings corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those
433. specified The changeable signals are listed in the Assignment List section A WARNING Make sure that the tightening torque is 5 7 In Ib 0 56 0 79 Nm Please carefully consider the current carrying capacity of the Relay Outputs Please refer to the Technical Data section 38 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Terminal Marking 2 5 for Device 4000 with Zone Interlocking Do not use Shield OUT COM Shield ZONE INTERLOCKING Pin Assignment for Device ETR 4000 with Zone Interlocking 0 MK Z Do not use 1 Do not use 9 8 76 5 4 3 2 Shield OUT COM Shield ZONE INTERLOCKING 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 www eaton com 39 02602004 ETR 4000 Interface for the URTD Module The Universal Resistance Temperature Detector URTD module has to be connected to the protective device at the special fiber optic interface 1 optical slave The fiber optic interface is at position Terminal X102 Terminal Marking X102 Interface for the External URTD Module Interface Ext URTD Module O Rx 40 www eaton com Te N ETR 4000 IM02602004E Communication Interface Modbus RTU A WARNING Make sure that the tightening torque is 2 4 In Ib 0 22 0 45 Nm Terminal Marking X103 for th
434. sponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Sudden Press 510 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 Sudden Pressure Protection Module Input States 1 02602004 Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Sudden Press ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Sudden Press ExBlo Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command IGlobal Prot Para Sudden Press Alarm Module Input State Alarm Protection Para Global Prot Para Sudden Press Module Input State Trip Protection Para Global Prot Para Sudden Press Sudden Pressure Protection Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Alarm Signal Alarm Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command www eaton com 511 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E Commissioning Sudden Pressure Protection Object to be tested Test of the Sudden Pressure Protection module Necessary means Dependent on the application Procedure Simulate the functionality of the Sudden Pr
435. state of the assigned signal is true Alarm Assignment for 1 n Assignment List Protection Para External Alann Global Prot Para ExP ExP 1 Trip External trip of the 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Bkr if the state of the assigned signal is Global Prot Para true ExP ExP 1 www eaton com 491 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E T N Setting Group Parameters of the External Protection Module effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Function Permanent activation Inactive Inactive Protection Para or deactivation of Acti dans module element Cuve ExP ExP 1 ExBlo Fc Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate disallow blocking of the Active module element This ExP parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo Fc active Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking Inactive Inactive Protection Para of the Trip Command of the Active lt n gt module element ExP ExP 1 ExBlo TripCmd Activate allow or Inactive Inactive Protection Para inactivate dis
436. stic IEC NINV ANSI MINV Protection Para IEC VINV lt n gt IEC EINV Prot IEC LINV 51X 1 ANSI MINV ANSI VINV ANSI EINV Therm Flat IT I2T 14T t multiplier Time 0 05 20 00 51X 1 1 0 Protection Para multiplier tripping characteristic factor STE Ine Prot 151X 1 380 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Reset Mode Reset Mode Instantaneous Calculated Protection Para t delay lt n gt Calculated Prot 51X 1 t reset Reset time for 0 00 60 00s 0 00s Protection Para intermittent phase fens failures INV i characteristics only Prot Only available 51X 1 if Reset Mode t delay IH2 Blo Blocking the trip Inactive Inactive Protection Para command if an Acti jns inrush is detected Cuve n 51X 1 www eaton com 381 02602004 ETR 4000 51X Ground Fault Protection Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking Global Prot Para Prot 51X 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking Global Prot Para Prot 51X 1 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command IGlobal Prot Para 51X 1 Rvs Blo l Module Input State Reverse Protection P
437. stics 49 Thermal Cap min Thermal Capacity minimum value Operation Statistics 49 442 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Commissioning Thermal Replica 49 Object to be tested Protective function ThR Necessary means Three phase current source Timer Procedure Calculate the tripping time based on the formula provided The warming up time constant has to be known to guarantee optimal N O C protection I Ip t t warm In ee Legend t Tripping delay t warm Warming up time constant t cool Cooling time constant lb Base Current Maximum permissible thermal continuous current K Overload Factor The maximum thermal limit is defined as k IB the product of the overload factor and the basic current Measured current x In Ip Preload Current Testing the threshold values Apply the current on which the mathematical calculation was based Testing the trip delay The thermal capacity should be zero before the test is started see NOTICE Measuring Values For testing the trip delay a timer is to be connected to the contact of the associated trip relay Apply the current on which the mathematical calculation was based The timer is started as soon as the current is applied and it is stopped when the relay trips Successful test result The calculated tripping time and the drop out ratio comply with the measured values For permissible devi
438. stics new measuring a interval if the assigned signal becomes true rising edge Only available if Start via StartFct ResetFct Reset of statistics if 1 n Assignment List Device Para the assigned signal iai becomes true slope Stalistics Duration Recording time 15 5 155 Device Para Only available if Start 30 s Statistics via Duration 1 min 10 min 30 min 1h 2h 6 h 12 h 1 d 2 d 5 d 7 d 10 d www eaton com 91 IM02602004E ETR 4000 States of the Inputs of the Statistics Module counter means the User can check being acquired over by the statistics increments this statistics are alive and if data are Name Description Assignment Via StartFct l Module input state Start statistics Device Para Module input signal Statistics ResetFct l Module Input State Reset Statistics Device Para Module input signal Statistics Signals of the Statistics Module Name Description Reset Signal Reset of Statistics Counters of the Module Statistics Value Description Menu Path MeasPointNo Each measuring point that is taken Operation Count and RevData Statistics of this counter whether the 92 www eato n com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Resets Collective Acknowledgments for Latched Signals Collecti
439. sult factory for the availability of variants Ground current measurement Four 4 variants are needed for DY YY YD DD application in case of using the sensitive ground cur rent variant In the U S market DY connection is normally needed 30 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Installation and Connection Three Side View N O Depending on the connection method of the communication system used the needed space depth differs If for instance a D Sub Plug is used it has to be added to the depth dimension 7 07 Mich 179 5 Inches prod as Millimeters a a 14 48 5 56 8 16 141 1 207 3 972 __ 108 6 00 246 9 27 4 1152 4 O Opera T Gp m o LL oy 943 re F OF LL Ro lee ee d 8 70 6 14 4 712 COL X JO 221 0 156 0 9 1180 9 ene ox erm que tune eme 3 56 190 4 op B o 2002901 163 51 Outline Projection Moun
440. t 66D2225G05 ETR 4000A11A0 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Sensitive Ground Current 0 5A 0 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU Modbus TCP No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Standard Mount 66D2225G06 ETR 4000A0BBO 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Ground Current 5A 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU RS 485 Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Standard Mount 66D2225G07 ETR 4000A0HBO 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Ground Current 5A 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac IEC 61850 Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Standard Mount 66D2225G08 ETR 4000A01B0 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Ground Current 5A 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU Modbus TCP Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Standard Mount 66D2225G09 ETR 4000A1BBO 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Sensitive Ground Current 0 5A 0 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU RS 485 Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Standard Mount 66D2225G10 ETR 4000A1HBO 8 DI
441. t A WARNING The housing must be carefully grounded Connect a ground cable AWG 12 10 4 to 6 mm 15 In Ib 1 7 Nm to the housing using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol at the rear side of the device The power supply card needs a separate ground connection AWG 14 2 5 mm 5 7 In Ib 0 56 0 79 Nm at terminal X1 www eaton com 31 02602004 ETR 4000 7 07 1179 5 Jala lala Inches Millimeters 7 49 1190 4 9 72 6 74 1246 9 8 122 3 614 4 88 6 64 1156 0 124 0 168 6 8 70 1221 0 0 56 042 Outline Standard Mount A WARNING The housing must be carefully grounded Connect a ground cable AWG 12 10 4 to 6 mm 15 In Ib 1 7 Nm to the housing using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol at the rear side of the device The power supply card needs a separate ground connection AWG 14 2 5 mm 5 7 In Ib 0 56 0 79 Nm at terminal X1 32 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Installation Diagram Even when the auxiliary voltage is switched off unsafe voltages remain at the devic
442. t module Protection is activated only if in the Prot module the parameter Function is Active i e with Function Inactive no protection function is operating If Function Inactive then the device cannot protect any components Switching Modules On or Off Each of the modules can be switched On or Off permanently This is achieved when the Function parameter is set to Active or Inactive in the respective module Activating or Deactivating the Tripping Command of a Protection Permanently In each of the protections the tripping command to the breaker can be permanently blocked For this purpose the TripCmd Blo parameter has to be set to Active Temporary Blocking To Block the Complete Protection of the Device Temporarily by a Signal In the Prot module the complete protection of the device can be blocked temporarily by a signal On the condition that a module external blocking is permitted ExBlo Fc active In addition to this a related blocking signal from the Assignment list must have been assigned For the time the allocated blocking signal is active the module is blocked If the Prot module is blocked the complete protection function does not work As long as the blocking signal is active the device cannot protect any components To Block a Complete Protection Module Temporarily by an Active Assignment In order to establish a temporary bl
443. t 2 1 is defined as the fundamental differential current Where are uncompensated winding primary phase current phasors eS an and gt are the compensated phase current phasors of winding 1 and winding 2 Under normal conditions the differential current should be below ee When an internal fault occurs the different current will raise above the restraining current to trip To establish this trip criterion two winding currents must be matched by compensating their magnitudes and phases 278 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 f load and external faults d H m is the temporary restraining current which is a configurable multiple of the base current 1 0 54 im 26i is the fundamental restraining current and it is also called the through current for normal Trip Range Id Ir2 Static Base Curve Operating Range id lro 6 Slope Irl 2 Ib Ir2 10 Ib Ir Ib Setting the Tripping Curve is the minimum differential current multiple scaled to the base current in order for the phase restrained differential protection to trip which should be set based on the static error no load error transformer magnetizing current and measurement circuit noise K and K the restraining slopes that can be determined with the settings Lr Lj that are expressed as
444. t E alternatively by means of keyboard commands instead of the mouse Description Move up within the navigation tree parameter list Move down within the navigation tree or parameter list lt Collapse the tree item or select a folder on a higher level gt Expands the tree item or selects a sub folder Numpad Expands the tree item Numpad Collapses the tree item Home Moves to the top of the active window End Moves to the bottom of the active window Ctrl O el the file opening dialog Browsing through the file system for an existing device ile Ctrl N Creates a new parameter file by means of a template Ctrl S Saves the actual loaded parameter file F1 Displays the on line help information F2 Loads device data F5 Reloads the displayed data of a device Ctrl F5 Enables the automatic refresh Ctrl Shift T Moves back to the navigation window Ctrl F6 Walks through the tabular forms detail windows Page Moves to the previous value parameter setting Page V Moves to the next value parameter setting 60 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 PowerPort E PowerPort E is software that is used to configure a device and read data from a device PowerPort E provides the following Menu controlled parameter setting including validity checks Off line configuration of all relay types Reading and eval
445. t Temp Superv 3 Alarm Module Input State Alarm Ext Temp Superv 3 Trip Module Input State Trip URTD W1 A Superv Signal Supervision Channel W1 A URTD W1 B Superv Signal Supervision Channel W1 B URTD W1 C Superv Signal Supervision Channel W1 C URTD W2 A Superv Signal Supervision Channel W2 A URTD W2 B Superv Signal Supervision Channel W2 B URTD W2 C Superv Signal Supervision Channel W2 C URTD Amb1 Superv Signal Supervision Channel Amb1 URTD Amb2 Superv Signal Supervision Channel Amb2 URTD Aux1 Superv Signal Supervision Channel Aux1 URTD Aux2 Superv Signal Supervision Channel Aux2 URTD Aux3 Superv Signal Supervision Channel Aux3 URTD Superv Signal URTD Supervision Channel URTD active Signal URTD active RTD Active Signal Active RTD ExBlo Signal External Blocking 118 www eaton com ETR 4000 1 02602004 E T N Name Description RTD Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked RTD ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command RTD Alarm Alarm RTD Temperature Protection RTD Trip Signal Trip RTD TripCmd Signal Trip Command RTD W1 A Trip Winding1 Phase A Signal Trip RTD W1 A Alarm Winding1 Phase A Alarm RTD Temperature Protection RTD W1 A Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase A Timeout Alarm RTD W1 A Invalid Winding1 Phase A Signal Invalid Temperature Measurement Value e g caused by an defect
446. t of all Counters Communication Ack Comm Comm Signal Acknowledge Communication Communication Ack TripCmd Comm Signal Reset Trip Command Communication 554 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 Special Values of the System Module 1 02602004 Value Description Menu Path Build Build Device Para Version Version Version Device Para version Operating hours Cr Operating hours counter Operation Count and RevData Sys www eaton com 555 02602004 ETR 4000 Commissioning Before starting work on an open switchboard it is required that the switchboard is de energized and the following five safety regulations have been met Safety precautions DA N G E R Disconnect the power supply Secure against reconnection Verify that the equipment is de energized Connect to ground and short circuit all phases and Cover or safeguard all live adjacent parts A DAN The secondary circuit of a current transformer must never be opened during operation The prevailing high voltages can cause severe injury or death Even when the auxiliary voltage is switched off it is likely that there are still hazardous voltages at the component connections All locally applicable national and international installation and safety regulations for working at electrical power installations MUST always to be followed Prior to the initial voltage connection the f
447. t to be protected Remember to set the URTD module DIP switches according to the types of RTDs in each of the channels see ILL 173670 www eaton com 177 02602004 4000 Device Planning Parameters of the URTD Module Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Do not use Use Device Planning Use URTD Signals Output States Name Description W1 A Superv Signal Supervision Channel W1 A W1 B Superv Signal Supervision Channel W1 B W1 C Superv Signal Supervision Channel W1 C W2 A Superv Signal Supervision Channel W2 A W2 B Superv Signal Supervision Channel W2 B W2 C Superv Signal Supervision Channel W2 C Amb1 Superv Signal Supervision Channel Amb1 Amb2 Superv Signal Supervision Channel Amb2 Aux1 Superv Signal Supervision Channel Aux1 Aux2 Superv Signal Supervision Channel Aux2 Aux3 Superv Signal Supervision Channel Aux3 Superv Signal URTD Supervision Channel active Signal URTD active 178 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 URTD Module Statistics Value Description Menu Path W1 A max Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Maximum Value Statistics URTD W1 A avg Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Average Value Statistics URTD W1 A min Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Minimum Value Statistic
448. te External Blocking of the Trip Command ExP 1 Alarm l Module Input State Alarm ExP 1 Trip I Module Input State Trip ExP 2 Active Signal Active ExP 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking ExP 2 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExP 2 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command ExP 2 Alarm Signal Alarm ExP 2 Trip Signal Trip ExP 2 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ExP 2 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 ExP 2 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 ExP 2 ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command ExP 2 Alarm l Module Input State Alarm ExP 2 Trip I Module Input State Trip ExP 3 Active Signal Active ExP 3 ExBlo Signal External Blocking ExP 3 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExP 3 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command ExP 3 Alarm Signal Alarm ExP 3 Trip Signal Trip ExP 3 TripCmd Signal Trip Command ExP 3 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 ExP 3 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 ExP 3 ExBlo Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command ExP 3 Alarm l Module Input State Alarm ExP 3 Trip I Module Input State
449. tection Para Global Prot Para Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Manual CLOSE I Module Input State Breaker was switched on manually Protection Para Global Prot Para Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Manual OPEN I Module Input State Breaker was switched off Protection Para A Global Prot Para Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Ready l Module Input State Breaker Ready Protection Para Global Prot Para Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Breaker Manager Signals Outputs States Name Description TripCmd Signal Trip Command Ack TripCmd Signal Acknowledge Trip Command State Signal Breaker Position 0 Indeterminate 1 OPEN 2 CLOSE 3 Disturbed Ready Signal Breaker is ready for operation Manual OPEN Signal Breaker was switched off manually Manual CLOSE Signal Breaker was switched on manually Pos OPEN Signal Breaker is in OPEN Position Pos CLOSE Signal Breaker is in CLOSE Position Pos Indeterm Signal Breaker is in Indeterminate Position Pos Disturb Signal Breaker Disturbed Undefined Breaker Position The Position Indicators contradict themselves After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true www eaton com 273 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Breaker Wear BWear 1 BWear 2 Principle General Use The sum of the accumulated interrupted currents are monitored by the Breaker Wear Module Device Planning Parameters of the Breaker Wear Module
450. ter1 51Q 2 AdaptSet2 I Module Input State Adaptive Parameter2 114 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Description 51Q 2 AdaptSet3 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter3 51Q 2 AdaptSet4 Module Input State Adaptive Parameter4 IH2 1 Active Signal Active IH2 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking IH2 1 Blo Phase A Signal Blocked Phase A IH2 1 Blo Phase B Signal Blocked Phase B IH2 1 Blo Phase C Signal Blocked Phase C IH2 1 Blo IG Signal Blocking of the Earth Protection Module IH2 1 3 ph Blo Signal Inrush was detected in at least one phase trip command blocked IH2 1 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 IH2 1 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 IH2 2 Active Signal Active IH2 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking IH2 2 Blo Phase A Signal Blocked Phase A IH2 2 Blo Phase B Signal Blocked Phase B IH2 2 Blo Phase C Signal Blocked Phase C IH2 2 Blo IG Signal Blocking of the Earth Protection Module IH2 2 3 ph Blo Signal Inrush was detected in at least one phase trip command blocked IH2 2 ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Blocking1 IH2 2 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 SOTF Active Signal Active SOTF ExBlo Signal External Blocking SOTF Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking SOTF ena
451. teristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t multiplier s t t multiplier s 1 100 10 1 5 1 tis t multiplier 0 5 E 0 2 01 0 1 0 05 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup 452 www eaton com Teh ETR 4000 1 02602004 Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed and instantaneous Reset Trip t Le t multiplier s t r t multiplier s 2 42 2 Pickup Sickup 100 t s 4 5 t multiplier 1 0 0 5 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 05 0 01 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 x Pickup Multiples of Pickup www eaton com 453 02602004 ETR 4000 IEC Notice Various Reset Modes are available Resetting via characteristic delayed an
452. ters E T N Please note that by deactivating for instance protective functions the User also changes the functionality of the device The manufacturer does not accept liability for any personal or material damage as a result of wrong planning Contact your Eaton Customer Service representative for more information The protection parameters include the following protection parameter trees Global Protection Parameters Global Prot Para Here the User can find all protection parameters that are universally valid That means that they are valid independent of the protection parameter sets Setting Group Parameters Set1 4 The protection parameters that the User set within a parameter set are only valid if the parameter set selected is switched to active Within the Protection Para P Set Switch menu the User has the following possibilities Setting Groups Setting Group Switch To manually set one of the four setting groups active To assign a signal to each setting group that sets this group to active and Scada switches the setting groups Setting Group Switch Manual Selection Via Input Function e g Digital Input Via Scada Switching Options Switch over if another setting group is chosen manually within the Protection Para P Set Switch menu Switch over not until the request is clear That means if there is more or less than one request signal active no swit
453. the OK button www eaton com 67 02602004 ETR 4000 Teh Calling Up Web Site While Connected to a Device In principle it is possible to call up web sites while there is an active connection to the device If your computer has no direct connection to the Internet that means that it is placed behind a proxy server In certain circumstances the device connection has to be modified The device connection has to be provided with the proxy settings Internet Explorer For each connection the proxy settings have to be set manually Please proceed as follows eStart your Internet Explorer Call up the Tools menu Call up the Internet options menu Call up the Connections tab Left click on the Settings button on the right of the Device Connection Set the check box Use Proxy Server for this connection Enter the proxy settings that are available from your network administrator Confirm the settings by pressing OK Firefox The proxy settings are centrally managed so there is no need to modify any settings Establishing the Serial Connection Via a USB RS232 Adapter If your PC notebook does not have an RS 232 interface an USB RS232 Adapter Null Modem Cable can be used N O TI C Only an adapter approved by Eaton Corporation be used First install the adapter with the related driver that you can find on the CD and then establish the connection PowerPort E gt D
454. the application Open a off line parameter file of a device or load data of a connected device By way of precaution save the relevant device parameters by selecting File Save as Select Copy Parameter Sets out of the Edit menu Then define both source and destination of the parameter sets to be copied source copy from destination copy to Click on OK to start copy procedure The copied parameter set is now cached not yet saved Then modify the copied parameter set s if applicable Assign a new file name to the revised device parameter file and save it on your hard disk backup copy To transfer the modified parameters back to the device click on menu item Device and select Transfer All Parameters into the Device Comparing Setting Groups Via PowerPort E If PowerPort E is not running please start the application Click on menu item Edit and select Compare Parameter Sets Select the two parameter sets from the two drop down menus that are to be compared with each other Press the Compare button The values that are different from the set parameters will be listed in tabular form 240 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Comparing Parameter Files Via PowerPort E With the help of PowerPort E the User can simply compare differentiate the currently open parameter device file against a file on the hard disk The precondition is that the versions and type of
455. the direction of power flow varies require special considerations or may not be suitable for this feature N O The breaker failure pickup signal BF Pickur is implicitly connected to zone interlocking so that NO zone interlock output signal can be sent to the upstream device if a breaker failure on a downstream device is detected Description of the Functions and Features Configurable protection functions to initiate the zone interlocking OUTPUT signal start functions Remove zone interlocking OUTPUT signal immediately after detection of a breaker failure Reset time about ten cycles settable to interrupt OUTPUT signal for durable trip signal Small trip delay about three cycles settable to wait for downstream devices interlocking signals Zone interlocking trip signal only possible by absence of zone interlocking INPUT signals Configurable zone interlocking trip functions protective functions serve as zone interlocking trip functions Zone interlocking trip function pickup and tripping characteristic adaption using adaptive settings controlled by the zone interlocking input signals www eaton com 415 02602004 ETR 4000 Device Planning Parameters of the Zone Interlocking Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path Mode Mode Use Use Device Planning 416 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Global Protection Parameters of the Zone
456. the disturbance recorder up to eight signals can be selected from the Assignment list The trigger events are OR linked If a disturbance record is written a new disturbance record cannot be triggered until all trigger signals which have triggered the previous disturbance record are gone Recording is only done for the time the assigned event exists event controlled plus the time for the pre and post trigger but not longer than 10 s The time for the pre and post trigger is to be entered as percent of the max file size Example The disturbance recorder is started by the general activation facility After the fault has been cleared follow up time the recording process is stopped but after 10 s at the latest The parameter Auto Delete defines how the device will react if there is no saving place available In case Auto Delete is Active the first recorded disturbance will be overwritten according to the FIFO principle If the parameter is set to nactive recording of the disturbance events will be stopped until the storage location is manually released www eaton com 199 1 02602004 200 Start 1 Trigger Start 2 Trigger Start 3 Trigger Start 4 Trigger Start 5 Trigger Start 6 Trigger Start 7 Trigger Start 8 Trigger Man Trigger ETR 4000 www eaton com E T N Recording TON ETR 4000 02602004 Read Out Disturbance Records Within the Operation D
457. ti function digital protection system and the phase differential function is one of them By using the external removal approach the relay will not see the zero sequence current on which other functions such as residual over current functions ground differential function etc will be stopped If the User is only interested in the phase differential function in this relay close attention must be paid to the phase shift and CT ratios Under normal or external fault conditions the CT secondary currents from two windings should be equal in magnitude i e E f the winding 1 CTs are delt ted if the windin s are delta connected or CH B WI Um W2 g CT f the winding 2 CTs delt ted if the windin s are delta connected The User must provide the relay with the modified CT primary rating to accommodate the current s effective decrease due to the CT delta connection The CT primary rating setting on the CT delta connected side should be divided by 3 The phase shift n for the CT delta connected case should include the phase shift from transformer winding connections and additional phase shift from CT delta connection There are only two methods for the CT delta connection DAB dy1 or DAC dy11 For instance if the User has a Yd1 transformer and the neutral on the Y side is grounded the User must have CTs on the Y side connected as DAC Dy11 then the U
458. tion www eaton com 47 1 02602004 X120 9 pole D Sub at all device fronts ETR 4000 PC Interface E T N Pin Assignment Housing shielded Assignment of the fully wired null modem cable Assignment of the Null Modem Cable Dsub 9 Female Signal Dsub 9 Female Signal 2 RxD 3 TxD 3 TxD 2 RxD 4 DTR 6 1 DSR DCD 6 1 DSR DCD 4 DTR 7 RTS 8 CTS 8 CTS 7 RTS 5 GND Ground 5 GND Ground 9 Ring signal 9 Ring signal The connection cable must be shielded 48 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Control Wiring Diagram Below is the recommended control wiring schematic for the ETR 4000 DC DC Protective Device 50 51 11 50 51 11 TCM Trip Coil Monitor www eaton com 49 1 02602004 4000 Wiring Diagrams Please refer to the file etr 4000_wiring_diagrams pdf on your manual CD 50 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Current Transformers Check the installation direction It is imperative that the secondary sides of measuring transformers be The current measuring inputs may exclusively be connected to current A DAN G R measuring transformers with galvanic separation CT secondary circuits must always to be low burdened or short circuited during operation N E For current and voltage sensing function external wired and ap
459. tion Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command Alarm A Signal Pickup System Phase A Alarm B Signal Pickup System Phase B Alarm C Signal Pickup System C Pickup Signal Pickup Trip A Signal Trip System Phase A Trip B Signal Trip System Phase B Trip C Signal Trip System Phase C Trip Signal Trip TripCmd Signal Trip Command Blo H2 Signal Blocked by Harmonic 2 Blo H4 Signal Blocked by Harmonic 4 Blo H5 Signal Blocked by Harmonic 5 H2 H4 H5 Blo Signal Blocked by Harmonics Inhibit Slope Blo Signal Differential Protection was blocked by Current Transformer Supervision Inhibit Transient Signal Temporary restraining of the differential protection afterwards the transformer is beeing engergized Restraining Signal Restraining of the differential protection by means of rising the tripping curve www eaton com 307 02602004 ETR 4000 Phase Current Differential Protection Module Values Value Description Menu Path IdA H2 Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase A M d Val Harmonic 2 SASRA values 87 IdB H2 Measured Value Calculated Operation Differential Current Phase B M d Val Harmonic
460. tion Setting Range Default Menu Path Ack TripCmd Acknowledge Trip Inactive Inactive Operation command Active Reset Global Protection Parameters of the Breaker Manager Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path t TripCmd Minimum hold time of O 300 005 0 1s Protection Para the OPEN command IGlobal Prot Para Breaker load break switch Bkr Manager IBkr 1 Latched Defines whether the Inactive Inactive Protection Para Relay Output will be Latched when it picks Active IGlobal Prot Para up Bkr Manager Bkr 1 Ack TripCmd Acknowledge Trip 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Command Global Prot Para Bkr Manager IBkr 1 t max OPEN Within this time the 0 00 10 00s 0 10s Protection Para OPEN command has to be carried out by Global Prot Para the breaker Within Bkr Manager this time the position indicators check IBkr 1 back signals have to change from CLOSE to OPEN t max CLOSE Within this time the 0 00 10 00s 0 10s Protection Para CLOSE command has to be carried out by the breaker Within this time the position indicators check back signals have to change from OPEN to CLOSE Global Prot Para Bkr Manager IBkr 1 266 www eaton com 04E TON ETR 4000 1 026020 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path CinBkr 52a The breaker is in Bkr 1 DI Slot X1 DI Protection Para OLOSE poc e pi Sloe bd Global Prot Par
461. tion module can initiate a high speed trip of the overcurrent protection modules The module can be started via a digital input that indicates that the breaker is manually closed This module issues a signal only the module is not armed and does not issue a trip command In order to influence the trip settings of the overcurrent protection in case of switching onto a fault the User has to assign the signal SOTF enasLep onto an Adaptive Parameter Set Please refer to Parameter Adaptive Parameter Sets sections Within the Adaptive Parameter Set the User has to modify the trip characteristic of the overcurrent protection according to the User s needs 472 www eaton com 1 02602004 4000 473 o nV 104 AJUO 019 HV JlOS Buuuny dv 3105 x3 35010 lenuew S een peiqeue d1OS gt 14105 3105 1 3 85010 g lq u 1 4105 gt puy 5 g gt l ers ng 4105 gt 74108 www eaton com sod sieubis eno ou pue jou si sBumoolg Jajay se ld 4 3105 OWEN 1 02602004 4000 E T N Device Planning Parameters of the Switch
462. tion of the interruppting tripping currents exceeded IB BWear 1 Isum Intr trip IC Signal Maximum permissible Summation of the interruppting tripping currents exceeded IC BWear 1 Isum Intr trip Signal Maximum permissible Summation of the interruppting tripping currents exceeded in at least one phase BWear 1 Res TripCmdCr Signal Resetting of the Counter total number of trip commands BWear 1 Res Isum trip Signal Reset summation of the tripping currents BWear 1 ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking1 BWear 1 ExBlo2 l Module Input State External Blocking2 BWear 2 Active Signal Active BWear 2 ExBlo Signal External Blocking BWear 2 Operations Alarm Signal Service Alarm too many Operations BWear 2 lsum Intr trip IA Signal Maximum permissible Summation of the interruppting tripping currents exceeded A BWear 2 Ilsum Intr trip IB Signal Maximum permissible Summation of the interruppting tripping currents exceeded IB BWear 2 lsum Intr trip IC Signal Maximum permissible Summation of the interruppting tripping currents exceeded IC BWear 2 lsum Intr trip Signal Maximum permissible Summation of the interruppting tripping currents exceeded in at least one phase BWear 2 Res TripCmdCr Signal Resetting of the Counter total number of trip commands BWear 2 Res Isum trip Signal Reset summation
463. tivating allowing Deactivating disallowing the blocking of the Communication Commands Inactive Active Inactive Device Para Modbus www eaton com 221 02602004 ETR 4000 Modbus Module Signals Output States N e Some signals that are active for a short time only have to be acknowledged separately e g trip signals by the Communication System Name Description Transmission Signal Communication Active Comm Cmd 1 Communication Command Comm Cmd 2 Communication Command Comm Cmd 3 Communication Command Comm Cmd 4 Communication Command Comm Cmd 5 Communication Command Comm Cmd 6 Communication Command Comm Cmd 7 Communication Command Comm Cmd 8 Communication Command Comm Cmd 9 Communication Command Comm Cmd 10 Communication Command Comm Cmd 11 Communication Command Comm Cmd 12 Communication Command Comm Cmd 13 Communication Command Comm Cmd 14 Communication Command Comm Cmd 15 Communication Command Comm Cmd 16 Communication Command 222 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Modbus Module Values Value Description Default Size Menu Path NoOfRequestsTotal Total number of 0 0 9999999999 Operation requests Includes requests for other Count and RevData slaves Modbus NoOfRequestsForMe Total Number of 0 0 9999999999 Operation requests for this C
464. tive the protection stage will be blocked in case of V 0 Only available if Device Planning Mode Directional 468 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 510 Module Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para penne Global Prot Para Prot 51Q 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51Q 1 ExBlo Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command IGlobal Prot Prot 51Q 1 Rvs Blo l Module Input State Reverse Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51Q 1 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Parameter Global Prot Para Prot 51Q 1 AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51Q 1 AdaptSet3 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 51Q 1 AdaptSet4 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Parameter Global Prot Para Prot 51Q 1 www eaton com 469 02602004 ETR 4000 510 Module Signals Output States Name Description Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the T
465. tive if a signal is S0XT1 l assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter If the signal becomes true those modules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Criterion Measuring method Fundamental True RMS Protection Para fundamental or rms True RMS Prot 50X 1 Pickup If the pickup value is 0 01 20 00In 50X 1 1In Protection Para exceeded the module element will TOn dia be started Prot Only available if 50 1 Characteristic DEFT Or Characteristic INV t Tripping delay 0 00 300 00s 0 5s Protection Para Only available if pong Characteristic I Prot DEFT 50X 1 2 Blo Blocking the trip Inactive Inactive Protection Para command if an inrush is detected Active Fur Prot 50X 1 www eaton com 361 02602004 ETR 4000 50X Ground Fault Protection Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking Global Prot Para Prot 50X 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Piockinge Global Prot Para Prot 50X 1 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command IGlobal Prot Para 50X 1 Rvs Blo l Module Input State Reverse Protection Para 5152519 Global Prot Para Prot 50X 1 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Protection Pa
466. ton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Device Planning Parameters Device Planning Parameters are part of the Device Parameter Tree Improving the Usability Clarity protection modules that are currently unused can be hidden switched to invisible through Device Planning In the Device Planning menu the User can adapt the scope of functionality of the protective device exactly as needed The user can improve the usability by hiding all modules that are currently not needed Adapting the device to your application For those modules that are needed determine how they should be set up e g directional non directional lt gt Direct Commands Direct Commands are part of the Device Parameter Tree but NOT part of the parameter file They will be executed directly e g Resetting of a Counter State of the Module Inputs Module Inputs are part of the Device Parameter Tree The State of the Module Input is context dependent By means of the Module Inputs information can be passed to and acted upon by the Modules The user can assign Signals to Module Inputs The state of the signals that are assigned to an input can be viewed from the Status Display Module Inputs can be identified by an at the end of the name Signals Signals are part of the Device Parameter Tree The state of the signal is context dependent Signals represent the state of the installation equipment e g Position Indicators of the Breaker
467. tput contact will NOT be disarmed as long as TM 3 A relay output contact will NOT be disarmed if it s latched and not yet reset A relay output contact will NOT be disarmed as long as a running t OFF delay timer is not yet expired hold time of a relay output contact If the Disarm Control is not set to active If the Direct Command is not applied A relay output contact will be disarmed if it s not latched and NOTICE iind If there is no running t OFF delay timer hold time of a relay output contact and If the DISARM Control is set to active and If the Direct Command Disarm is applied 564 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Self Supervision The devices are continuously monitored and supervised through different methods during normal operation as well as during the start up phase Results of this supervision may be Messages appearing within the event recorder Indications within the display PowerPort E Corrective measures Disabling of protection functions Restart of the device or Any combination of the above results In case of failures that cannot be corrected immediately 3 restarts within 20 minutes are accepted before the device will be deactivated In such a case the device should be removed in for service to ensure continuous correct operation The Eaton Customer Service contact information and address can be found at the front of this manual In c
468. ty of the device will be blocked if the state of the assigned signal becomes true 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot ExBlo2 If external blocking of this module is activated allowed the global protection functionality of the device will be blocked if the state of the assigned signal becomes true 1 n Assignment List Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 260 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Protection Module Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Protection Para placing Global Prot Para Prot ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot Protection Module Signals Output States Name Description Available Signal Protection is available Active Signal Active ExBlo Signal External Blocking Pickup Phase A Signal General Pickup Phase A Pickup Phase B Signal General Pickup Phase B Pickup Phase C Signal General Pickup Phase C Pickup IX or IR Signal General Pickup Ground Fault Pickup Signal General Pickup Trip Phase A Signal General Trip Phase A Trip Phase B Signal General Trip Phase B Trip Phase C Signal General Trip Phase C Trip IX or IR Signal General Trip Ground Fault Trip Signal General Trip Res Fault a Mains No Fas Resetting of fault number
469. uation of statistical data and measuring values Commissioning Support Forcing Relays Disarming Relays Display of the device status and Fault analysis via event and fault recorder Installation of PowerPort E Port 52152 must not be blocked by a Firewall Otherwise the connection N O C E will be blocked one Windows Vista User Access Control pops up while installing owerPort E please Allow all installation requirements concerning PowerPort E System Requirements Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Vista To install PowerPort E Double click on the installation file with the left mouse button e Confirm by pressing the Continue button in the INFO frame Select an installation path or confirm the standard installation path by mouse click on the Continue button Confirm the entry for the suggested installation folder by mouse click on the Continue button e Start the installation process by mouse click on the Install button Finish the installation procedure by mouse click on the Complete button If the suggested installation folder was chosen in the procedure above the User can now call up the program via Start Programs Eaton Relays PowerPort E Un installing PowerPort E Via the Start System Control gt Software menu the PowerPort E application can be uninstalled from the computer www eaton com 61 02602004 4000 Te Setting up the Serial Connection PC
470. ue Statistics URTD Aux3 min Measured Value Auxiliary Operation Temperature Minimum Value Statistics URTD www eaton com 181 02602004 ETR 4000 URTD Measured Values Value Description Menu Path W1 A Measured Value Winding Operation Temperaire Measured Values URTD W1 B Measured Value Winding Operation Temperaire Measured Values URTD W1 C Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Measured Values URTD W2 A Measured Value Winding Operation Temperature Measured Values URTD W2 B Measured Value Winding Operation Temperate Measured Values URTD W2 C Measured Value Winding Operation Temperate Measured Values URTD Amb1 Measured Value Ambient Operation Temperaire Measured Values URTD Amb2 Measured Value Ambient Operation Temperature Measured Values URTD Aux1 Measured Value Auxiliary Operation Temperature Measured Values URTD Aux2 Measured Value Auxiliary Operation Measured Values URTD Aux3 Measured Value Auxiliary Operation Temperature Measured Values URTD 182 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 RTD Protection Module Elements RTD General Principle Use N O T I C E The Resistance based Temperature Detector RTD Protection Module uses temperature data that are provided by Eaton s Universal Resistance based Temperature Detector URTD module
471. ules elements are blocked that are parameterized ExBlo TripCmd Fc active Criterion Measuring method Fundamental True RMS Protection Para fundamental or rms True RMS Prot 50R 1 Pickup If the pickup value is 0 01 20 00In 50R 1 1In Protection Para exceeded the module element will a be started Only available if I50R 1 Characteristic DEFT Or Characteristic INV t Tripping delay 0 00 300 00s 0 5s Protection Para Only available if fale Characteristic Prot DEFT 50R 1 2 Blo Blocking the trip Inactive Inactive Protection Para command if an inrush is detected Active ae Prot 50R 1 www eaton com 391 02602004 ETR 4000 50R Ground Fault Protection Input States Name Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking Global Prot Para Prot 50R 1 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Piockinge Global Prot Para Prot 50R 1 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command IGlobal Prot Para 50R 1 Rvs Blo l Module Input State Reverse Protection Para 5152519 Global Prot Para Prot 50R 1 AdaptSet1 l Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot Para Prot 50R 1 AdaptSet2 Module Input State Adaptive Protection Para Global Prot P
472. unctions Depending on the particular application the User may not need all the available functions The device planning provides the User a means to enable the functions needed and disable those not needed at the top level so the User will not see the unused functions in the menu tree and all the corresponding events signals etc For example if the User deactivates a protection function all parameter branches related to that function will be hidden from the parameters All corresponding events signals etc will also be deactivated Due to this device capability the parameter trees become very transparent and only show the active functions A WARNING It MUST be taken into account that by deactivating any device function the User also changes the functionality of the device For example if the User cancels the directional feature of the overcurrent protections then the device no longer trips in a directional way but merely in a non directional way Any time a device function is deactivated or activated the device should be tested to insure its correct functioning for the application The manufacturer does not accept liability for any personal or material damage as a result of incorrect planning Contact your Eaton Customer Service representative for more information Beware of the inadvertent deactivating of protective functions modules If the User is deactivating modules within the device planning all parameters of those modu
473. unpojg du urejBerg o nui y eureN adeys DQ rTF 9 4 9 al mood 2 SWH dnyoid aweyN a puny qoi VI du dnyoiQd euieN D 9I gi dmyorg euieN Wz SZ VI Qaseud ZHI 1 o 2 d ZHI eseald 9 eseud ZHI Jajay N bass annoy Old ou pue jou si jueuier Old ueiBeig o ajay Y z u idis u Dare www eaton com 346 E T N Device Planning Parameters of the 51P Module ETR 4000 1 02602004
474. up A LED 4 www eaton com 169 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Description Assignment Via LED4 2 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 LED4 3 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 LED4 4 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 LED4 5 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 Acknow Sig 4 Module Input State Acknowledgment Signal only for automatic acknowledgment Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 4 LED5 1 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 5 LED5 2 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 5 LED5 3 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 5 LED5 4 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 5 LED5 5 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 5 170 www eaton com E T N ETR 4000 1 02602004 Description Assignment Via Acknow Sig 5 Module Input State Acknowledgment Signal only for automatic acknowledgment Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 5 LED6 1 Module Input State LED Device Para LEDs LEDs group A LED 6 LED6 2 Module Input Stat
475. upervision IBF 1 Bkr Selection of the BF 1 Bkr 1 BF 1 Bkr 1 Protection Para Breaker to be monitored BF 2 Bkr 2 BF 2 Bkr 2 Global Prot Para Supervision IBF 1 ExBlo1 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Supervision parameter set and if the state of the IBF 1 assigned signal is true ExBlo2 External blocking of 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the module if blocking is activated Global Prot Para allowed within a Supervision parameter set and if the state of the IBFI1 assigned signal is true Trigger Determining the none none Protection Para trigger mode for the Breaker Failure All Trips Global Prot Para Current Trips Supervision External Trips 1 Trigger Trigger that will start 1 n Assignment List Protection Para eer Global Prot Para Supervision BF 1 www eaton com 515 02602004 ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path Trigger2 Trigger that will start 1 n Assignment List Protection Para User Global Prot Para Supervision IBF 1 Trigger3 Trigger that will start 1 n Assignment List Protection Para the BF Global Prot Para Supervision IBF 1 516 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Setting Group Parameters of the BF Module In order to prev
476. urrent Differential Protection Elements 87 Description The protective device provides phase restrained differential protection function with the User configurable multiple slope percentage restrained characteristic that allows the User to compensate both the static error and the dynamic error The static error accounts for transformer magnetizing current and current measurement circuit calibration errors The dynamic error may be caused by CT ratio mismatch due to tap changing and by CT secondary currents falsely representing their primary currents due to the increased magnetizing current caused by fault current The dynamic error is proportional to the fundamental restraining current In addition the static tripping characteristic can be temporarily modified at the User s choice to prevent some nuisance tripping from the harmonic inrush during energization over excitation or deep CT saturation The harmonic inrush is evaluated through 274 4 and 5 harmonics and the transient is monitored through the CT saturation detector The direction convention adopted here is as shown in the following drawing Protection Principle of the Current Differential Protection by Example of a Two sided Fed Transformer 4 Protected Zone Protective Relay The phase restrained percentage differential protection tripping characteristic can mathematically be expressed as TRES K Z K I d H m gt Iy and Id 2 I 1 g
477. us TCP No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Projection Panel Mount 66D2225G15 ETR 4000A1BA1 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Sensitive Ground Current 0 5A 0 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Modbus RTU RS 485 No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Projection Panel Mount 66D2225G16 ETR 4000A1HA1 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Sensitive Ground Current 0 5A 0 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 IEC 61850 No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Projection Panel Mount 66D2225G17 ETR 4000A11A1 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Sensitive Ground Current 0 5A 0 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Modbus RTU Modbus TCP No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Projection Panel Mount 66D2225G18 ETR 4000A0BB1 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Ground Current 5A 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc 40 250 Vac Modbus RTU RS 485 Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards Projection Panel Mount 66D2225G19 ETR 4000A0HB1 8 DI 9 Outputs Removable Terminals 2 Zone Interlocking URTD Interface IRIG B Phase Current 5A 1A Ground Current 5A 1A Power Supply Range 19 300 Vdc
478. ve Acknowledgments LEDs Relay Outputs SCADA Pending LEDs Relay Outputs SCADA Pending Trip Command Via PowerPort E All LEDs at once All Relay Outputs All SCADA All pending trip All at once Where at once signals at once ae at Where Operation Where Where Operation ook ledqed Acknowledge Operation Operation Where Acknowledge as Acknowledge Acknowledge Operation Acknowledge At the panel the Operation Acknowledge menu can directly be accessed via the C key External All LEDs at once All Relay Outputs All SCADA All Pending Trip All at once Acknowledgme at once signals at once commands at nt once Via a signal from Where the assignment Within the Where Where Where Within the list e g a digital Ex Acknowledge _ Within the Within the PEE Ex Acknowledge Input all can menu Ex Acknowledge Ex Acknowledge _ Within the menu be menu menu Ex Acknowledge acknowledged menu Options for Individual Acknowledgments for Latched Signals Individual Acknowledgment LEDs Relay Output Pending Trip Command Via a signal from the Single LED Relay Output Pending Trip Command ce Where can be acknowledged Where Where Within the Configuration Within the Configuration menu of this single LED menu of this single Relay Output www eaton com 93 02602004 4000 E LTN If the User is within the param
479. ve Signal Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Inactive www eaton com 231 02602004 4000 E Operational Modes Access Authorization Operational Mode Display Only The protection is activated All data measuring values records and counters meters can be viewed Operation Mode Parameter Setting and Planning In this mode the User is able to Edit and set parameters Change device planning details and Configure and reset operational data event recorder fault recorder power meter switching cycles If the device was not active within the parameter setting mode for longer time can be set between 20 3600 seconds the device will automatically reset to Display Only mode Please refer to the Appendix Module Panel As long as the User is within the parameter setting mode the device cannot N O C E acknowledge In order to change into the operation mode Parameter Setting please proceed as follows 1 Mark in the device display the parameter you want to change 2 Press the Wrench soft key to temporarily change into the Parameter Setting mode 3 Enter the parameter password 4 Change the parameter 5 Change any additional parameters that are needed As long as the User is within the parameter setting mode a wrench icon N O 6 will be shown the upper right corner of the display 6 For saving the altered parameter s Press the
480. ve ratio for n temporary restraining Tdiff Prot of the differential protection function 187 against transient 5th harmonic t Trans Time of temporary 0 05 120 00s 2s Protection Para restraining of the jane differential protection function when Tdiff Prot thresholds for H2 Tra and H5 Tra 187 transient harmonic are exceeded Block mode Phase overlapping Inactive Inactive Protection Para restraining of the Acti TN differential protection function Tdiff Prot 187 CT Satur Monit Current Transformer Inactive Active Protection Para Saturation Acti Supervision cuve n Tdiff Prot 187 Satur Sensitvn Sensitiveness of the 100 500 100 Protection Para Current Transformer fens Saturation Supervision The Tdiff Prot higher th lue th igher the value the 87 lower the sensitiveness www eaton com 305 IM02602004E ETR 4000 Phase Current Differential Protection Module Input States Description Assignment Via ExBlo1 I Module Input State External Protection Para 819508197 Global Prot Para Tdiff Prot 187 ExBlo2 Module Input State External Protection Para Piockinge Global Prot Para Tdiff Prot 87 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Protection Para Blocking of the Trip Command IGlobal Prot Para Tdiff Prot 187 306 www eaton com Te ETR 4000 02602004 Phase Current Differential Protec
481. ved They are not yet stored and adopted by the software device In order to make things easier to follow especially where complex parameter changes are involved on every superior higher menu level the intended change of the parameter is indicated by the star symbol star trace This makes it possible to control or follow from the main menu level where parameter changes have been made and have not been saved This can be done at any time N O TI C E Plausibility Check In order to prevent obvious wrong settings the application constantly monitors all temporarily saved parameter changes If the device detects a conflict it is indicated by a question mark in front of the respective parameter In order to make things easier to follow especially where complex parameter changes are involved on every superior higher menu level above of the temporarily saved parameters a conflict is indicated by a question mark plausibility trace This makes it possible to control or follow from the main menu level where conflicts exist This can be done at any time So it is possible to see from each point of the menu tree that conflicts have been detected by the application A star parameter change indication is always overwritten by the question mark conflict symbol If the software detects a conflict it rejects the saving and adopting of the parameters Example If the residual voltage has been configured as Calculated EVTcon calculat
482. xBlo2 Module Input State External Blocking2 87GDH 2 ExBlo TripCmd l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 50P 1 Active Signal Active 102 www eaton com ETR 4000 1 02602004 E T N Name Description 50P 1 ExBlo Signal External Blocking 50P 1 Rvs Blo Signal Reverse Blocking 50P 1 Blo TripCmd Signal Trip Command blocked 50P 1 ExBlo TripCmd Signal External Blocking of the Trip Command 50P 1 IH2 Blo Signal Blocking the trip command by IH2 50P 1 Pickup IA Signal Pickup IA 50P 1 Pickup IB Signal Pickup IB 50P 1 Pickup IC Signal Pickup IC SOP 1 Pickup Signal Pickup SOP 1 Trip IA Signal Trip IA SOP 1 Trip IB Signal Trip IB SOP 1 Trip IC Signal Trip IC SOP 1 Trip Signal Trip Signal Trip Command 50P 1 DefaultSet Signal Default Parameter Set 50P 1 AdaptSet 1 Signal Adaptive Parameter 1 50P 1 AdaptSet 2 Signal Adaptive Parameter 2 50P 1 AdaptSet 3 Signal Adaptive Parameter 3 50P 1 AdaptSet 4 Signal Adaptive Parameter 4 50P 1 ExBlo1 l Module Input State External Blocking 50P 1 ExBlo2 I Module Input State External Blocking2 50P 1 ExBlo TripCmdq l Module Input State External Blocking of the Trip Command 50P 1 Rvs Module Input State Reverse Blocking
483. y 2nd harmonic www eaton com 303 IM02602004E ETR 4000 E Teh Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path H2 H1 Trans Threshold 2nd 10 25 10 Protection Para harmonic basic jens wave ratio for temporary restraining Tdiff Prot of the differential 187 protection function against transient 2nd harmonic H4 Restrain Restraining of Inactive Active Protection Para differential protection function against HANG pene stationary Tdiff Prot components of the 7 4th harmonic at the 187 phase current H4 H1 Threshold 4th 10 50 30 Protection Para harmonic basic jens wave ratio for restraining the Tdiff Prot differential protection function against 187 stationary 4th harmonic H5 Restrain Restraining of Inactive Active Protection Para differential protection function against Active lt gt stationary or transient Tdiff Prot components of the 5th harmonic at the 187 phase current 9 transformer overexcitation H5 H1 Stat Threshold 5th 10 50 30 Protection Para harmonic basic wave ratio for restraining the differential protection function against stationary 5th harmonic lt n gt Tdiff Prot 187 304 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path H5 H1 Trans Threshold 5th 10 25 15 Protection Para harmonic basic jens wa
484. y which the sensitivity of the differential protection function is temporarily reduced 290 www eaton com TON ETR 4000 02602004 internal threshold can be modified by means of the CT Saturation Sensitivn The CT saturation monitor will behave more sensitively the lower the setting value is set Temporary Dynamic Rise of the Static Tripping Characteristic Id Ib 87H Trip Range mx Id lr2 dd Ir2 Operating Range Id ir1 ld min IdilO T _ Id min Id Ir0 74 Ir 2 Ib Ir2 10 Ib Ir Ib The following signals cannot become true if Id Idmin NOTICE 959 87 Slope Blo 87 H2 H4 H5 Blo 87 Blo H2 87 Blo H4 87 Blo H5 87 Restraining The signal restraining will become true if 87 Slope Blo or 87 H2 H4 H5 Blo is true Example on Setting the Differential Function Setting the differential module will be described here with focus on the differential functionality Please note All other functionality and settings are the same for this example Configuring the blocking Routing the trip command and www eaton com 291 02602004 4000 Teh Device planning Others are to be treated as described for other modules and in general in this document The protective device asks for nearly all type plate data of the transformer to allow for optimal adjustment of the differential funct

Instruction Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents